't-^ I

BULLETIN

BUFFALO SOCIETY OF NATURAL SCIENCES.

VOLUME V.

From July, 1886, to July, 1897.

PUBLISHED BY THE SOCIETY.
1897.

CONTENTS.

I. New Genera and Species of Fossils from the Niagara Shales.

By EucENE N. S, Ringueberg 5

II. Fossils from the Waterlime Group Near Buffalo, N. Y. Bj'

Julius Pohlman, M. D . .23

III. Nidification of Birds on the St. Clair Flats. By J. H. Langille. 33

IV. Nonagria subcarnea, n. s. By D. S. Kellicott. ... 40
V. Hydreomena traversata, n. s. By D. S. Kellicott. . . 45

VI. The Gape Worm of Fowls (Syngamus trachealis); The Earth-
worm (Lumbricus terrestris) its Original Host.
Also, On the Prevention of the Disease in Fowls called
the Gapes, which is caused by this Parasite. By H. D.
Walker. .......... 47

VII. Ventriloquial and Imitative Powers of Birds. By E. E. Fish. 72
\'1II. Notes on the Fossil Fishes of the Genesee and Portage Black
Shales. By Herbert U. Williams. ....

IX. Fish Remains from the C'^rniferous, Near Buffalo. By Fred

K. Mixer and Herbert U. Williams.
X. Native and Naturalized Plants of Buffalo and its Vicinity
Second Supplement. By David F. Day.
XI. The Thickness of the Onondaga Salt Group at Buffalo, N. Y

By Julius Pohlman, M. D.

XII. The Mills Collection of Fresh-Water Sponges. By David S
Kellicott, Ph. D.

XIII. List of the Macro-Lepidoptera of Buffalo and Vicinity. By

Edward P. Van Duzee. ....... 105

XIV. A List of the Hemiptera of Buffalo and Vicinity. By Edward

P. Van Duzee. 167

XV. Descriptions of Some New North American Homopterous

insects. By E. P. Van Duzee. . ... 205

XVI. The Pendulum and its Laws of Oscillation. By Austin M.

Edwards. ■-.■..... 217

XVII. A Preliminary Review of the North American Delphacidae.

By E. p. Van Duzee. ....... 225

General Index. ......... 262

COMMITTEE ON PUBLICATION.

DAVID F. DAY, Chairman.
F. PARK LEWIS, LEE H. SMITH,

IRVING P. BISHOP, ADOLF DUSCHAK.

BULLETIN

Buffalo Society of Natural Sciences,

VOLUME V. NO. 1.

NEW GENERA AND SPECIES OF FOSSILS FROM
THE NIAGARA SHALES.

BY EUGENE N. S. RINGUEBERG.

SQUAMASTER (N. Gen.).

Body small. Rays long, slender, tapering, flexible, and divided
into annular segments.

Ventral side of ray with two series of paired, opposite ambu-
lacral plates, divided by a straight median line; they are irregu-
larly sub-quadrilateral, with one short side, and are arranged in
pairs in each series, so that two long and two short sides are
joined alternately, consequently there is a long transverse suture
regularly alternating with a short one. This disposition gives
dentate lateral margins to the ambulacral series. The lateral
ends of the long transverse sutures curve away from each other,
leaving a small notch between the inferior plates of each pair
and the superior plates of the adjoining pairs. This notch
receives the inner lateral corners of the squamose dorsal plates.
Between the dentate elevations of the ambulacral plates and the
lateral margins of the dorsal plates there are large triangular
openings, which constituted, or in which were placed the pores.
1

G

Dorsal side composed of large, quadrangular, squamose plates,
that encircle the arm as far as the ambulacral groove of which
they form the margin. They are divided in the upper portion
of the ray by a median suture.

Dorsal, ray plates fimbriated on the free margins.

All plates are perforated by minute, closely arranged pores.

SQUAMASTER ECHINATUS (N. Sp.). PI. i, fig. i.

Body small. Rays long, slender, not vv^idening at the base ;
regularly tapering to a sub-obtuse point. Dorsal side covered
by thin imbricating plates, with free external margins which are
edged on the outer and lateral sides with closely arranged, long,
slender, filiform spinules, that articulate into minute rounded
sockets, which are scalloped out of the margin of the plate ; they
are slightly longer than the exposed portion of the plate, and are
placed about their own diameter apart.

Ray divided into about forty segments or articulations by the
encircling, dorsal plates ; these grow rapidly narrower near the
body, and are divided by a dorsal suture running along a raised
median ridge which extends about two-fifths of the length of the
ray from the body out, where it gradually disappears with the
last divided plate ; the rest are entire. These plates are quad-
rangular, and have their inner corners articulated into the socket
formed in the dentate lateral extensions of the ambulacral series.
They are ornamented on each side by two or three closely ar-
ranged, sub-parallel, very fine ridges, that commence near the
dorsal line at the free margins and extend diagonally backwards
across the plate towards the inner lateral articulated corner.
Ambulacral groove furnished with opposite, irregularly quadri-
lateral, ambulacral plates, divided by a median suture which is
crossed alternately by one long and one short suture.

The superior plate of each pair has the greatest extension
laterally, while in the inferior it is the direction of the median
line, it being about twice as long as the superior, which, however,
is but slightly broader.

Between the lateral margins of the dorsal plates and the den-
tate elevations of the ambulacral plates are large sub-trigonal
open spaces.

The plates are punctured by very closely arranged minute
perforations.

The specimen from which this description is taken has three
arms nearly perfect, with a small fragment of the body attached.

PROTASTER STELLIFER (N. Sp.). PL i, fig. 2.

Disk of medium size, flat, circular, slightly flexible, distinct
from the rays on the dorsal side, and has on that side a quinque-
dentate, stellate, central elevation, which again has a central, stel-
late depression of about one-half the lateral extension of the
stellate elevation upon which it is impressed. The points of the
star-like figure are opposite the several rays and extend about
two-thirds across the disk.

Surface finely granulose. Rays slender, almost imperceptibly
tapering in the upper half of their known length ; rounding on
the dorsal side, with two rows of regular, quadrilateral, alternating
plates which can with difficulty be made out, and which have a
fine granulose surface resembling the surface of the disk; opposite
each transverse suture there is a corresponding linear depression
across the surface of the opposite plate on the other side of the
median suture, which at first sight gives the impression that the
ray is composed of opposite plates of only one-half the real
length.

Ventral side with ten short, oral plates which are slightly
separated below, and meet at the discal surface, where they are
rounded.

Ambulacral series long, regularly quadrilateral ; alternately
arranged.

Adambulacrals indistinct in the only specimens found showing
the ventral surface.

Marginal series slightly imbricating; spiniferous; spines rather
short.

Three specimens have been obtained.

8

EUGASTER CONCINNUS (N. Sp.). PI. i, fig. 3-

Disk flat, thin, alated, composed of very fine granulose plates.
Rays broad at their base ; flattened, rapidly tapering for two-
thirds of their length ; terminal third attenuate, rounded ; plates,
if any, undefinable.

Dorsal side with four series of plates : two median and two
lateral ; the transverse sutures dividing the outer series are con-
tinuous with every other transverse suture dividing the central
series. Medial series with twice the number of plates of the
outer, and are raised above them.

Sutures depressed. Surface of the plates rounded and finely
granular.

The lateral series of plates decrease regularly in size after
reaching the disk until they end in a pronounced elevation
formed by the last pair of the medial series at a point about half
way from the border towards the center of the disk — measuring
at the narrowest part — where both series end. Between these
elevations the disk has a shallow, stellate depression with the
points opposite the several rays. The two outer rows of plates
apparently disappear towards the attenuate tip before the median
does so. The imperfect cast of the upper part of one of the rays
is all that is known of the ventral side ; this shows traces of an
alternating series of ambulacral plates.

Marginal plates spiniferous.

Length of ray one-half inch.

This species agrees with the genus Eugaster in general form,
in the alate and granulose character of the flat disk, and in the
alternate arms.

LECANOCRINUS SOLIDUS (N. Sp.). PL i, fig. 4.

Calyx funnel-form, evenly tapering from the arms to the base,
which is just the size of the column on which it rests. Column
large, massive. Arms wide. Entire surface granulose.

Basal plates three, large, angles normal in number, upper angles
obtuse ; sub-radials five, medium size, about as high as wide ;
intercalated plate regularly quadrangular, somewhat oval in out-

line ; interradial plate large, equiform, long, broad at the base,
rounding by slight angles to a conical apex at the top ; first
radials wide, one-half as high as wide ; second and third radials
low and wide ; the third presenting a slight angle in the first
bifurcation of the arms which again divide at about the third
plate, as far as can be observed. Arms resemble those of L.
macropetalus. Column made up of various sized joints, which are
from one-eighth to one-fiftieth of an inch in height ; these joints
are rounded out slightly, and some of the larger ones seem to
have been formed through the anchylosing of two or more joints.

This species is readily distinguished from L. f?tacropetalus, which
it resembles in the position of the plates and arms, by the funnel-
form calyx, the larger basal plates, which form a cup-like shape
instead of the platter-like disposition which they have in the
other, and its large base and column, which has more than twice
the proportionate diameter of the other.

From the lowest band in the shale.

LECANOCRINUS NITIDUS (N. Sp.). PL i, fig. 5.

Calyx bowl-shaped, with a small, flat base ; upper part incurved
at the radial sutures.

Column slender ; uniform in size, rather short; terminating in
a palmate, adherent root.

Arms rapidly tapering, rounded externally.

Basal plates extending at right angles from the column for
one-third of their height, and are then abruptly bent upwards at
an obtuse angle ; sub-radials somewhat wider than high ; inter-
calated plate quadrangular, small ; interradial plate high and
narrow, about three to five ; lower angle placed to the left of the
median line, rounded obtuse above ; first radials wider than high,
about three or four to five ; of unequal sizes, prominent in the
center and are evenly rounded inwards at the sides, forming
sharply defined sutures ; upper side evenly curved downwards
from the upper lateral angles ; second and third radials free,
wide and low, proportion one to four ; third radial pentagonal,
rising to a sub-obtuse angle in the center, at which point the

10

arms bifurcate at a slightly divergent angle ; they bifurcate
again after the third or fourth, and again after that at from the
seventh to tenth joint ; terminations attenuate.

Column composed of various sized joints, which have a ten-
dency to an alternate arrangement of long and short joints ;
they are barely narrowed at their juncture, which is strongly
dentate.

Root palmate, unjointed.

Growing on a Feucstclla.

LECANOCRINUS INCISUS (N. Sp.). PI. i, fig. 6.

Calyx cup-shaped, rapidly expanding; sharply notched on the
upper margin at the junctures of the first radials; base with a
slight depression to receive column. Arms rounded externally,
scarcely tapering except by bifurcation.

Column slender, nodose, slightly tapering downwards in the
upper third.

Basal plates flexed downwards and then upwards, forming a
depression for the column; sub-radials about as wide as high,
the three on the anterior side being pentagonal and nearly equi-
lateral; intercalated plate small, irregularly quadrilateral; radials
large; height to width about four to five; lateral upper angles, —
except the left upper angle of the one to the right of the anal
plates, — truncate and slightly incurved, forming small V-shaped
notches in the rim of the cup-like calyx; anal notch formed
between the interradial plate and the adjoining radial to the
left; after the first there is a second and often a third free radial,
the last of which has a well defined dentate projection in the
center, which is about as high again as the plate at the outer
margin; these are wide and low, about one to four or five, and
are as wide at the base as the distance between the notches in
the first radial series. Arms bifurcate again after the fifth or
sixth joint, and in one arm eight more joints can be counted
without further subdivision. Column composed of joints with
a projecting, rounded, ring-like annulation that is about two-
thirds as high as the length of the joint in the upper part; these

11

gradually merge into the joints of the lower end, which are but
slightly rounded, and are about as wide as long; surface of
plates quite smooth.

LECANOCRINUS EXCAVATUS (N. Sp.). PL i, fig. 7.

Calyx small, cup-shaped, with a shallow groove of the width
of the radial plates extending around the body; base large,
depressed, forming an inverted cup slightly larger than the col-
umn.

Arms long, stout, divergent at the bifurcations.

Column large at its upper end, from which point it tapers
for one-half of its length, beyond which it is of even thickness,
terminating in a tapering root which throws out lateral rootlets
at irregular intervals. Basal plates low and wide, about one-
half of their height projecting beyond the rim of the inverted
cup which they form; sub-basals about as high as wide, and are
quite regular in their formation on the anterior side; interca-
lated plate quadrangular, of medium size; first radials wide and
low, about two to one; upper sides curved downwards, and are
bent inwards along their central lateral diameter, forming a
wide, shallow, trough-like depression around the upper part of
the calyx, which follows the downward curvatures of the plates
in which it is placed; interradial plate long, projecting slightly
above the first radials; second radials free, wide and low, about
four to one; third radials of about the same size as the second,
except that they are elevated into an obtuse, upper, central angle;
above this the arm-joints bifurcate; the first lateral pieces being
joined by a median suture, above which they are free; they
again subdivide at about the fourth joint in the same manner,
the first plates being united by a median suture.

Column composed of irregular joints, with projecting rounded
margins. *

LECANOCRINUS PUTEOLUS (N. S. P.). PI. i, fig. 8.

. Calyx bowl-shaped; base small; outlines slightly angular;
surface finely granulose; column and arms unknown.

12

Basal plates large, the two anterior each having two pits or
depressions on their surface, and the posterior having one; sub-
radials rather flat, which gives a pentangular character to the
lower part of the calyx, regularly pentagonal on the anterior
side, with shallow depressions or circular pits, which are placed
near the angles of the plate, and generally correspond in num-
ber to the angles; first radials are large, with a straight upper
side, and are pitted at the lower corners; intercalated plate
large, regularly quadrangular. All the plates seem to be anchy-
losed.

About three-fifths of the calyx is preserved in the only speci-
men thus far found.

PLATYCRINUS CORPORICULUS (N. Sp.). PI. i, fig. 9.

Calyx cup-shaped, column and basal plates unknown. Arms
large and long. Radials, five, large, hexagonal, with the two outer
upper margins incurved ; upper side curved outwards to receive
the rounding second radial, which is pentagonal, with the arms
branching out from the two upper faces. Arms ten, long, cannot
be seen to taper as far as they are preserved ; which is one-half
inch in the longest ; joints one-half as high as wide ; width one-
sixteenth of an inch, oval in section, with a projecting receptacle
on the lateral side of the joint to receive the pinnules ; alternat-
ing to the right and left with each succeeding joint. Pinnules
long near the arms, where they are about three-fourths as wide
as the height of the joint to which they are attached, and as long
as its width. Radials measure in their widest part one-eighth of
an inch.

CALLOCYSTITES TRIPECTINATUS (N. Sp.). PI. i, fig. 10.

Calyx oblong, sub-conical, truncate at the base, which is very
broad. Arms five, irregular in length, broadening at their base,
which apparently covered the entire summit above the third
series of plates ; they lie in shallow grooves into which they ex-
actly fit ; tentacula slender, elongate. Hydrospires, or pectinated
rhombs, three ; these are single, not paired, as in the allied

13

species ; and are formed in the sutures by the two adjoining
plates. Surface thickly pitted, giving it an undulose appearance;
and many of the plates have .faint radiating ridges proceeding
from the center of the base in the basals, and from the center of
the others towards the angles. Basal plates four, large, one pen-
tagonal, one heptagonal, and two hexagonal ; second series eight,
one heptagonal, three hexagonal, and four pentagonal ; third
series six, three heptagonal, and three hexagonal ; intercalated
plate between second and third series quadrangular ; the plates
surrounding the intercalated plate are short in the secand series
and long in the third ; the reverse of this is observed on the op-
posite side, where the plates of the second series supporting the
" anal aperture " and the two upper hydrospires are long, and
the third series immediately above are correspondingly short.
Hydrospires placed as follows : one between the basal plate, di-
rectly beneath, and the plate of the second series to the left of
the intercalated plate ; the two others are supported on the right
upper margins of the two plates of the second series on either
side of the two supporting the " anal aperture ;" and the opposite
plates of the third series above ; they are semi-oval in outline,
and have strongly reflexed projecting lips, except on the basal
side of the lower one, where it is on a level with the surface of
the plate ; they are crossed by ten or twelve bars ; each plate
bearing a part ; these are at right angles to the sutures which
divide them.

"Anal" aperture large, supported by two plates of the second
series, and capped by one of the third. Arms five, extending
over half-way down over the second series ; the two to the right
of the intercalated plate slightly bifid at their lower extremity ;
they are furnished with a central groove, and are composed of
two irregularly alternating series of plates. Tentacula composed
of small, slightly rounded joints.

The apex has been weathered out of the only specimen seen.
From the middle part of the shale.

While this species agrees with C. jewettii in the number of arms,
the relative position of the hydrospires, and the number and ar-

14

rangement of the plates, it differs in a marked degree by the
hydrospires being single, and not paired, as is the case in C. jcw-
ettii, Apiocysfifrs eh\i:;a)is, and alli(^d species ; and while I am in-
clined to think it may be of generic importance, the question
cannot be decided until other material is found for more critical
determination.

PLATYCERAS LACINIOSUM (N. Sp.). PI. 2, fig. r.

Shell involute, slightly compressed laterally, coiled nearly on a
plane, forming a little more than one volution, which is free
throughout its entire extent, and regularly increasing in size to-
wards the aperture ; outer side of volution flattened and sepa-
rated from the sides by two sharp, lateral carina ; the ventral one
of which loses its sharpness as it approaches the aperture, where
its position only is designated by slight undulation in the reflexed
striae ; this flattened space projects sharply beyond the aperture,
as far as the width of the flattened portion; it bears upon its sur-
face, somewhat to its upper side, a rather wide, well defined prom-
inent ridge; inner side of volution evenly rounded; ventral side
convex ; upper side convex towards the inner side and concave
towards the outer ; aperture curved backwards next to the lateral
carinae, the curvature being broadest and extending further in-
wards on the upper, and narrower and more sharply defined on
the ventral side. Concentric striae fine, and closely arranged.

This species is readily distinguished from P. angiilatiiin, with
which it is associated, .by its being coiled nearly on a plane, in-
stead of having the spire directed towards the upper side, its
laterally compressed form, and by having the angulate portion
sharply defined, and projecting further beyond the aperture.

PLATYCERAS PROCLIVE (N. Sp.). PL 2, fig. 2.

Shell dome-shaped, patelliform and low. Apex obtuse, sub-
anterior, inclined posteriorly and a little to one side, and but
slightly elevated above the surface. Aperture oval, twice as wide
in its longest diameter as the height of the shell. Surface marked
by regular concentric striae, that are crossed by well defined

15

wavy ridges, which continue directly across the shell from the
posterior half, where they are most distinct, to the anterior half ;
as they go directly across the dome, they have an arched appear-
ance, if viewed from the side ; they are the most prominent on
the left side.

The appressed, not spiral apex, and fine transverse arched, instead
of radiate, plications are the most distinguishing characteristics
which separate this species from the other campanulate forms.

PLATYCERAS MEMBRANACEUM (N. Sp.). PI. 2, fig. 3.

Shell very thin, long, conical, rapidly tapering near the upper
part to a sub-lateral apex. Aperture with a few, small, dentate
projections, placed far apart, and would be somewhat oval if the
specimen were uncompressed. Apex unknown, but judging from
the contour it was sub-acute. Surface not plicate, with a few, faint
traces of concentric striae.

This species resembles P. pUcatum, Hall, in form ; but differs
in the exceedingly thin shell being without plications or cancel-
lations.

The necessity for a revision of the genus Platyceras will forci-
bly present itself upon the grouping of such distinct and widely
divergent forms as the three here described, and is more evident
than when examining the forms from a group rich in species,
e. g., those from the Delthyris Shaly Limestone ; figured jn the
Paleontology of N. Y., Vol. 3, where they can readily be graded
from one to the other. A further division, however, at least into
sub-genera, would be very convenient, and avoid confusion.

PENTAMERELLA COMPRESSA (N. Sp.). PL 2, fig. 4.

Shell ventricose, laterally compressed, length one-third greater
than width ; strongly plicate, with a prominent mesial fold.

Ventral valve with beak acute, incurved, and projecting over
that of the dorsal valve ; area on the sides of the fissure well
defined and high, continuing to the apex. Foramen elongate,
narrow, mesial sinus deep, and projecting much beyond the
others.

16

Dorsal valve sub-quadrate, beak acute, sides rising abruptly to
the prominent mesial fold at an acute angle, giving it a triangu-
late aspect when viewed from the beak on a plane with the valve;
beak straight on a plane with the valve. Surface marked by
prominent plications, of which there are three on either side
of the mesial fold; these are crossed by concentric lamellae which
are well recurved, with projecting margins on the plications, and
are marked by fine, closely arranged, radiating striae.

SPIRIFERA ASPERATA (N. Sp.). PI. 2, fig. 5.

Shell gibbous, sub-rhombic ; cardinal extremities rounded, um-
bones incurved, mesial fold wide, plications strong, hinge line
shorter than the width of the shell.

Ventral valve prominently rostrate, area high ; placed on the
same plane with the valve ; foramen narrow ; beak curved well
over area. Dorsal valve sub-triangular in outline, beak abruptly
incurved and terminating at the hinge line.

Surface with from four to five plications on either side of the
mesial folds, which is well defined. Radiating striae fine, thread-
like, sharply elevated, and are placed at nearly equal distances
apart, somewhat more than their diameter ; increase by interstri-
ation, and are asperate at regular intervals, the points being as
far apart as the distance between the striations.

From the upper part of the shale.

This species is distinguished from S. eiidora by the area of the
ventral valve being placed on a plane with the valve, and not
directed outwards, the narrow foramen and the beaks being more
strongly incurved.

CRANIA DENTATA (N. Sp.). PI. 2, fig. 6.

Shell small, oval, apex pronounced, moderately acute, nearly
central, smooth; elevation to length as one to four; slope
slightly concave, with a small convexity near the posterior
margin.

Surface smooth in the apical third; gradually becoming
ribbed towards the margin, where there are about thirty, which

17

extend beyond the margin in dentate projections; the smaller
generally commencing between the others about half way from
the apex. Ventral valve unknown. Length one-eighth of an
inch; width but slightly less.

But one specimen has been found, which adheres to the
ventral valve of a Meristina nitida.

CRANIA GRACILIS (N. Sp.). PL 2, fig. 7.

Shell very much appressed; fragile, irregular in outline, with
a tendency to unequal lateral expansion; incurved on the poste-
rior margin. Apex acute, rising rather abruptly from the sur-
face of the shell, inclined a trifle posteriorly, position irregular,
nearest the incurved margin.

Surface quite smooth, with very fine, concentric striae, which
are irregular in disposition as though the animal had built on
a part of the lip only at a time. Slope concave. Length of the
specimen from the posterior curve to the anterior margin three-
sixteenths of an inch. Breadth one-fourth of an inch. Ven-
tral valve unknown. Attached to the inside of the outer cham-
ber of an Orthoceras virgatu/ii.

This species can readily be distinguished from C. siluriana,
Hall, by its extreme tenuity and flatness.

CRANIA PANNOSA (N. Sp.). PL 2, fig. 8.

Shell irregular in outline, spreading, appressed, slope concave.
Apex a small sub-acute, posteriorly situated, node, with a
smooth surface; which is but slightly eccentric in young shells.

Surface covered by a rough epidermis with loose, very ragged
laminae that grow wider as they near the lip. Young shells
have a quite regularly concentric growth till they reach the diam-
eter of about one-eighth of an inch; when nearly all lateral
growth ceases at the posterior margin and continues by lateral
and anterior expansion. Diameter of the largest about one-
fourth of an inch each way.

Three individuals were found on the exterior of the Orthoceras
in which the C. gracilis was attached.

AVICULA UNDOSA (N. Sp.). PI. 2, fig. 9.

Shell almost flat, oblique, very thin; anterior alation rather
small, terminating in an acute point; posterior alation broad,
curved backwards along. the hinge line into an acute point;
body of shell long. Surface, except alations, marked by well
defined, rather broad, flat, radiate plications, inter-plicate spaces
shallow and about as wide as the plication; plications grow
broader as they approach the margin and increase by inter-pli-
cation and bifurcation. Entire surface crossed by laminate
striae which are undulose where they cross the plications.

This species usually measures over two inches in its longest
diameter; the smallest specimen in my collection measuring
one and three-fourths, and the largest two and one-half inches.

CONULARIA MULTIPUNCTA (N. Sp.). PI. 2, fig. 10.

Shell exceedingly thin, epidermic in character; very fragile,
angles apparently quite sharp. Surface having a narrow, flat,
barely elevated plication passing down the center of each side,
tapering slightly towards the apex. Transverse ridges very
fine, and have a rounding, downward curve from the sharp,
linear sulcations at the angles; there are about twenty-five to
one-eighth of an inch.

Only the interior of the shell is known, but judging from the
microscopic, crowded punctures the ridges must be ornamented
by a multitude of closely crowded nodes or points, of which
there are thirty to one-eighth of an inch. Surface between the
transverse ridges apparently quite smooth.

CONULARIA BIFURCA (N. Sp.). PI. 2, fig. 11.

Shell gradually tapering, small. Surface crossed by very
fine, smooth, thread-like, transverse ridges; many of which bi-
furcate once, and sometimes twice, in crossing from the sulca-
tion of one angle to the other; they are bent abruptly down-
wards near the angles, and meet at an acute angle in the
sulcations; and also have a faint downward curve towards the
center of the sides; there are twenty to one-eighth of an inch.

Surface between ridges smooth.

19

CONULARIA TRANSVERSA (N. Sp.) PL 2, fig. 12.

Shell elongate, angles acute. Aperture with an angulate
sinus at each corner, with a corresponding angulate projection
from the center of each side. Surface crossed by nearly
straight transverse ridges, which are directed somewhat down-
wards from the corners, meeting at an obtuse angle in the
center of each side; they are placed about twice their width
apart, and are ornamented by small, circular nodes with inter-
spaces of about their own diameter. Surface between the ridges
cross-lined by sharp plications, which cross from one node to
the other at right angles to the ridges. Transverse ridges ten
to one-eighth of an inch; plications and nodes fifteen to one-
eighth of an inch.

Salcations narrow, deep and sharply defined, with the trans-
verse ridges ending abruptly at their margins.

CERAMOPORA ORBICUTATA (N. Sp.). PI. 2, fig. 13.

Habit parasitic; small, fiat, discoid, central portion slightly
elevated, from which point the lip of a lamination extends
outwards and curving backwards to the outer border of the
disk, showing that it increased by growing upon itself in a
spiral laminae, and gives no evidence of any further lateral
extension. Cells closely arranged, directed outward from the
center at an oblique angle tending in the direction of the spiral
growth; and have a prominent, nariform calice over the upper
side. Outer border of disk striate.

From the upper part of the shale.

RHINOPORA CURVATA (N. Sp.). PI. 2, fig. 14.

Corallum very thin; foliate. Cells round or roundish oval,
placed near the upper side of the thin pustulate calices that
rise gradually from the surface at their lower side, and some-
what more abruptly at the upper side, thereby giving an
upward direction to the cells. The cells are arranged closely
in regular rows that cross each other diagonally; thus making
a quincunx disposition of them; the regularity of the rows is

20

sometimes disturbed by the bifurcation of a row as the frond
increases in size.

Curve amounting to the width of three rows in one-half inch.
Cells seven to one-eighth of an inch in the rows.

This coral bears some resemblance to R. verrucosa of the Clin-
ton group; which differs, however, in the cells being much
more prominent, the pustulose character being more defined,
rising abruptly from the surface, in having the cell-opening
centrally located, and by its small cells.

STOMATOPORA RECTA (N. Sp.). PI. 2, fig. 15.

Parasitic, adnate, Cells uni-serial; with lateral series
branching off at irregular intervals, sub-cylindrical, elongate,
slightly expanded at upper end, abruptly contracted laterally;
opening in a thin cylindrical calice which projects upwards and
slightly forwards; and when it is perfect its diameter and
height are half of the dimensions of the cell from which it rises.

Cells eight to one-fourth of an inch.

Habit parasitic on shells, corals and crinoidal columns.

From the upper part of the shale.

Distinguished from S. inflata by the cells being more elongate
and not so inflated in the upper portion, and the prominent
calice.

STOMATOPORA PARVA (N. Sp.). PI. 2, fig. 16.

Adnate, minute, irregularly branching. Cells uni-serial, sub-
cylindrical, not inflated, somewhat variable in length, some
being a third shorter than the average. Calice slightly elevated.

This species is about one-third as large as A. recta, and is
readily recognized by its minute size and straight cells.

CHAETETES EXPANSUS (N. Sp.). PI. 2, fig. 17.

Corallum spreading in an irregular lamina. Cells sharply
angulate, of various shapes from quadrangular to hexagonal;
partitions thin; margins of partitions smooth, or slightly cre-
nate; dentate at their juncture.

21

The oblique, rhomboid cell is seen wherever a regular growth
took place.

Length of cell from one-sixteenth to three-sixteenths of an
inch; about ten cells to one-eighth of an inch.

From the upper part of the shale.

TUBERCULOPORA (N. Gen.)

Corallum composed of a solid surface, covered with large,
irregularly rounded tubercles, upon the surface of which are
one or more circular, isolated cells, where they open abruptly.

Tubercles, where large, increase in size above the surface
from which they rise, and are apparently simple, unicellular in
their origin; but afterwards increasing by lateral budding or
coalescing. Cells increasing in size from below up as the
tubercle increases.

TUBERCULOPORA INFLATA (N. Sp.). PI. 2, fig. 18.

Corallum ramose, central, or stem portion, solid, and comprises
one-half of the whole diameter of the frond; it has a small,
round axial opening about the size of one of the larger cells;
upon this are placed large, irregular, rounded, inflated looking
tubercles or papillae, of the same solid character as the axial
portion; and as they seem to be of unicellular origin, the irreg-
ularity in prominence, size and shape is due to the coalescence
of two or more as they increase in size and meet by lateral ex-
pansion and also by lateral budding of the tubercle, as is shown
by the comparatively small cells existing in the smaller nodes
placed on the sides of the larger tubercles. Cells circular, of
various sizes, each commencing as a mere point on the axial
surface, or the lateral surface of a larger tubercle; and widens
out as the tubercle forms around it, and are lined by a well
defined envelope; sections of which exhibit a distinct fibrous
structure which radiates from the cell at right angles; differing
markedly from the surrounding coralline structure which radi-
ates from the center towards the periphery and does not show
any decided fibrous structure.
2

22

The species described were all collected at Lockport, New
York, aad are from the lower part of the shale, except where
otherwise stated.

The types are in my collection.

I»l. I.

1. Sguamasfcr eihinatus.

a diagram to illustrate the arransem^nt of the plates, denuded of the spines on one
side.

•i. Proiaster stclli/cr.

a &* />, dorsal and ventral sides of another specimen.

3. Eugaster conciiinus.

4. Lccanocriniis soliiius.

5. Lfcanocrinus niiidus.

6. Lecanocrinus incisus.

7. Lecatiocrinus excavatits.

8. Lecanocrinus fiutcolus.

9. Platycrinus corporiculus.

10. Callocystites tripectinatus, ventral side.

a, sinistral side.
^, dextral side.

I'Xi-A.TEJ I.

«A<^ . ^'^■?-> /•

.^-^

%

. fY^'^?'^"^^''?' ^^^-

Rl. 2.

1. riatyccras lachtiosiim.

„ £-- /'.

2. /^latyit-ras procii^u-.

,t, lateral view.

/■, portion of the stri;t enlarged; three diam.

a. Platyceras ineiii/'rantuetiin,

4. Pintaincreiia compressa.

ii, dorsal side.

5. Spiri/er asperata, dorsal valve.

a, inner side of a jiortion of a ventral valve showing the narrow foramen.
/), portion of a: enlarged five diam.

0. Crania, dentata,

a, dorsal valve enlarged four diam.

7. Crania gracilis.

a, dorsal valve enlarged two diam.

8. Crania pannosa.

a, profile.

b, young individual.

y. Avicula u7idosa,

10. Conularia niultipuncta.

a, portion of the surface enlarged ten diam.

11. Conularia bi/urca.

a, surface enlarged four diam.

12. Conularia transversa.

13. Ceramopora orbiailaia.

a, enlarged three diam.

14. Rhinopora curz'ata.

rt, two rows enlarged three diam.

15. Sto7)iatopora recta.

rt, profile of three cells enlarged three diam.

10, Stoiiiatopora parva.

17. Chatetes expansus.

18. Titbercutopora injlata.

a, end of branch.

b, enlarged section of cell showing the fibrous envelope.

I'li-A-TE! i;i.

V

(r^§

^7

■'k

^^^

.. -f-K

I7,f^J^u.^ueL,yJJe.

Mx.

II. FOSSILS FROM THE WATERLIME GROUP NEAR
BUFFALO, N. Y.

BY JULIUS POHLMAN, M. D.

The Waterlime group near the city of Buffalo continues to
yield specimens of fossils in various states of perfection. The
numbers are few, but as the fauna of the group is very limited,
each additional fragment found aids us in a more correct under-
standing of the interesting crustaceans which seem to have been
the only representatives of animal life at that period of the geo-
logical history of our continent. Fragments of Pterygotus have
been found at long intervals here, as well as in England, but none
have been in a satisfactory state of perfection, and it is there-
fore with pleasure that I record the finding of the first specimen
complete enough to clearly illustrate the different parts and their
proportions.

The specimen under consideration presents the dorsal side of
the carapace and eleven body segments. At first sight we must
admit that it bears a very close resemblance to Eurypterus,
and it may be a difficult matter to distinguish between fragments
of the bodies of the two genera if the surface markings, which
are apparently characteristic of Pterygotus, have been obliterated.

Viewed as a whole, the most striking difference between
Pterygotus and Eurypterus, is the comparatively small carapace
of the former. In the latter the average length is equal to the
length of four or five of the anterior body segments, but in
Pterygotus it is a little shorter than the length of the first three
segments. The feet are in every respect considerably smaller
in Pterygotus than the corresponding organs of Eurypterus. The
whole body of the specimen is covered with small scales, which
assume a pustulose character on the two posterior segments.

24

As the special characteristics of the Pterygoti are unknown,
and not desiring to multiply species, I refer the specimen to P.
Buffalocnsis, Pohlm. (B. B. S. N. S., Vol. iv, p. IV), because its
corresponding parts seem to be identical with it.

PTERYGOTUS BUFFALOENSIS. Pohlm.

The carapace is smooth and semi-elliptical, with a proportion
between length and width of about seven to ten. The eyes are
marginal, project beyond the outline of the carapace, and have
the appearance of the eyes of insects. A small tubercle situated
centrally is visible, but not very distinct. The carapace is three
and three-quarters inches wide and two and five-eighth inches
long.

The body segments are somewhat imbricating and all of the
same length, about one and one-half inches in this specimen. As
in the Eurypteri, the segments increase in length posteriorly; this
is a good mark of distinction between the two. The thoracic
portion of the body is almost as wide again as the base of the
carapace, and measures in the maximum seven and one-half
inches. From here the body gradually narrows toward the head
and toward the tail, where the eleventh segment has a width of
two and one-half inches. The anterior and posterior lateral
angles of the five anterior segments are rounded; those of the
remaining segments are more pointed.

The specimen has been subjected to a heavy lateral pressure,
which has caused a displacement of the appendages and a com-
pression of one side of the thoracic portion of the body, which
gives to the dorsal side the appearance of being much narrower
than it really is; but the exact dimensions were obtained, when
after careful manipulation the anterior half of the fossil was
removed from the stone, and a fine exposure of the ventral side
of the animal became visible. (Fig. 1, Plate 3.) The compression
has affected only the one lateral half, and left the other side in its
natural state. In addition to this four anterior feet and one
swimming foot were exposed.

The views expressed by Prof. Hall, Palaeontology of New
York, Vol. iii, p. 401, that the number of the body segments of

25

Pterygotus would be found to correspond with those of Eurypt-
erus, notwithstanding the figures of Profs. Huxley and Salter, are
corroborated by th's specimen. The dorsal side shows the first
and second segments clearly separated, but the ventral side has
them soldered together so firmly that not the faintest trace of an
articulation is visible, and the specimen with eleven ventral seg-
ments has twelve on the dorsal surface.

This first ( and second ) thoracic segment of the ventral side
contains in the longitudinal median line of its anterior half a
small, irregularly rhomboidal shaped plate of about one-half
inch in width, which has its most acute angle pointing anteri-
orly along the median line, where it connects by a small suture
with the anterior margin of the segment, which at this point
forms a small indentation. The posterior part of this little
rhomboidal plate contracts suddenly with a curve at about the
middle of the segment ; the two sides do not connect, however,
but elongate from here into a narrow strip of about 1-16 inch, and
gradually part again to 3-16 inch, when the posterior margin of
the double segment is reached, where they unite with a light
curve. Underlying this long, narrow portion of the appendage
is another part bounded by suture lines, which begin at the lateral
angles of the small rhomboidal plate and extend down in a
slightly curved line to the point where the appendage connects
with the posterior margin of the segment. There are no termi-
nal processes with the exception of a small triangular extension
which extends beyond the segment posteriorly. The posterior
part of the appendage has a smooth surface ; the rhomboidal
plate is scaly like the whole segment.

The second ( or third ) ventral segment is also composed of
two parts which overlap each other in the middle.

The scale-like markings on the ventral side are more abund-
ant and coarser than on the dorsal side.

The anterior feet are not as perfect as could be desired, but
there is enough to aid us in our determination. All the feet
are very much thinner than the corresponding organs in Euryp-
terus, although otherwise similar and in having eight joints.

26

Of the first anterior foot, this specimen shows only two joints
rather indistinctly ; the second is represented by six joints ; the
third by seven ; the fourth is complete, and exhibits eight joints
and a terminal spine like Eurypterus. The first three feet are
alike in structure and strength ; four short basal joints, of which
the second, the longest, is only about twice as long as its width,
measure together one inch in length. The fifth and sixth joints
of the second foot are each one inch long ; the fifth is 3-32, and
the sixth 1-16 inch broad. The first six joints of the third foot
are like those of the second foot ; its seventh joint has a length
of 7-8 inch and a width of a little less than 1-16 inch. The
fourth foot is more strongly developed than the other three ; its
basal joint is strong and almost oblong, about 5-8 inch long and
7-16 inch wide; it carries on its interior margin several long,
strong teeth. The second joint is a little shorter than the first
and tapers a little exteriorly ; the third is very short, only half
as long as wide ; the fourth is as long as the second, but only half
as wide and tapers toward the outer end ; the fifth joint is a trifle
longer, increases again at its exterior end to the width of the
interior margin of the fourth ; its length is a little more than 3-4
inch; the sixth joint is almost twice as long as the fifth, 1 3-8
inches, and throughout half as wide as the exterior margin of
the fifth ; the seventh joint is only 3-4 inch long and but little
more than half as wide as the sixth ; the eighth joint is about
two-thirds as long as the seventh and correspondingly narrower.
The terminal spine is triangular and about one-third as long as
the eighth joint ; it has for its base the whole width of this joint,
and tapers gradually to a sharp point. The total length of the
fourth foot is 5 3-8 inches.

The swimming foot has been displaced, but shows eight joints
very clearly. (B. B. S. N. S., Vol. iv., p. 17.) Its basal margin is
armed with strong teeth, which decrease in size posteriorly ; the
rhomboidal plate is, like the whole appendage, comparatively
smaller than that of Eurypterus ; the second and third joints are
short and strong ; the fourth and fifth are almost twice as long
as the preceding ones and articulate to each other by strong

27

processes ; the sixth joint is articulated to the fifth in the same
manner, and surpasses it a little in length ; the seventh joint
dilates somewhat, is as long as the five preceding joints together,
and has on its exterior margin a triangular indentation with the
apex a little anteriorly ; this is formed by the prolongation of
the joint anteriorly, and by a triangular piece attached by a
soldered suture line posteriorly ; into this indentation the ovate
shaped palette is articulated. No terminal palette is present.

The surface of the first joint is covered with scales, and
assumes a pustulose character on the second and third joints.
Length of the whole swimming foot is 6 1-4 inches.

A fragment of a chelate antenna is exposed on the ventral
side, and although it demonstrates clearly that it really was the
largest of all the appendages of the genus Pterygotus ( B. B. S.
N. S., Vol. iv., p. 17,) we are as yet in the dark about its place of
attachment to the body.

Length of whole specimen 15 inches ; greatest width 7 1-2
inches.

Found in the Waterlime group near Buffalo, N. Y.

PTERYGOTUS BILOBUS, Huxley and Salter.

A fragment consisting of eight posterior segments, and the
tail has been found, which presents no special characteristics of
. the body excepting the equal length of the segments. The inter-
est lies in the caudal appendage. Although the tail of this
specimen differs in its proportions as well as in size from that of
the above named species, as figured in the Palaeontology of
New York, Vol. iii., p. 424*, it can well be referred to it for the
present. This tail is ovoid, and has a length of 1 3-4 inches and
a width of 3 1-4 inches. It is divided in the middle of its poste-
rior margin by a deep indentation of about 1-2 inch. A line which
divides the tail into two lobes for two-thirds of its length can be
seen from this indentation running anteriorly.

Length of the whole specimen 13 inches. There are no sur-
face markings ; the segments are too fragmentary for a detailed
description, but they show that the animal must have been com-

28

paratively broad, for the posterior segment has a length of 1 1-2
inches by a width of 3 inches.

Found in the Waterlime group near Buffalo, N. Y.
CERATIOCARIS ACUMINATUS, Hall.

This was apparently the rarest genus of all the fauna of the
Waterlime group. Besides the few fragments described in the
Palaeontology of New York, Vol. iii., p. 420*-423*, and in this
Bulletin, Vol. iv., p. 19, no discovery of this remarkable crus-
tacean has been recorded in America. The present specimen
(Fig. 2, Plate 3) is perfect, and presents in a lateral view a close
resemblance to the figures of the specimens found in England.

The carapace of this species is described by Prof. Hall as fol-
lows : "Carapace somewhat rhomboid-ovate ; width a little less
than one-half the length ; posterior articulating margin less than
half the greatest width in the middle. From the postero-basal
margin the outline is gently curved downward for about three-
sevenths of the length, and then turns more abruptly upwards and
forwards, the anterior end terminating in an acuminate process.
The lateral margin is marked by a narrow raised border. Dorsal
margin slightly curved for three-fourths of the length, the ante-
rior fourth being more abruptly bent downward to the pointed
extremity. Surface strongly striated concentrically."

The median line which divides the carapace into two halves,
can be seen in this specimen from the posterior margin of the
carapace to within 1-2 inch of the anterior acuminate process.
There are no ocular spots visible.

The body shows five segments and the caudal appendage.
The first and second of these articulations are slightly imbricat-
ing and of almost equal size, 3-8 inch long and one inch wide,
with slightly rounded angles. The third articulation is twice as
long, tapering slightly posteriorly ; the fourth is 5-8 inch long
and 7-8 inch wide at its anterior, and 3-4 inch wide at its poste-
rior margin. The fifth articulation is the longest ; it is about
oblong, 1 1-4 inches long and 5-8 inch wide. The first and
second articulations show a surface-marking of delicate obliquel)'
running striae. The other articulations are apparently smooth.

29

The ventral margins of the two posterior segments are sharply-
defined, but those of the anterior three are blurred and indis-
tinct, and have the appearance of a possible attachment of
appendages. Part of one foot is visible, resembling closely the
swimming feet of the Eurypteri ; it is partially covered by the
carapace, and consists of a large ovate shaped joint, whose equal
margins terminate exteriorly in an indentation, which holds a
small terminal palette similar to that of the Eurypteri.

The caudal appendage consists of three spines, a large one in
the middle and a smaller one on each side. The largest is two
inches long and about 3-8 inch wide at its base, tapering from
here into a sharp point. It seems that this large spine was
triangular in shape and grooved or hollowed on its ventral side
for the reception of the two smaller ones, which appear as if
they had been hinged to the posterior margin of the fifth seg-
ment underneath and on each side of the large spine by a small
rounded articulation.

The two smaller spines are 1 3-8 inches long ; they are widest,
3-16 inch, at about one-third from their anterior end. From this
widest part they taper to a sharp point posteriorly, and curve
down to a blunt rounded margin anteriorly, which portion is
partially covered by the large spine. The posterior part of the
latter is delicately striated longitudinally. The two smaller
spines are without markings.

Length of the whole specimen 8 1-2 inches, length of carapace
3 1-2 inches, greatest width of carapace, 1 7-8 inches.

Found in the Waterlime group near Buffalo, N. Y , and pre-
sented to the museum by Mr. Herbert U. Williams of this city.
EUSARCUS, Grote and Pitt.

This genus was established, (B. B. S. N. S., Vol. iii., pp. 1-2,)
upon a specimen without tail and a partially broken carapace.
Since that time I have found several specimens, more or less
complete, which show that a new genus is not admissible here,
and that it must be classed with the Eurypteri, because the lead-
ing characteristics of the genus, as given by Dekay, are present,
'*a terminal joint prolonged into a sublinear or lanceolate triang-

30

ular spine with serrated edges," and " eyes reniform or oval, placed
within the margin of the carapace."

The species is well named, as the whole shape bears a striking
resemblance to that of a scorpion. Hereafter Eusarcus scor-
pionis should be known as

EURYPTERUS SCORPIONIS, Grote and Pitt.

Carapace almost straight in front ; broadly rounded at the
lateral anterior angles ; sides slightly curved for about two-
thirds of the length of the carapace, at which part it attains its
greatest width. The remaining posterior third of the lateral
margin in a slight curve decreases the posterior width of the
carapace a trifle; the posterior margin has a slight curve inwardly
in its middle third, and forms almost right angles with the lateral
margin. The length and width of the carapace are in propor-
tion as five to seven. The eyes are not very well defined in my
specimens, but seem to be semi-oval; they are larger than in any
other species of Eurypterus, and are placed near the margin of
the carapace in the broadly rounded anterior lateral angles. The
distance from the margin is less than the width of the eyes
themselves. (Fig. 3, Plate 3.) There are no surface markings on
the carapace.

The first seven segments of the body form a large ellipse, of
which the fourth is widest, and the seventh contracts very remark-
ably, so that the eighth is only about one-fifth as wide as the
fourth. The ninth, tenth, eleventh and twelfth segments are only
a trifle narrower than the eighth, but increase in length poste-
riorly, so that the twelfth is nearly twice as long as wide. Indeed,
the four posterior segments are as long as the eight others
together. The surface of the specimen is very distinctly marked
with small triangular pustules, distributed very irregularly.

The tail spine has a slight curve, which is a distinct character-
istic of the species, as all other Eurypteri have a straight caudal
appendage. It is about one-third longer than the posterior seg-
ment.

The feet in all the specimens are not complete enough to admit
of any detailed description.

31

EUSARCUS GRANDIS, Grote and Pitt,
Was based upon a larger fragment of Eurypterus scorpionis. Now
it happens that I have five fragmentary specimens of different
sizes, ranging in length from 4 1-2 inches to about 32 inches,
but here the difference ceases. All other characteristics are alike,
and it plainly shows the fallacy of basing a new species on size
only. All the different specimens simply show different stages of
growth, and Eusarcus graiidis has to be dropped entirely from the
Waterlime fauna, because it represents merely a more nearly
full-grown specimen of Eiisarcus {^Eurypferus) scorpionis.

All the specimens were obtained from the Waterlime group,
near Buffalo.

In the same beds which yielded the above described Crustacea,
I found a number of small plant remains, which were submitted
to Prof. Lesquereux, Columbus, O., who kindly sends the fol-
lowing description :

ON FRAGMENTS OF A SPECIES OF MARINE PLANT FOUND IN
THE WATERLIME GROUP NEAR BUFFALO.

The plant is represented by a large number of small fragments
irregularly deposited upon slabs of limestone, as if they had been
spread around by the waves. The fragments are black, their
texture transformed into a carbonaceous substance, all flat or
flattened by compression or maceration, with borders parallel,
distinct and regular. They are evidently remains of marine
Algae and referable by their characters to the order of the Floridecs
and to the genus Chondrites as established by Sternberg.

Chondrites St. — Fronds cartilaginous (in living plants), filiform,
sometimes robust and subcaulescent, dichotomous in their pri-
mary divisions, with branches and branchlets sometimes subpin-
nate, cylindrical, generally compressed and flattened in the fossil
state.

To this genus, which includes part of the old genera Fucoides
and Gigartinites of Brongniart, are referred now all the fossil
Algae with frond cylindrical, generally filiform, many times
dichotomous, rarely pinnatified or irregularly branching, with

32

smooth surface and without articulations. These characters are
common to a large number of marine Algae of the present epoch,
especially to species of Chondrus. But the relation of fossil to
living plants is based on a mere superficial likeness ; for the
living Algae are now grouped and classified according to the
characters of their organs of reproduction, rather than by the
appearance, size and form of their fronds and branches, the
only parts which remain observable in fossil plants of that kind.

Chondrites gramiiiiformis. Sp. nov. — Fronds brittle, with few
dichotomous branches in acute angle of divergence, all exactly
linear by compression, more or less flexuous, generally broken in
short fragments ; surface covered vi^ith thin, smooth, coaly
pellicle.

These fragments are numerous and very distinctly traced in
black upon the grayish-white and colored slabs, 1 to 1-^ mill,
broad, mostly short, from | to 3 cm. long, the longest fragment
preserved being a curved branch 5 cm. long. They are spread
upon the stone in every direction and in such a way that the
primary divisions of the frond cannot be recognized. For all
the fragments are simple, or with only a branchlet diverging in
a very acute angle near the top of a few ot them.

The species has, by the form and mode of division of the
branches, the character of CJiondrites setaceus, Heer, a jurastic
species of Switzerland (Oxfordian), from which it differs merely
by the greater width of its branches, which are at least twice as
broad. The general appearance, mode of ramification, and text-
ure are the same.

The species, as it is, may be easily represented to the mind by
the description and without figures. If, however, better speci-
mens should ever be obtained, it would be worth while to have
it figured carefully, especially to have a representation of the
basilar part of the frond.

Fossil remains of true marine plants are of rare occurrence ;
for a large number of those which have been described as such
represent tracks or burrows of worms or of other marine animals.
These, however, are never covered by a carbonaceous layer.

I>Xi-A.TB XII.

III. NIDIFICATION OF BIRDS ON THE ST. CLAIR

FLATS.

REV. J. H. LANGILLE.

An idea of the extent of St. Clair Flats may be formed from
the length of the several channels which radiate from the mouth
of St. Clair River to the distance of some seven or eight miles.
These are bordered with flooded marshes, which sustain a heavy
growth of sedges, cat-tails, rushes, and coarse marsh-grass. Some
of these marshes are dry in summer, and there are several islands
with trees and arable land; the whole being cut up and inter-
sected by numerous small channels. Here, in the marsh-grass,
and for the most part over the water, is the breeding place of a
considerable number of our water-fowls.

The most characteristic bird of the place in the breeding sea-
son is the coot, Fulica americana ; the nests of which abound in
nearly all parts of the flooded marshes, especially in those parts
extending out into the lake. In every direction the birds maybe
seen swimming, wading and flying ; while their loud cooing and
clattering noise is almost incessant night and day. These birds
are quite shy about leaving the nest. Though the latter are gen-
erally open to view for some distance among the broken-down
sedges and cat-tails, the birds manage to leave them before they
are seen, running on the water with flapping of the wings for
some distance, then either taking flight for a short distance, or
swimming at ease. Often while diverting itself on the water, and
always when rising, this species makes a loud splashing noise,
reminding one of its Western common name, "the splatterer."

The nests on the flats are invariably floating, or raft-like struc-
tures, generally built over water from eight to eighteen inches
deep. They are mostly built of the dried leaves of the cat-tails,

34

when completed being often lined with fine dried grasses or the
finer leav'es of sedges. They are about a foot in diameter, some
eight or ten inches high, with a finely-formed depression in
the center, and often have a sort of inclined plane for entering
the nest on one side. The color of the eggs is such as to be
almost indiscernible from that of the nest at a distance.

One of the next most common birds in nidification is the com-
mon, or Florida gallinule, Gallimda galeata ; the nests of which are
almost precisely like those of its near relative, the coot, except
that they contain more of fine material, consequently are more
compactly built and better edged up. They are also placed
farther in from the lake, and more in the seclusion of grassy
marshes and thick rush-beds of the shallow channels. The eggs,
from eight to fourteen, about the same in number as those of the
coot, are perceptibly smaller, and more tinged with a warm
brown in the ground color ; the marking being of more irregular,
larger, and lighter, or reddish brown, spots, much of it resemb-
ling the color of iron rust. The gallinule is still shyer than the
coot in leaving its nest, and its voice bears quite a resemblance to
that of the guinea-fowl much of the time, to which it adds a
peculiar note, something like a musical shake on a reed instru-
ment.

The eggs of both the above species are laid late in May or
early in June, and the young are black in the down ; the coots
having a little light rust-colored down about the head. Both
leave the nest as soon as they are hatched.

Perhaps the next most common water bird in these parts in the
breeding season is the red-headed duck, Fidigida ferina var.
americana. Along the deeper channels, flocks of males may be
seen feeding and sporting at their leisure, interspersed with an
occasional female, or a blue-bill. The "■squawk " of this species is
quite frequent, and characteristic; and the "meow" of the male is
precisely like that of a vigorous full-grown cat. A graceful,
stately bird it is as it rides upon the waters ; and as a diver after
its food, it is surpassed by few of its kind. The female, which,
like the rest of her kind, bears the duties of nidification alone,

35

generally rises from her nest while one is yet some distance off,
but almost always advises one by her peculiar gquawk as she
leaves, and generally alights in the water in full sight.

The nest, tied to the tall sedges or cat-tails, is built on the
water of coarse material, generally lined with the leaves of the
sedges ; and, like the nests of the water-fowl in general, is made
more complete as incubation advances, often containing quite a
little down and feathers as the hatching approaches. The eggs,
generally eight or ten, but sometimes fourteen or fifteen, are
large, quite elliptical, with strong, smooth shell susceptible of a
fine polish, and of a uniform, rich brownish tinge. They are
laid late in May or early in June, and the young are olive green,
with the cheeks and under parts bright yellow.

Next to this species in numbers breeds the dusky duck. Anas
obscura. It generally seeks out the dry grounds, a clump of
bushes, the high hummocks, or the accumulation at the side of
an old log lodged in the marsh, or even the hollow or decayed
side of such log. The nest is of the finer material of the spot,
mostly dried grasses, is sunk into the ground, well edged up, and
in the advance of incubation, well filled with the dark-colored
down peculiar to the bird. The eggs, from six to ten, are oblong-
ovate, smooth, generally of a brownish or reddish, often of a
greenish tinge. The young are very dark olive-green, lighter on
the cheeks and under parts. Owing to the shallow water fre-
quented by the species, the eggs are generally much soiled, and
the bird does not leave the nest till nearly trodden on, then ris-
ing almost straight into the air.

Nearly equal in numbers are the nests of the mallard, Anas
boschas. They are placed and constructed like those of the
dusky duck, sometimes, however, over water or on a muskrat-
house, and contain about the same number of eggs, which,
however, are rather smaller and of a more delicate greenish tinge.
The young are like those of the best marked of our domestic
duck.

Both these last species breed early, commonly during May.
The mallard especially is greatly attached to her nest, and will

36

make great demonstrations of distress when startled even from
her eggs.

Not infrequent in this locality is the nest of the ruddy duck,
Erismatura rubida, the birds being quite common about the
channels. The nests are generally very slight, often scarcely
more than a matting together of the tops of the marsh-grass
over the water, with a few additional grasses woven in ; some-
times, however, the nest is well made of fine grasses, especially
if incubation be advanced ; sometimes it is but a slight placing
of debris in a decayed cavity of a floating log, the arrangement
being so imperfect that the eggs may roll out. These eggs are
peculiar enough for a duck. Larger than those of the larger
ducks, nearly white and somewhat granulated, they might easily
pass for the eggs of some of the smaller wild geese ; especially
as the duck can scarcely ever be caught on the nest, but stealthily
dives from it like a grebe, before the hunter can detect it. These
eggs may be found as late as July. The males in the high colors
and strong markings of the breeding season are pretty objects
as they float leisurely about with their large tails straight up and
fully expanded. The flight of this bird is generally low over
the water, and its wings are nearly as broad as those of the coot.

The nest of the blue-winged teal is occasionally found on the
Flats, and rarely that of the blue-bill or even that of the can-
vass-back or the shoveller.

Very common, indeed, in the more open parts of the flooded
marshes are the queer nests of the dab-chick, Podilymbus podiceps.
They consist of a rounded or cylindrical pile, half floating, half
stationary, in about a foot or eighteen inches of water, about
fifteen or eighteen inches in diameter, built of soaked rushes
and debris in general, well slimed through with Algae, extending
dome-like about three or four inches above water, and having a
slight depression to receive the eggs — a nasty, filthy thing indeed
for a bird's nest. The eggs, some five to seven, are a little
smaller than those of the gallinule, and slightly rough or gran-
ulated, greenish white, often finely waved with green when
clean, but are soon wretchedly soiled from the nest, especially

SI

as the bird covers them nearly up on leaving it, which she does
so slyly as never to be seen. The young ones just hatched, little
black creatures, striped narrowly and lengthwise with white,
white underneath, and marked with reddish about the head, will
scramble from the nest before they can be seen ; and notwith-
standing their distinct peeping, are found with difficulty among
the sedges and rushes. Now if you will hide away, you may
hear the mother call the little ones with a gentle clucking, and
see them gather around her on the water, perhaps mounting on
her back or hiding under her wings. She will even dive with
them under her wings on an emergency.

A very conspicuous bird about the Flats, and one breeding in
considerable numbers, is the black tern, Hydrochelido7i lariformis.
Arriving about the middle of May, its black body, with silvery
wings and tail and white crissum, appears in constant Alight.
Its nest is a crude arrangement of bits of rushes, sedges or debris
in general, on a floating board or slab, or on an accumulation
of debris anchored among sedges and rushes ; the whole affair
being often thoroughly soaked through with water. The dark
greenish drab eggs, two to three, heavily spotted and blotched
with black or dark brown, conform so closely in general effect
with the nest and surroundings that they are by no means read-
ily detected. The bird has an almost constant note, softer and
more musical than that of the common tern ; but when the
breeding places are approached — for like other birds of its kind,
it breeds in community — it becomes very noisy, and may be a
great nuisance when one is intent on observing other birds.

The common tern and Forster's tern spend the summer here
in moderate numbers, laying their eggs on the muskrat-houses,
in the absence of those sandy and rocky shores which are their
usual accommodation. The eggs are almost indistinguishable,
those of Forster's tern being, perhaps, a little the larger. The
birds are fairly distinguishable by their voices, that of Forster's
tern being hoarser and in a lower tone than that of the com-
mon tern. In color, too, they are in some respects the counter-
parts of each other; the tail of Forster's tern being light silvery
2i

38

gray and the under parts white, while in the common tern the
under parts are gray and the tail is white. In flight they are
commonly seen together. June is the breeding month of the
terns above mentioned.

From my tent on Dickenson's Island, last May, I first heard
the note of the king rail, Rallus elegans, in that locality. All
night it could be heard in some four different places in the near
vicinity, and the note was scarcely ever silent through the day.
It proved to be breeding very commonly around all the sedgy
ponds, but was so exceedingly shy that only an occasional
glimpse of it could be had. Once in a great while would
this stately bird step out, for a few moments, into full view. The
nest is hid away in a perfect thicket of coarse dried marsh-grass,
still standing with its curled and drooping withered leaves of the
previous year. About a foot in diameter and about eight or ten
inches through, from the rim to the bottom, which rested on the
water, and about three or four inches deep inside, it was well
built of the dried leaves of the marsh-grass, the rim being well
laid. The whole was tied to the coarse standing culms of dried
grass, and was thickly and elegantly arched over with the dried
and drooping leaves. The bird adhered closely to the nest,
making it easy to identify the nine to eleven roundish-ovate
eggs, so finely tinged with a warm reddish brown, and sparsely
spotted with reddish brown and lilac. As a consequence of its
close adherence to the nest, it not infrequently becomes a prey
to the marsh hawk, which also breeds on these marshes.

The dainty little nest of the Carolina rail, Porzana Carolina^
so finely arched over and tied to the marsh-grass on or over the
water, is rather common on the Flats. The bird is exceedingly
wary, and can scarcely be seen about her nest, leaving you to
identify her six to twelve light brown eggs, heavily but sparsely
spotted with dark reddish brown and lilac. The young are jet-
black, with a little tuft of reddish down under the chin.

The vocal performance of this species is a quaint, coaxing
strain of several syllables, which are at once striking and pleas-
ing.

39

A very common sound, coming in every direction from among
the bleached tracts of sedges, standing from the previous year
like large fields of ripened grain, is the boom of the bittern,
heard throughout the morning and evening. Every now and
then the bird is seen in its elegant flight, or standing like a stake
among the rushes. Though well hidden away in the thick sedges
its nest is frequently found ; consisting of a slight matting
together of the green marsh-grass over the water, so frail that
one can scarcely conceive how it can contain the eggs ; or flatly,
but substantially built on the water among the sedges, not unlike
that of the coot. Very reluctantly indeed does it leave its three
to five clear drab-colored eggs, sometimes sitting so closely that
it may almost be touched before leaving its treasures. The
nearly callow young, with erect and branching tufts of yellow
down, are odd-looking enough.

The least bittern and the Virginia rail no doubt breed spar-
ingly on the Flats ; and the night heron, constantly seen there
in summer, sometimes in large flocks, no doubt breeds in woods
not far away.

The maniac call and the merry laugh of the loon are common
sounds along the channels throughout the Flats ; and its nest is
often found arranged on the tops of the muskrat-houses. The
large greenish-drab eggs, with dark brown spots, are generally
two in number.

On the higher marshes the bobolinks are most abundant and
musical ; while throughout the sedges and marsh-grass the
long-billed marsh-wrens and the red-winged blackbirds and the
swamp sparrows abound, breeding in immense numbers. Their
spring melodies, too, are very agreeable amidst the numerous and
harsher notes of the water-fowl. On a tall tree on the Island
and in full sight from the tent, was a nest of the white-headed
eagle ; and the woods resounded with the songs of our most
delightful birds of the forest.

IV. NONAGRIA SUBCARNEA, N. S.

D. S. KELLICOTT.

The larvae of two species of Nonagriinae occur abundantly as
borers in Typha latifolia growing in the vicinity of Buffalo. One
is that of Sphida obliquata, G. and R., the other that of a species
which, I believe, has not been described. 1 have known and
observed these larvae for several years, but have not yet made
out the differences in the earlier stages of growth with much
certainty. The adult caterpillars, however, are distinguished
with ease, either by their structure or by their habits, so I shall
describe only the adult of the one which I have called Nonagria
subcarnea, and compare it with that of S. obliquata; also with that
of JV. typhce of Europe, one of which Mr. A. R. Grote has been
kind enough to furnish me.

This larva attains a length of 55 mm.; it is cylindrical, slender,
naked, smooth and somewhat shining. The color is rather light;
the skin in some examples is decidedly carneous, in others smoky,
particularly on the thoracic rings. The lines are almost obsolete;
the piliferous spots are small and round; a weak chestnut hair
arises from each. The anal and thoracic shields are slightly cor-
neous, brown and shining. The thoracic rings are strongly folded
transversely. The spiracles are narrowly elliptical, even slit-like,
with the rings shining black. The hemispherical head is light in
color, mottled with ocherous.

The differences between this larva and that of N. typhce are
ample for its ready separation. It is less stout than typhce; the
spiracles are more narrow and longer; the epicranial suture is
much longer, the fork not extending so far up on the head; and
the color of the head of typhcs appears to be quite uniformly
brown, while this one is mottled.

It may be separated from the larva of S. obliquata by its light,
often carneous hue, that species being darker or quite black; the

41

brown thoracic shield of obliquata is divided in the middle line by
a sharply defined white line; the last pair of spiracles of obliquata
are larger than the rest and placed subdorsally, while those cor-
responding in subcarnea are placed laterally. Other characters
presenting differences are the following: The proplegs in sub-
carnea are longer than in obliquata; the hooklets of the former are
arranged more nearly in a straight line, in the latter in the form
of a horse-shoe, toes inward; the true legs of the former are col-
ored like the skin; in the latter they are dark with bands at the
joints. A microscopical study of the mouth organs discloses
marked differences.

Late in July and early in August both larvae are found together,
often in the same plant; they are now of about the same age and
size; their mode of life up to this time has been similar, but from
this point they take very different routes. Obliquata continues
its larval life in the Typha until autumn, when it leaves its plant
and crawls into old wood, the earth, or under loose bark of trees,
hibernating as a larva. In May it pupates in a light cocoon, giv-
ing the moth about the beginning of June. Not so subcarnea ; in
July and August the larvae prepare pupa-cells near the surface
of the plant, always leaving a thin layer of epidermis unbroken
over its place of exit; it pupates with the head uppermost.

The pupa vary in length from 30 mm. to 40 mm.; the
color is light brown; the anal ring ends in a thin,
emarginate, horizontal plate; there are a few weak
anal hooklets; the dorsal median line of the thorax
is occupied by a strong ridge; the clypeus is pro-
longed into a stout, blunt spine. Figure 1 represents
the pupa in side view.

The imago escapes, leaving the pupa-shell in its

Fig 1
place; in order to get out of the cell to expand its

wings, it has to break up the membraneous covering of the place

of escape; this it does by its very stout, frontal spine.

The Moth S expands 45 mm.; reddish-gray, recently hatched

specimens are often decidedly flesh-colored; the head, thorax

and palpi are usually darker or fawn; the abdomen, of the shade

4«

of the wings or lighter. The discal spot on the primaries is
black and distinct in most examples; there are two well defined
black dots between the discal and the base of the wing; one in
the place of the orbicular and the other marking the intersection
of the basal line and subcostal vein; the subterminal line is in-
dicated by dots in the veinules; there is a row of black marginal
lunules; fringes usually lighter than the wings. The secondaries
have the same hue as the primaries, the discal is blackish; in some
specimens a faint mesial line appears, in others it is obsolete; mar-
ginal lunules as on the primaries; fringes concolorous or lighter
than the wings. Beneath the discals on both wings are dis-
tinct; also the marginal lunules; on the primaries from the base
to the discal dots there is a reddish wash; beyond this a smoky
space. All the wings above are often dusted with black scales.

The $ expands 38 mm. The color is darker than that of the
$ ; the markings are similar.

The palpi of both sexes are rather slender, horizontal, and ex-
tend to the tip of the clypeal spine; the slender terminal joint
is clothed. The very stout clypeal spine
(Fig. 3) is concealed by the long dense
hairs of the front, which thus presents a
cone of broad base and rounded apex.
The ovipositing apparatus of this moth
appears worthy of special description
and illustration. It is rather complicated
as it is in those of its congeners known
to me, but differs sufficiently to be of in-
Fio- o ^"^ - terest; moreover, the manner in which
the eggs are placed is known, which lends additional interest to the
structure which is made to accomplish so nice a piece of work.
Figure 2 exhibits the strangely modified terminal rings of the 2
abdomen. Of the three modified joints, the last is the short tubular
ovipositor proper, usually concealed within the first of the three.
The first piece (a) is chitinous, and supports the rest of the ap-
paratus; the second piece articulates with the first at the upper
side. On the lower face are two broad teeth (d) pointing back-

43

wards; between the teeth there begins a deep groove extending
obliquely upwards to the anal opening; the chitinous borders
(e) of this groove are dentate. The second ring is also chitinous;
the basal part (b) is broad, concave below; the piece terminates
in a narrower thin part, forked at the end with the rounded tips
turned downwards; these two black lobes may be seen without
removing the anal tufts; on the under side of the basal part
there is a deep groove (g) beginning just above the anus.

By means of this apparatus the eggs are placed for the winter.
They are arranged one after another, varying in number from a
few to a hundred or more, in a tube formed by rolling over the
margin of a withered dry leaf of the food plant. It appears
that as the eggs are extruded and placed a little way back from
the- margin (about one-third the width), the same is then folded
over the eggs and firmly cemented down, thus forming and fill-
ing the tube. The eggs thus covered with the leaf and cement
appear to pass the winter under the snow, and more or less
under water, unharmed.

I have not been so fortunate as to see the moth in the act of
oviposition, although a number were kept for many days with
Typha in an aquarium. I found, from time to time, many of the
eggs, but visits paid by day or by night failed to discover the
manner of the work.

The eggs are white, obscurely ribbed, short, cylindrical; the
length equals .5 mm., and the width .875 mm. The shells are not
very firm, so they are sometimes deformed by the pressure of the
tightly drawn cover.

Since the larva of this moth bores the same plant as N. typhce
of Europe, it seems appropriate to compare the two species.
The moths agree closely in size; typha; is slightly larger ( .J 40 mm.
2 48 mm., Guenee); the ground color differs and the veins are
not marked with white as in typhce; the discal dots are not so
plain on under side of hind wings, and much more distinct in
fore wings; the secondaries are concolorous, while in typhce they
are lighter than the primaries, with the outer third darker; the
first and second joints of the palpi of the latter are more heavily

44

Fio-. 3

clothed, and extend considerably beyond the clypeal spine. The
differencjES in the spines appear in figures 3, 4, 5. There are other
obvious differences.

A comparison with TV. canme, which it approaches in character,
exhibits plain differences. According to Herrick Schaeffer, cannce
has broad fore wings with acute apexes, the intra-
veinular marginal spots are wanting, and there are
two spots marking the intersection of the inner line
with the median and submedian veins; in subcarnea
the primaries are not broader than in typhce, and
the apexes are not more acute, the marginal spots
are present, and the inner line is not marked by two spots; again,
the hind wings are concolorous, while in catince they are not.

The differences between this moth and N. sparganii are not so
obvious. They agree very well in size; the shape of the primaries
are quite closely alike, also the intraveinular
marginal spots as well as those upon the veins
indicating the marginal line; in sparganii the
secondaries are darker, scaled towards the outer
half, the inner half being lighter than the pri-
maries; there are spots at the origin of veins, three and four, sur-
rounded by four black dots (H. S.); in subcarnea this character
does not appear, while the hind wings are of uniform shade. Sub-
carnea is certainly very closely allied to sparganii. I have rarely
found Sparganum bored by a larva apparently identical with the
one from Typha; I have taken the same also in Scirpus.

I introduce here figures showing the wide differ-
ences in the frontal prolongations of subcarnea
(Fig. 3), typha: (Fig. 4) and N. subflava (Fig. 5).
These characters, it seems, afford good points for
comparison and separation of species, for they
prove to be quite constant, at least in the first.
The spine of subflava is scarcely bilobed; it was not seen to be
so until magnified by an inch objective.

I have to acknowledge my obligations to Mr. J. A. Lintner for
assistance and advice in the study of this moth.

Fig-. 4

V. HYDREOMENA TRAVERSATA, N. S,

D. S. KELLICOTT.

Head, thorax and abdomen dark gray above, with the third,
fourth and fifth abdominal rings edged posteriorly with white.
Base of the primaries blackish; basal line dentate, quite black,
not oblique as in trifasciata, Californiata and others; beyond this
there is a well-defined red band, more or less bordered with white;
outside the red the wing is again black, becoming whitish before
the median, black, slightly zigzag line, which is not oblique; be-
tween this and the extradiscal line the wing i? white; this median
band is as wide on the inner margin as on the costa; the latter
line at first slightly wavy, reaching the first branch of the median
vein, follows it half way from the intersection to the outer edge,
then continuing to the inner margin, nearly parallel to the outer
margin, forming two deep scollops between the branches of the
median and two smaller ones between the latter and the inner
vein; on the front of the wing, beyond the extradiscal, there is a
black patch succeeded by a red one, which, following the line,
becomes a mere band in the inner half of the wing; the submar-
ginal space is whitish, with three well-defined black triangular
spots on the subapical space, and the edge of the wing occupied
by a black line. The posterior wings dull white, smoky towards
the base, and the posterior edge lined with black; there is a single
blackish band, much curved outwardly, on the branches of the
median vein. The discal dots small, round, black, plainest on
the fore wings above, and on the hind wings below. The fringes
of both wings somewhat tawny and checkered by a darker shade
at the veinules. Beneath, the secondaries have the same shade
as above, with the single dark band more distinct; the primaries
smoky throughout, except a large, pale, ash subapical spot cor-
responding with the red one above. The male expands 36 mm.
Taken at Petoskey, Michigan, July, 1882.

46

The ornamentations of this moth appear to be sufficiently dis-
tinct to separate it from any other species or variety. In size it
agrees with Califor>iiata; the primaries have the outer edge less
oblique, and the apex less produced. The discal dots are wholly
different. It differs from all that approach it in ornamentation,
in having the median white band as wide on the inner edge as
on the costa, and having the basal and median lines not oblique —
that is, they reach the inner edge as far from the base of the
wing as on the costa. The specimens taken were fresh, and no
shade of green was perceptible. The palpi are rather shorter
than usual, pointed; the apexes approximated and turned down-
wards.

SYNGAMUS TRACHEALIS.

EXPLANATION OF FIGURES.

Fig. 1 — Adult male and female Syngamus, (enlarged 133 diameters). A, male; B, female, show-
ing the head, oesophagus and intestine In the female may be seen the uterus and ovarian
tubes filled with eggs.

Fig. 2. — Embryo of Syngamus removed from the earthworm and kept foi 34 hours in an incubator,
in the blood serum of a calf, at 105° Fahrenheit. About moulting the first time, (enlarged
200 diameters).

Fig. 3. — Smallest pair of Syngami ever seen; male .035 and female .055 inch in length. Found on
the e.xternal wall of the oesophagus of a chick, (enlarged 172 diameters).

Fig. 5. — Egg of Syngamus immediately after passing out of adult female, (enlarged 318 diameters).

Fig. 6. — Embryo of Syngamus as found in the earthworm. Length .0118 inch, breadth at middle
.00078 inch, (enlarged 300 diameters).

Fig. 7. — Embryo emerging from the egg, tail first, not a common occurrence. Body constricted
in passing out through the valvular opening, (enlarged 318 diameters).

Fig. 8. — Egg in the mulberry state, (enlarged 318 diameters).

BULLETIN

OF THE

Buffalo Society of Natural Sciences.

VOLUME V. NO. 2.

THE GAPE WORM OF FOWLS [Symgamus trachealis): THE

EARTHWORM {Lumbnais ierresiris), ITS ORIGINAL

HOST.
ALSO, ON THE PREVENTION OF THE DISEASE IN

FOWLS CALLED THE GAPES, WHICH IS CAUSED

BY THIS PARASITE.

BY H. D. WALKER, M. D., FRANKLINVILLE, N. Y.

Note. — The first paper on this subject was read before the Buffalo Microscopi-
cal Club, Nov. 11, 1884. In January, 1885, the Commissioner of Agriculture
was notified of the results of the investigation. On the 15th of May, 1885, the
writer was appointed by him to continue the work, which, he was given to under-
stand by Dr. Salmon, would be brought out illustrated, and in the best form
that was possible. Instead of this, no illustrations were given, and only a few
of the experiments, without any of the arguments and conclusions. Dr.
Megnin's article having been published in the previous year's report, that was
accepted as correct, when in fact it was proved to be untrue by the production
of the gapes in two chicks, from feeding earthworms sent them by the writer.
The present publication is a result of the manner in which that report was treated.

In the following pages we present the results of experiments
made for the purpose of determining the original host of the
gape worm of fowls. We have endeavored at the same time to
trace out the life history of this parasite, in its various stages
from the o^^g to the perfect worm, also to devise means for the
prevention of the disease caused by it among fowls. The object

48

of undertaking the work was two-fold. First, it was thought if
its original host could be discovered the disease might be pre-
vented to a great degree, and much good result therefrom.
Second, the love of original investigation and a determination
to work out the life history of this parasite, which, although well
known in its mature condition in the trachea of fowls for nearly
one hundred years, had thus far, in its embryonic state, remained
unknown. The work has been exceedingly difficult, for several
reasons. When the investigation was begun, I knew nothing
about Entozoa. Microscopical work was also comparatively
new. Living in a small village, I had no public libraries to con-
sult, and was dependent for the literature of the Entozoa on a
few books which I procured during the investigation. My pro-
fession also left me little leisure, and the most of this work has
been done at such odd times as I could spare from other duties.
I wish here to express my thanks to the eminent naturalist, Dr.
Joseph Leidy, of Philadelphia, for many favors in inspecting my
microscopic slides, and for advice and encouragement in the
work. Valuable, indeed, were the services he rendered me. I
am under obligations to Lord Walsingham, of England, for
books to aid in the investigation. Friends in the Buffalo Micro-
scopical Club, and neighbors, have also assisted me in various
ways. I have freely consulted Dr. T. Spencer Cobbold's work
on Parasites, and Dr. Pierre Megnin, " On the Gapes Disease in
Gallinaceous Birds." Finally, I trust these pages will not be
scanned with too critical an eye, for, doubtless, imperfections
will be found. I can only say that I have honestly endeavored,
according to the best of my ability, to place before the reader
the life history of one of the humblest of creatures, a worm, but
which, nevertheless, plays well its own part in this world of ani-
mated nature.

ZOOLOGICAL CLASSIFICATION AND HABITAT.

The animal kingdom is divided into several sub-kingdoms.
One of these is called Worms [Vermes). This sub-kingdom is
separated into classes, one of which is named Round Worms

49

{Nematelminthes). Another division into orders is made, among
which are the Nematode V^ orvds i^Nematodes). This order con-
tains, among other genera, that of Syngamus, of which our
Synga?nus trachealis is the only species at present known.*

Another name for this worm is Sclerostoma, or Strongylus syn-
gamtis. Syngamus trachealis has been found in the trachea of the
following birds: the turkey, domestic fowl, pheasant, partridge,
black stork, magpie, hooded crow, green woodpecker, starling,
swift, and by myself, in the robin.

HISTORICAL REFERENCE.

The first public record of the Gapes was made by Dr. Wies-
enthall, Professor of Anatomy at Baltimore, Md. In a commu-
nication dated May 21, 1797, and published in the Medical and
Physical Journal in 1799, he says: "There is a disease prevalent
among the gallinaceous poultry in this country called the gapes,
which destroys eight-tenths of our fowls in many parts, and is
most prevalent among young turkeys and chickens bred upon
established farms. Chicks and poults, in a few days after they
are hatched, are frequently found to open wide their mouths
and gasp for breath, at the same time sneezing and attempting
to swallow. At first the affection is slight, but gradually be-
comes more and more oppressive, and ultimately destroys; very
few recover; they languish, grow dispirited, droop and die.
It is generally known that these symptoms are occasioned by
worms in the trachea. I have seen the whole windpipe complete-
ly filled with these worms, and have been astonished at the ani-
mals being capable of respiration under such circumstances."
The above is a truthful description of the disease as it prevails
in this country to-day.

In 1808, Mr. George Montagu gave an account to the Werner-
ian Society of a species of Fasciola, which infests the trachea of
poultry, with a mode of cure. This led to its being noticed

* The name of the genus Syngamus is derived from two Greek words,
6uv, with, together, and yauos, marriage, and has reference to the peculiar
union of the sexes.

50

in the systematic works of the day. Dr, Cobbold, from whose
work on parasites this brief history was taken, has made some
observations on this worm. In 1879, Lord Walsingham, of Eng-
land, offered a prize of two hundred and lift}' dollars, to be
awarded by the Council of the Entomological Society of Lon-
don, for the best essay, comprising a complete life history of the
parasite causing the gapes. Mr. Charles Black and Dr. Pierre
Megnin, a well-known French scientist, competed for the prize.
The latter received the award. The conclusions at which he ar-
rived in regard to the propagation of the disease, are as follows :
First, that birds pick up mature Syngami filled with eggs, which
are coughed out by those having the disease, or the eggs are
taken in their food, or the embryos after they are hatched in
water, and they are developed within them to the perfect form.
Second, that no intermediate host, as perfect insects, larvae,,
mollusks, or any other living agent, has any share in spreading
the disease. In a supplement to the above, written about twenty
months after, he says : " In the preceding memoir, we pointed
out that the eggs ejected during the coughing fits hatch in water,
and that the embryos, resembling an anguillula, may live in this
medium for many months, because we have kept some alive al-
most a year, in a low temperature. The birds are infected by
drinking the water containing these embryos."

This, then, is the conclusion at which Dr. Megnin arrives, after
five or six years of study of the gapes in the various pheasant-
ries of Central France, and around Paris Dr. Cobbold says, in
his work on "Parasites," page 445: "A change of hosts is prob-
ably necessary, but in the first instance they either enter the sub-
stance of fungi or other vegetable matters, or they bury them-
selves in the soil a short distance from the surface." In Lord
Walsingham's preface to the essay by Dr. Megnin, he says: " By
Dr. Megnin's permission, his memoir is now published in a sep-
arate form, the subject of it being one which could not rightly
be included amongst the publications of the Entomological So-
ciety, although at the time of offering the prize I was led, by
information gathered from various sources, to think it possible.

51

that the larvae of some insect acted the part of host to the em-
bryonic form of Syngamus." Dr. Joseph Leidy believed the
embryos would be found in some intermediate host. The above
comprised our knowledge on this subject when this research
was begun.

PRESENT INVESTIGATION,
The present investigation was commenced during the summer
of 1883. Great numbers of young poultry dying of the gapes,
some of my neighbors applied to me for aid to arrest the disease.
Knowing very little about the gapes, but having heard it was
caused by worms in the trachea, I made a careful examination
of their windpipes, and found numbers of the worms attached
thereto by their sucker-like mouths. Never having studied the
Entozoa, and having no works on them, I sent a specimen to Dr.
Joseph Leidy, of Philadelphia, asking him its name, and where
I would find information on the subject. He kindly replied,
and referred me to Dr. Cobbold on " Entozoa," and an article
by Dr. N. H. Paaren, in the American Entomologist, vol. 2, page
149. I immediately procured these, and reading the articles on
that subject, could find nothing regarding its origin. I there-
fore again addressed Dr. Leidy, asking him for the desired
information. On August 15th, 1883, I received his repl}^ as fol-
lows : "The source of the gape worm [Syngamus trachealis), of
chickens, has not been, discovered. If you have an opportunity
of investigating and determining its origin, you may do much
service to science. It would be found only in the embryonic or
larval condition, in some intermediate host." I thought this
was not only a good field for microscopic examination, but also
one which, should I succeed in the work, would be productive
of much good. Therefore, I commenced an investigation of the
coops and their vicinity, where the chicks suffered most
from the gapes. About these I found three not improb-
able sources of the disease : First, the common earth-
worm [Liimbricus terrestris) ; second, the sow bug [Ontsctis
asellus) ; third, the garden slug [Limax flavus). My at-
tention was especially directed to one coop, where the

52

chicks all had the gapes. This was placed on a grassy plot, but
close by its side was a small space of bare ground, a few inches
square. It seemed quite probable that here was the place where
they obtained the parasite, so I dug into it and found it full of
earthworms. I took some of these home and examined them
with the microscope, as I did also Oniscus and Limax. I found
that both the slug and earthworm contained parasites in abund-
ance. None were found in Oniscus. To determine which one,
if any of these, was the host, I procured some chicks from a
neighborhood where no gapes existed, and fed each separately
to the chicks. In neither of the chicks fed with sow bugs or
slugs- was any result produced, but the chick fed with earth-
worms developed symptoms of the gapes. To guard against
error, all the chicks were kept in a barn where they had no
access to the ground, and their food was corn meal mixed with
pure water.

EXPERIMENTS IN FEEDING EARTHWORMS.

Exp. 1. On September 29, 1883, at 8.30 a. m., a chick about
one week old was fed ten earthworms from the bare spot of
ground by the side of the coop where the chicks had the gapes.
The worms were carefully washed in water to remove all the
dirt adhering to them, which might contain the eggs or embryos
of Syngamus. On October 6th, at 7.30 a. m., six days and
twenty-three hours after the feeding, I observed the first
symptoms of the gapes. On October 7th, at 10.30 a. m., eight
days and two hours after feeding the chick, and twenty-seven
hours after the first symptoms of the disease, I killed it and
found twenty-six gape worms Of these worms, two only were
found in the trachea; they were at its upper part, and were the
largest. Ten or twelve of them were in the pharynx. The
remainder were in the oesophagus, from its upper part half
way down to the crop. All these were united in pairs, except one
male and female.

Exp. 2. On October 9th, at 8 a. m., another chick, a little over
two weeks old, was fed four earthworms from the same place,

53

with like precautions. At the same time of day on the 10th,
it was fed six worms. On the 11th, 12th, 1.3th, 14th and 15th,
it was fed ten worms daily. At the same time from the first
feeding, a little less than seven days, it had the gapes. It was
killed in eight days and twelve gape worms found, all in the
trachea.

Exp. 3. November 13th, three chicks, two days old, were fed
earthworms from my garden, eight, nine, and ten days, respec-
tively. No symptoms of the gapes were produced, but to deter-
mine positively, the one fed nine days was killed, and no gape
worms found. This experiment shows that all earthworms do
not contain the embryos of Syngamus. To confirm this, earth-
worms from the same place have been repeatedly examined with
the microscope, and none of the embryos found.

Exp. 4. Two mature Syngami were broken in pieces, so as to
free the eggs. They were then placed on the surface of a dish
filled with dirt, well moistened with water. After two weeks,
some earthworms were placed in this dish and allowed to remain
ten days. Three of these were fed to a chick, which was care-
fully watched for two weeks. No symptoms of gapes were
discovered. Evidently, the embryos had not obtained access to
the earthworms in sufficient numbers to produce the disease in
chicks.

Exps. 5 and 6. On December 13th, two chicks, four weeks and
four days old, were each fed six earthworms from the infected
spot, with the same precautions as before. On the 14th, 15th
and 16th, the feeding of six Worms was repeated, making twenty-
four to each chick. On December 20th, about seven days, as
before, they had the first symptoms of the gapes. One was now
killed, and twenty-two Syngami were found. On December
24th, eleven days from the first feeding, the other was killed,
and sixteen found. All of them were united, and in the trachea.
None were found in the lungs, but it is probable they were
there, and want of experience in the search prevented their
discovery.

Exps. 7, 8 and 9. On April 21st, 1884, fed three chicks, two

54

days old, each five worms from the same place from which the
others were obtained. Repeated the feeding on April 22d, 23d,
24th, 25th, 2Gth and 27th. On April 28th, about seven days
from the first feeding, all had the gapes. One was now killed
and Syngami found in the trachea, also three pairs in the lower
part of the left lung and one pair in the lower part of the right
lung. Continued to feed the two remaining chicks earthworms
until May 5th, just two weeks from the first feeding, when one
was killed and the lower part of the trachea found crowded with
Syngami. One of these measured seven-eighths of an inch in
length, and two or three others three-fourths of an inch They
contained fully developed eggs, as did also the excretions of the
chick just before it was killed. This proves that the embryo of
Syngamus in the earthworm, is developed to maturity in two
weeks from the time it obtains entrance to the chick. The last
chick was killed seventeen days from the first feeding, when in
articulo mortis. In the lungs of each of those killed at fourteen
and seventeen days from the first feeding, embryo Syngami
were found in various stages of development.

Exp. 10. On July 16th, fed a chick ten earthworms, and re-
peated the feeding for nine successive days. The gapes observed
on the seventh day, as usual. On July 26th, ten days from the
first feeding, I killed this chick and found a large number of
Syngami in the trachea, and also the embryos in different stages of
growth in the lungs.

Exp. 11. In order to see if Dr. Megnin's theory was correct,
that the eggs would develop within the fowl, I fed a chick about
three weeks old, on July 29th, three perfect Syngami, containing
many thousands of eggs. This chick was carefully watched for
five weeks, and no symptoms of gapes observed. That this re-
sult is correct, we have additional proof in exp. S, in which
large numbers of perfect eggs were found in the excretions of
the chick, on the fourteenth day after feeding earthworms con-
taining the embryos of the gape worm. I believe, however, if
the eggs should in any manner be retained so as to hatch before
they passed into the prove.ntriculus, the gapes would be pro-

55

duced, but think such a case must be very rare, and would be
unlikely to occur unless the embryos were fully developed in
the egg before they were taken by the fowl.

Exp. 12. Three young robins {Turdus mtgnzfon'us), in the nest,
were fed several infected earthworms each, daily, for twelve days.
These earthworms were taken from the same place as those given
the chicks. No well marked symptoms of the gapes were
observed. Two of them were killed, and three or four gape
worms found in the trachea of each. A number were also found
in process of development in the lungs. These birds live almost
entirely on earthworms during a part of the year, and I wished
to know whether they would serve as a host for the parasite, and
thus be instrumental in spreading the disease. The trachea of
robins differs, in its size and anatomical structure, from that of
poultry, especially at its lower part, where the last ring dilates
and forms a second larynx. Syngami generally collect from the
lower part of the trachea to its middle, and the gapes is simply
the effort of the bird to obtain more air through this passage,
which is obstructed by these worms. It is evident, therefore,
that birds which have a larger trachea would harbor a greater
number of syngami without suffering from the gapes. We see
this is the case in chicks after they are several weeks old, for
syngami can often be seen in their windpipes by opening their
mouths and straightening out their necks. Several worms can
thus be seen in large chicks, with very little embarrassment to
respiration. It is also not improbable that, although the embryos
may penetrate the oesophagus, pass to the lungs and thence to the
trachea, the greater part may be coughed up and swallowed
before they are able to obtain a hold on its mucous membrane.
We know, from an examination of chicks, that very many of
them are thrown off in this way.

Exp. 13. On July 4th, at 5 p. M., fed a chick, about four weeks
old, a large number of syngami, just hatched, by turning the
water containing them down its throat. On July 11th, at V p. m.,
this chick commenced to have the cough or sneeze characteristic
of the gapes. July 12th; coughed much more. On July 13th,

56

at 9 A. M., eight days and sixteen hours after the feeding, I killed
the chick and found one single and twenty-nine pairs of syn-
gami.

Exp. 14. On August l-lth, at 7 p. m., fed a young robin, just
from the nest, a large number of embryo syngami hatched in
water, as in the preceding experiment. It was kept in a cage
hanging under a tree, and fed by the old bird.

August 22d, morning : Robin had some symptoms of the
gapes, such as rapid breathing, an occasional gape and shake of
the head, and was inclined to sit on its perch, instead of stand-
ing up, as usual. August 23d: breathed more rapidly, and evi-
dently quite ill. August 26th: Robin continued to grow weaker
and breathed more rapidly, and at times gaped, but the gaping
was not as prominent a symptom as in the case of chicks. The
robin died the morning of the 29th, the fifteenth day from the
feeding. On examination, three fair sized syngami were found
in the trachea, not enough to fill it up, so as to produce much
gaping. The rapid breathing, which was the most prominent
symptom, was readily accounted for by extensive deposits in
both lungs, more especially the right. The lower part of each
lung was affected, and the diseased condition, doubtless, resulted
from the irritation of the parasites.*

Exp. 13 proves that the embryo of Syngamus does not neces-
sarily have to pass through an intermediate host; that the earth-
worm is simply a bearer, in which it lives in its embryonic con-
dition, and through which it obtains access to fowls. This chick
was kept in the barn, and all other sources of the disease exclud-
ed, which was not the case with the robin. The time from the
feeding to the production of the disease in the chick was the
same as when earthworms were fed, which is good evidence that
it is the embryo instead of the tg^ in those, which causes the

*This condition resulting from parasites is mentioned by Dr. N. H..
Paaren, in the American Entomologist, Vol. II, page 149; also, by Dr. George
M. Sternberg, from M. Lanlaine, in an article on the " Production of Tubercu-
losis by Inoculation," in the American Journal of Medical Sciences, Vol.
LXXXIX, page 18.

57

disease. It may further be stated that in the examination of
many infected earthworms, I never yet found any to contain the
eggs of Syngamus. In dissecting the robin, I found an embryo
just emerging from the oesophagus into the lung. It was a short
distance above the proventriculus, was sexually developed, being
a male, and thus affords convincing proof that they enter the
lung this way. In a chick, I also found a pair of Syngami just
united, on the posterior part of the oesophagus, which had the
appearance of having been penetrated by these worms. I have
also found the embryo lying beneath the mucous membrane of
the oesophagus.

ARTIFICIAL CULTURE.

Exp. 15. On September 23, 1883, a mature Syngamus filled
with eggs was placed in a small glass dish with a little water,
for the purpose of observing the development of the embryo,
the structure of the young worms and the time required for
them to hatch. We also thought that by comparison in this
way they could be more positively identified in the earthworm.
The dish was kept covered in a warm room (65° to 70° Fahr.),
and occasionally placed several hours in the sun. On October
14th, three weeks from placing them in water, they commenced
to hatch.

.Exp. 16. June 11, 1885. Placed two mature syngami in a
small glass dish of water, and kept them in a room where they
were not exposed to the direct rays of the sun. On June 28th,
seventeen days from the time they were placed in water, they
commenced to hatch.

Exp. 17. December 1, 1884. Placed several embryos, found
coiled up in the muscular sac of the segmental organs of the
earthworm, in a small glass dish of water, and kept them loosely
covered, in a warm room. These embryos were thought in the
beginning of the investigation to be those of syngamus, and this
method was adopted to see if any growth or development of
structure would take place in water, whereby we might decide
the question. In from five to seven days they grew to many

58

times their length, and were developed into male and female. A
small number of eggs were also seen in different stages, within
the oviducts and scattered about the bottom of the vessel.
These worms correspond with the description and figures in the
Micrographic Dictionary under the head of AngidUulidicv, and
are thus excluded from being the embryos of syngamus.

Exp. 18. Several embryos taken from the intestinal canal of
the earthworm, where they were found surrounded by mucus,
were placed in a glass dish of water and kept, as in the foregoing
experiment, seven days. These embryos after a few hours coiled
themselves up at the bottom of the dish, and for the most part
of the time remained in this condition, occasionally uncoiling
and moving about a short distance. No growth or development
of structure took place. These are the embryos which it is
believed are identified as those of syngamus.

Exp. 19. Placed several embryos from the intestinal canal of
the earthworm, like those in the preceding experiment, in an
incubator, and kept them at 105° Fahrenheit for seven days, at
which time they were alive, but no change of structure or devel-
opment had taken place.

Exp. 20. One pint of blood from a calf was allowed to stand
in a glass fruit jar, until the solid portion had settled, leaving
the serum at the top. On May oth, at 9 a. m., one dram of this
serum was placed in a Syracuse solid watch glass, with ground
edges, containing twenty of the last described embryos. These
embryos had been kept in the watch glass in water one week,
and were nearly all lying quietly coiled up about its center. The
most of the water was removed by a pipette before the serum was
added. As scK>n as this was done, the embryos uncoiled and be-
came quite lively, as though they had at last found their natural
element. The watch glass was placed in an incubator, covered
by another one with ground edges, but leaving a small space for
air. The temperature had previously been regulated so as to
remain at 105° Fahr. At 9 p. m., on examining them with the
microscope, they had slightly increased in size and were com-
mencing to moult. On May 6th, at 9 a. m., they were again taken

59

from the incubator and examined, wlien the process of moulting-
had still further advanced. At 4 p. m., I found them all dead.
The culture fluid had become putrid.

Exp. 21. May 7th, 4 p. m. Completely satisfied that I was on
the right track, I removed four more embryos from an earth-
worm and placed them in another portion of serum, and in the
incubator as before. On May 8th, at 9 a. m., removed them to
another watch glass containing fresh serum, by taking them up
under an inch objective with a small splinter of wood whittled
to a fine point. At 9 p. M. the same day, they were again re-
moved to fresh serum. One was found dead, another had
molted, and the two others had nearly completed that process.
May 9th, 9 a. m. They were seen to have increased in size, and
were removed to another portion of serum. These embr3'os
lived between four and five days in the incubator, and were
about moulting the second time. I think they were sufficiently
developed to show that they were the embryos of syngamus.
One of them measured about .0139 inch in length, and the exu-
viae, in which it still remained, about .0227 of an inch.

Exp. 22. Four of the embryos from the earthworm were
placed in one drachm of egg albumen, after it was beaten to
render it fluid. They were placed in the incubator as before,
and changed to fresh albumen daily. After being kept in this
way six and one-half days, they were alive, but there was no
change in their structure or size, or any appearance of moulting
perceptible. Evidently, the proper food for their metamorpho-
sis and growth was not contained in this fluid. In these culture
experiments the incubator used was one in which the heat could
not be thoroughly controlled. It is believed, with a good one
and more experience, better results could be attained. It is also
thought the blood serum of a fowl would be the best adapted
for this purpose.

This method of artificial culture of animal parasites is believed
to be new, and if varied according to the different circumstances
in which they are found in nature will, we think, render easy the
solution of some of the most difficult questions, as to the life

60

history and embryonic forms of many of these creatures. The
subject is of great importance, for large numbers of both human
beings and animals perish each year through their agency.
Moreover, it is not far removed from that great question which
occupies so prominent a position before the medical profession at
the present time. I refer to the germ theory of disease. The
one is an animal, the other a vegetable parasite. The method of
artificial culture is now being used for working out the latter; I
see no reason why it cannot be successful in the former.

EMBRYOLOGY AND DEVELOPMENT OF SYNGAMUS.

The egg is formed out of the granular material seen near the
extremity of the ovarian tubes. It is shaped into small round
bodies which pass down towards the uterus, within the horns of
which they are supposed to become impregnated, and receive
the hard external coat called the shell. The egg in syngamus
becomes perfect under favorable circumstances about fourteen
days after earthworms containing the embryos are fed to a chick.
It is then oval, about .004 inch in its long, and .0025 inch in its
short diameter. At each end is a valve or lid which drops off
when the embryo emerges from the egg.

We believe the egg of syngamus, within the perfect worm just
arrived at maturity, does not contain a developed embryo. We
are aware it is generally thought by naturalists that the eggs
furthest advanced in a mature syngamus contain the perfect
embryo, already moving actively about within the shell. We will
briefly give the reasons for our opinion. In experiment No. 8,
it will be seen that a chick, fed earthworms containing the
embryos of syngamus, developed the gapes, and in fourteen
days from the time of the first feeding great numbers of the
eggs of syngamus were found after the)^ had passed through the
fowls' intestines. These eggs passed from perfect worms, which
were found breaking up in the trachea of the chick killed the
same day. Now the eggs which passed through the chick, and
those found about the perfect worms in the trachea, showed no
sign of embryonic formation. Moreover, we will say that after

61

the examination of many perfect worms removed from the tra-
chea, we have never found the embryo developed within a single
egg at that time. In our experience, it takes these eggs not
far from three weeks, varying somewhat with the temperature,
to mature and bring forth their embryos. We believe Syngami
in which active embryos were found within the egg, had been for
many days mature, and probably kept in a moist condition,
either within the body of the bird or external to the same. The
embryo of the lung worm of calves {Strongylus micrurus), is fully
developed in the egg while in the lungs of the calf. Possibly
reasoning by analogy has had something to do with the opinion
heretofore entertained concerning Syngamus. It is evident the
eggs scattered over the ground in the natural way, hatch much
quicker during the hot months of summer than later in the sea-
son. Indeed, it is quite probable that most of these last perish
on account of the cold, without the formation of an embryo.

DEVELOPMENT OF THE EMBRYO.
The process of development from the egg is as follows : The
yolk undergoes segmentation; that is, it becomes divided into
2, 4, 8, etc., round masses or spheres, this division being contin-
ued until it assumes the mulberry state. The embryo is devel-
oped from this around the inner part of the shell, in the form of
a circle. Before it emerges the embryo usually coils itself with-
in the egg, like a figure 8, from which it generally comes out
head first. The time required for the perfect egg to pass through
the different stages until the embryo issues from it varies, as
heretofore stated. On one occasion a few of the embryos came
forth in seventeen days. The embryo on emerging resembles an
Anguillula, but its movements are not as rapid as most of the
worms belonging to this order. It is about .011 inch in length,
and .0005 inch in width at its middle. The posterior half of the
body is filled with a fine granular matter. After the embryos
have been in water a few days they moult, losing about .0005
inch in length; their tails are also more blunt. Sometimes they
pass through the first moult while coming out of the &gg, leav-
ing the old skin within.

62

THE EMBRYO IN THE EARTHWORM.
The embryo as found in the earthworm differs but slightly in
its structure, so far as can be discovered, from the embryo
which has passed througli one moult after the egg has hatched in
water. We think the granular material extends throughout the
whole length of the body, instead of only its posterior half, as
when hatched in water. It is also a little larger, about .0118 inch
long, and has a diameter of about .00078 inch at the middle of its
body. They differ somewhat in their size, which probably de-
pends on how long they have been in the earthworm, and I think
those residing in very large earthworms are larger than those liv-
ing in smaller ones. The method of finding them in the earth-
worm is as follows: Select a poultry yard where chicks have had
the gapes for several years, so that the earthworms may have plen-
ty of the parasites. From near the surface of bare spots of
ground which chicks with the gapes have frequented, take some
of the earthworms and examine them wath the microscope. The
following method is recommended: Throw the earthworm to be
examined into a solution of common salt (Chloride of Sodium),
having the strength of about two ounces to the pint of water.
When it ceases to move rinse in pure w^ater ; then, with sharp-
pointed scissors slit the skin the entire length of the worm down
the back. Spread out on each side, to expose the digestive or-
gans. In order to intelligently proceed, we will briefly describe
these: They consist of the mouth, pharynx, oesophagus, crop,
gizzard and intestine. Directly connected with the oesophagus,
about its middle and posterior part, are found six white bodies,
three on each side, called the oesophageal or calciferous glands.
The oesophagus passes directly into the crop, which is just in
front of the gizzard. Following this is the intestine, which
passes through the remaining portion of the worm. We cut off
the intestine just back of the gizzard, and taking small pieces,
about one-eighth inch long, place them on a watch glass with a
little water, pick them well in pieces, and examine carefully
with an inch objective. We generally find the embryos a short
distance below the gizzard, not often more than half way to the

63

tail. There are numerous kinds of parasites which inhabit the
earthworm, some of them numbering thousands in a single
worm. We have also found the earthworms in different locali-
ties to harbor very different kinds of parasites. The method of
distinguishing the embryo of Syngamus is its size, description
as here given, and general appearance as seen in the engravings.
We think it is taken in by the earthworm with its food, and
passes down into the intestine, where it remains until trans-
ferred within its host to the digestive organs of some bird, or
after a time passes through into the soil and perishes. We be-
lieve this method of taking in the embryo by the earthworm is
the common law in nature, through which all creatures, man in-
cluded, obtain their intestinal parasites.

THE EMBRYO OF SYNGAMUS IN THE FOWL.

The embryo passes into the crop within the intestine of the
earthworm. We wish to determine at what point it leaves
the digestive canal and passes into the lungs and trachea. We
have never been able to trace the embryo below the oesophagus,
after many examinations of chicks dead of the gapes If we
admit that they do not pass through the proventriculus and giz-
zard alive, which I have no doubt is the truth, there are only
two organs, the crop and oesophagus, through which they could
gain admission to the lungs. The crop is simply a dilatation of
the oesophageal structures, and acts as a reservoir for the food.
We believe the embryo passes through the oesophagus just above
the proventriculus, for the following reasons: The distance to
the lung structures is very short, only the thin wall of the oeso-
phagus intervening. The orifices of the lenticular glands of the
oesophagus are of greater diameter than the embryo, so it could
readily enter through them. That such is the case we know, for
we have found them beneath its mucous membrane. The pul-
monary bronchi ramify over the outer surface of the oesophagus,
through the substance of which there are numerous tubular
structures, which, it is not improbable, may be connected with
these. We have seen the embryo just emerging from the oeso-
3

64

phagus into the lung, and have in all the chicks carefully exam-
ined for that purpose, after dying of the gapes, found several
echymosed spots, which looked as though the embryos had
passed through. We have also found them recently united on
the outer wall of the oesophagus, one pair being the smallest vv'^e
ever saw. In dissecting some chickens dying of the gapes, we
have found the oesophagus adhering to the lungs, as we believe
from the inflammation caused by the passage of the embr3'os.
Both male and female embryos do not develop beyond a certain
point until union takes place. After this they pass through the
bronchi into the trachea, where they attach themselves to the
mucous membrane and attain maturity.

ANATOMICAL DESCRIPTION.

We shall not attempt any extended anatomical description of
Syngamus. The illustrations accompanying this investigation
will show its appearance in the different stages. We will briefly
say that the mouth in this Genus is large, circular, and sur-
rounded by four outer membranous and six inner chitinous
lips. The young worm has eight inner lips, two of which unit-
ing with two others reduces the number to six in the adult
worm. Within, it is hollowed out, and contains, around the
opening to the digestive apparatus, eight lance-like organs,
which are supposed to pierce the mucous membrane for extract-
ing the blood of its host.

The Male. — The male has been found coupled on the exter-
nal wall of the oesophagus when .035 inch long, and .002 inch
wide. At maturity it attains the lengj;h of about .24 inch,
and a breadth of about .02 inch. The diameter of the head
exceeds that of the body, which is round, and its posterior
part, containing the genital organs and anus, is united to the
vulva of the female by a hood- like organ, with several ray-shaped
expansions. Within is seen the digestive and internal genital
organs.

The Female. — The female has been found united with the
male on the oesophagus when .055 inch long and .0025 inch in

65

width, and in its adult state sometimes measures .875 inch in
length, by nearly .045 in width. It is of a bright red color from
the absorption of the haemetin of the blood upon which it lives.
When mature, it is irregularly cylindrical, curved and often
variegated by the white winding uterine horns filled with eggs.
The tail is mucronate, and just beneath this is the anus. The
vulva is situated a short distance back of the head, and is per-
manently united to the caudal extremity of the male. The diges-
tive and genital organs can be traced within.

PREVENTION OF THE GAPES.

The very best results which can be attained from the study of
disease is its prevention. If the only way in nature by which
fowls contract the gapes is from eating earthworms containing
the embryos of syngamus, it follows if none of these were eaten
the disease would become extinct. We believe this is the only
method designed by nature, although we are free to admit if the
embryos should be taken in any other manner the disease would
be equally liable to occur. Adopting this view there are two
methods of prevention, either one of which will prove effectual.
First, keep young fowls from the ground where earthworms are
infested by the embryos. Second, destroy the earthworms con-
taining them, when the fowls couM be allowed their liberty. We
had thought a third method might be added, namely, to mix
with the bird's food some anthelmintic, which, if worms contain-
ing the embryos were eaten, would destroy them without injur-
ing the fowl. This opinion was changed after the experiments
detailed below were concluded.

The first method consists in either keeping them on wooden
floors, or some grassy plot or ground where the disease has never
existed. The second method, that of destroying the earthworm
involves the question as to what is the best method of doing
this. The article to be chosen must be cheap, effective, readily
applied, and safe to use. We have experimented with three
different substances, each of which possesses to a considerable
degree these qualities. They are common salt (chloride of so-

dium), lime (oxide of calcium), and wood ashes (mostl)'' com-
posed of pptassaand its carbonate). In the experiments medium-
sized earthworms were used and the embryos of syngamus were
taken from the intestine of the earthworm.

EXPERIMENTS WITH EARTHWORMS AND EMBRYOS OF

SYNGAMUS.

Exp. 1. An earthworm just dug, and with the dirt still adher-
ing to it, was thrown into dry lime which had been slacked for
several weeks. At the end of twelve minutes it was dead.

Exp. 2. Another earthworm was thrown into lime-water; in
seven minutes it ceased to move.

Exp. 3. An embryo of Syngamus trachealis was placed in
lime-water; it was observed for two hours, at the end of which
time it was still alive and active.

Exp. 4. An earthworm placed in a solution of common salt
having the strength of one-fourth pound to the gallon of water.
In six minutes it was dead.

Exp. 5. An embryo of Syngamus placed in the above solu-
tion lived thirty-three minutes.

Exp. 6. An earthworm placed in a solution of salt having
the strength of one-half pound to the gallon of water lived
four minutes.

Exp. 7. An embryo of Syngamus placed in the above solution
ceased to move in fourteen and one-half minutes.

Exp. 8. An earthworm placed in a salt solution having the
strength of one pound to one gallon of water lived about three
minutes.

Exp. 9. An embryo of Syngamus placed in the above solution
lived three minutes.

Exp. 10. An earthworm thrown on a portion of dry salt ceased
to move in somewhat less than three minutes.

Exp. 11. An earthworm thrown on dry ashes lived about
twelve minutes.

Exp. 12. An earthworm placed in lye made by pouring warm
water on wood ashes and letting it stand one hour, the propor-

tion being one-half pound of ashes to one gallon of water. The
earthworm ceased to move in three minutes.

Exp. 13. An embryo of Sjmgamus placed in the above solu-
tion was apparently unaffected at the end of twelve hours.

Exp. 14. An embryo of Syngamus placed in a watch glass
containing a mixture of water and asafoetida, many small pieces
of the latter being scattered over the bottom. At the end of one
hour it was unaffected, although almost constantly in contact
with the lumps of asafoetida.

Exp. 15. An embryo of Syngamus placed in a watch glass
with water, and several small pieces of an onion making a strong
solution were added to the same. At the end of six hours very
little abatement in the vigor of its movements was perceptible.
In twelve hours it still lived, but its movements were very slow.

The result of the above experiments may be stated as fol-
lows: Lime, salt, and ashes are all effective in destroying the
earthworm. Lime water and lye of the strength used seemed
to have very little effect on the embryo of Syngamus. Doubt-
less a stronger solution of ashes would kill it, and it is probable
that lime in substance would also be effective. Salt not only
destroys the earthworm, but it also kills the embryo of Syn-
gamus. The anthelmintic power of asafoetida and the onion
has disappointed us much. The latter belongs to the same
famil)' {Allium)^ and has similar properties to garlic, which has
been so highly recommended as a specific in this disease.
Ashes, lime or salt may then be used. The first two can be
spread over the ground. Lime, in the form of lime water, is
exceedingly cheap, but, exposed to the air or in the soil soon
combines with carbonic acid, forming carbonate of lime, which
is probably harmless to the earthworm. We believe salt is
more reliable, and it has also the additional advantage of
destroying the embryo of the gape worm in the soil. It can be
used in poultry yards in the proportion of one pound to the gal-
lon of water, or, if the soil is very moist, two pounds would be
better. If a large extent of ground is to be treated, the salt
could be scattered in substance over the surface and left to be

dissolved by rain or plowed under, taking care that none of it is
eaten by fowls. All poultry dying of the gapes should be
burned, and not left upon the ground, or even buried deep as
advised by some, for the eggs may hatch and the embryos be
taken by the earthworm to the surface to propagate the disease.

CONCLUDING REMARKS.

Before closing, we wish carefully to examine a few points con-
cerning the life history of Syngamus and the propagation of the
gapes. First, do fowls contract the disease by picking up the
eggs, or mature Syngami containing them ? Dr. Megnin's par-
rot was claimed to have taken the disease from eating, on
August 7th, four mature Syngami filled with eggs. The first
symptoms of the gapes manifested themselves on August 28th,
twenty-one days after the feeding, and the bird died September
10th, on the thirteenth day of the disease. We believe if the
eggs were retained and hatched before they reached the proven-
triculus, the gapes would result. But we think such a case is
exceptional, and not the way in which the disease generally oc-
curs. In proof of this, we will not only bring forward the chick-
fed mature Syngami (see feeding exp. 11), but also the general
fact that chicks, about fourteen days after they take in the
embryos of Syngamus, have large quantities of mature eggs pass
through their intestines into the soil. According to Dr. Meg-
nin's theory, these eggs should hatch within the chick; it would
thus become self-infecting, and would almost necessarily die.
On the contrary, after chicks are a few weeks old they gener-
ally recover, their windpipes being large so that the usual num-
ber does not very materially interfere with their respiration.
That the eggs are not contained in the earthworm and thus
taken we believe is true, for in the examination of very many
infected earthworms during the past two years we have never
found an egg of Syngamus. It is also evident that the time re-
quired to produce the gapes by feeding earthworms is too short
for the eggs to hatch and the embryos to pass through their dif-
ferent stages. We consider it unnecessary to bring forward

69

further proof on this point, for Dr. Megnin himself abandons
the theory. He says, in a supplement to his essay, written
about twenty months after it (see Report of U. S. Department
of Agriculture, l.'=!84, page 283) : "We pointed out that the eggs
ejected during the coughing fits hatch in water, and that the
embryo resembling anguillula may live in this medium for
many months, because we have kept some alive almost a year in
a low temperature. The birds are infected by drinking the
water containing these embryos." He also denies that any other
animated medium, except the birds themselves, has any share in
spreading the disease (see same Report, page 2so). That the
gapes can be artificially produced by feeding the embryos of
Syngamus hatched in water to chicks, we readily admit, for we
have proved such is the case by experiment 13. But we deny
that this is the natural way in which they contract the disease.
To prove the correctness of our conclusions, we have eight
carefully conducted experiments with chicks by feeding them
earthworms from an infected spot, in which every other mode
of taking in the embryos was excluded, the gapes being inva-
riably produced in each case. Now, if this is not the natural
way, then the earthworm must be an accidental host. That
such is not the case we consider proved by finding the embryos
of Syngamus living in the earthworm at all times of the year,
winter as well as summer. They have been found in nearly all
the earthworms of an infected spot one year after any cases of
the disease in the immediate vicinity. We have found twenty
of these embryos in a single earthworm, and often five to ten.
It makes no difference whether the embryo is taken in water
which the bird drinks, or in the intestine of the earthworm; the
effect is the same. Furthermore, it is also in accord with the
habits of many worm parasites that a bearer aids them in ob-
taining access to their final host, and the greater number of
Nemetoid worms, to which class Syngamus belongs, are directly
developed from their embryos without any metamorphosis
necessitating a change of hosts, in which respect they are un-
like the Fluke and Tape worms. There is no food more natural

for fowls than earthworms. Chicks two days old eat them
greedily.

Finally, it iran/wf ^e denied hut that we have effectually disproved
Dr. Megnin's conclusion that no other animated medium except
the birds themselves has any share in spreading the disease.
We will recapitulate the several points we consider established
by this investigation.

First, That the earthworm is the original host of Syngamus
trachealis is proved by eight separate successful experiments, in
feeding them to chicks. None of the chicks fed earthworms
from the infected spot failed to have the gapes in seven days.
That all earthworms do not contain the embryos of Syngamus,
proved by feeding three chicks earthworms from a place where
no gapes existed. They failed to have the gapes. That the
robin (Turdus tnigratorious), may act as a host for Syngamus,
and thus be instrumental in spreading the disease, is proved by
feeding three robins and finding full grown worms in their tra-
cheas. That the earthworm is onl)" a bearer, or means of con-
veying the embryo to the fowl, is proved by feeding the embryos
hatched from the eggs to a chick and thus producing the gapes.
That they pass through the oesophagus is demonstrated by find-
ing them beneath its mucous membrane, and also in the act of
passing through into the lungs. The embryo of Syngamus in
the earthworm has been identified by tracing it through its differ-
ent stages, from the earthworm to the trachea of the chick, and
also by artificial culture. That the embryo of Syngamus in the
earthworm is but slightly affected by the anthelmintics which
have been used to prevent and cure the disease, as asafoetida
and garlic. They cannot be relied on for this purpose. Lastly,
any locality where the gapes prevails can be rendered safe for
fowls by destroying the infected earthworms in the ground with
common salt.

The life history of Syngamus trachealis is as follows: Earth-
worms containing the embryos are eaten by the fowl. The em-
bryos are liberated from the intestine of the earthworm and
work their way through the oesophagus into the lungs and

71

bronchi. During this passage, or while in the lungs, they pass
through the nympha stage and acquire sexual maturity. The
male and female then unite and attach themselves by their sucker-
like mouths to the mucous membrane of the trachea. Between
six and seven days are required from its entrance into the fowl
until its attachment to the trachea In about seven days more
the eggs within the body of the worm become mature. They
are coughed up into the mouth, swallowed by the fowl, and pass
through it into the soil. In about three weeks, the time varying
somewhat according to the temperature, these eggs, exposed to
the moisture and sun, hatch; the embryos are taken in their food
by the earthworm, where they remain until picked up by some
bird, when the above process is repeated.

Some years one-half or two-thirds of the young fowls in cer-
tain localities are destroyed by this disease. This investigation
proves that if they were kept from eating infected earthworms,
that terrible scourge of poultry, the gapes, would be entirely
prevented. Not only this, but it serves as a key to unlock the
mysteries surrounding several other diseases, caused by parasites
belonging to this family; namely, the lung worm of calves
{Strongylus micrurus), the lung worm of hogs {Strongylus elonga-
tus), the lung worm of sheep {Strongylus filiaria), the grouse dis-
ease {Sfrongylus pergracilis). Great numbers of calves, hogs,
sheep and grouse, are yearly destroyed by these parasites. Their
original hosts have never been discovered. From certain
inquiries which I have made, I venture to predict that the earth-
worm will be found to be their original host.*

* Since the above vvas first written I have found the embryo of Strongylus
micrzirus living in the earthworms of an infected pasture.

VENTRILOQUIAL AND IMITATIVE POWER OF BIRDS.

BY E. E. FISH.

Those who have observed the habits of birds know that they
possess in considerable degree the power of imitation, but only
at a recent period have naturalists recognized in them the pos-
session of that rarer gift, ventriloquism. Most of the thrush
family [Turdidce) have to some extent this power, though some
species rarely exercise it. When we hear the two thrushes
{Turdus fiiscescens and Turdns mustelinus), we look for them much
higher in the trees than they really are. Before people become
accustomed to this voice trick of these thrushes, they are often
perplexed in locating the singers.

I remember one extreme instance: a wood thrush was singing
his differently-keyed strains with great power and sweetness. I
was looking through the branches of a thick hemlock, expecting
to see him up thirty or forty feet in the tree. Instead of this ele-
vation, he was within three or four feet of the ground, not
twenty feet from me. For a long time he continued his songs,.
but all the time with this ventriloquial effect.

The golden crowned thrush [Sciunis aurocapillus) has a habit
of throwing its voice to a great distance. The clear military
notes " I see ! I see ! " will sometimes startle you with their
apparent nearness, when in fact the bird may be in quite another
part of the woods; then again, when the bird is within a few
feet of you, the song will appear to come from a distant locality.

Even the familiar robin {^Turdus niigratorius) often makes use
of this power with good effect. When he sings at mating time,
or to attract attention, or from his innate love of song, he will
carol away with such an abandon and fullness of tone that he
appears to be much nearer than he really is; but when he sings
exclusively for his mate, or for the newly fledged young whose

73

presence he wishes to conceal from others, the song is low and
tender, often half smothered, or made to appear in another
place.

The cat birds, which are among the most interesting as well
as the most intelligent of the feathered tribe, have in individual
instances, probably, arrived at a greater degree of proficiency in
this art than any others of the family. They not only imitate
well many notes and calls of other birds, but by modulating
their tones they are capable of producing great deception in re-
gard to their whereabouts. One day while watching some robins
and goldfinches bathing together in a little creek, I heard a
cat bird warbling very sweetly, but apparently at a great dis-
tance away As a treeless meadow lay in the direction from
which the song proceeded, I wondered where the bird could be
hidden, and sweeping a field glass over the stretch of meadow, I
failed to locate him. To my surprise, I finally discovered the singer
in a little thorn bush not ten feet from the place where I was
standing, though the sound indicated the distance to be many
rods. On looking through the bush tangled with vines, I found
the mate sitting on her nest of eggs. The male, while singing
to her, had been throwing his voice to a distance, evidently to
mislead intruders. It was a clear case of ventriloquism exer-
cised with a motive, for as soon as he knew the nest was found
he flew to an oak some distance off and commenced a loud rol-
licking song, moving about from limb to limb, doubtless hoping
to divert my attention from the nesting place.

At least two of the wrens {Troglodytes aedon a.n6. Troglodytes
hieiU'Tlis) possess more or less ventriloquial power I remember
how I once searched for a winter wren that was singing in a
cedar thicket I heard the song first on one side then on
another, always seeming to be above me, when in reality the
bird was all the time on an upturned root of a little sapling,
within plain sight. Several times afterwards I heard this wren
go through a similar performance.

In his "Rambles About Home," Dr. C. C. Abbott relates a
very interesting experience on this subject with the yellow-

74

breasted chat {Jcteria virens). " From the branch of a tall locust
a chat warbled a series of sweet, liquid notes, then squealed like
a squirrel and yelped like a dog; following this with a wild out-
burst of glorious melody. While listening and wondering what
next would greet m)- ears, I was surprised and startled by hear-
ing the same strange sounds repeated, but at some distance off.
Another chat farther down the path was singing in the same
strange way. Another it must be, for the first is still in sight in
the same locust tree, flitting carelessly about and apparently
silent. Curious to hear the new comer I passed on, when the
sounds were heard in the opposite direction. I retraced my steps,
and now the strange medley came from the low bushes about
me, and while looking carefully for the unseen chat that seemed so
near, there came floating down to me from the tall locusts' top-
most branch the same series of odd sounds and sweet warblings.
The truth was now clear; the one bird had uttered every sound
I had heard, and by his ventriloquism had for the time completely
deceived me. My study of this habit and of its use now com-
menced, and for long weeks I watched him to test in every way
his ability to mislead one by the exercise of this peculiar power.
A little later the female appeared, and the two quickly selected '
a suitable spot in a tangled mass of blackberry briers at the foot
of the locust tree, and built a commodious but roughly con-
structed nest. While the mate was sitting, the male chat seemed
more animated than ever, and jealous of any intruder he threw
his voice in every direction other than towards the nest,' when-
ever anyone came too near. By watching from a concealment,
I found that when not disturbed they uttered fewer strange
cries of imitation, and seldom exercised their ventriloquial pow-
ers, but however suddenly I appeared from my concealment,
thef-e was an equally quick uttering of notes of distress, coming
as it seemed from a point several yards distant. Vary my ex-
periment as I would, it mattered not; the bird was thoroughly
conscious of its ventriloquial powers, and trusted far more to it
than to flight to avoid and mislead any intruder."

In discussing this subject further, Dr. Abbott thinks that

through the lapse of ages the birds have, through experience,
learned some of the simple laws of sound. " They know as
well as man does that certain notes can be heard at a greater
distance than others. This knowledge .of one of the properties
of sound, simple as it is, is the starting point in the acquirement
of mimicry, which is the intermediate stage between ventrilo-
quism and the ordinary vocal utterances, including their songs."

Probably very few birds of any species have arrived at such
proficiency in this art, for art it certainly is, as have the chats
and some of the wrens, which seem able to throw their voices
in any direction. Many individuals of other species are only
able to modulate their tones so as to seem distant or near, like
the crooning of the loons or piping of certain plovers on the
wing, and the cooing of the Carolina doves.

Bradford Torry, who is a close observer and has a quick ear
for bird notes, writes of one of the vireos. " The White-eyed
is a singer of astonishing spirit, and his sudden changes from
one theme to another are sometimes almost startling. He is a
skillful ventriloquist also, and I remember one in particular who
outwitted me completely. He was rehearsing a well-known strain,
but at the end there came up from the bushes underneath a queru-
lous call. At first, I took it for granted that some other bird
was in the underbrush, but the note was repeated too many
times, and came in too exactly on the beat."

Several of the sparrows modulate their notes so as to greatly
deceive in regard to distance. In riding along country roads
how often one looks away into fields to see the vesper sparrow
{Pomcetes gratnineus), when it is singing from its perch close by,
on a fence stake. The song of the field sparrow {Spizella pusilia)
is still more deceiving. One is also often puzzled to locate the
notes of the Baltimore oriole {Icterta Baltimore). Both sexes
have, to a certain extent, this power to mislead, and what is still
more curious, the young birds will often perplex one in regard
to their whereabouts.

Few birds with soft voices can project their notes farther than
can the cuckoos, but often in the near presence of man there is

76

such a 'remoteness' about their mellow " coo, coo," that only
the trained ear of an ornithologist can readily locate the bird.
Burroughs speaks of their '* clairvoyant call," and Wordsworth,
without giving it a name, recognized this quality when he sings
of the Cuckoo :

" While I am lying on the grass.
Thy loud note smites my ear;
From hill to hill it seems to pass :
At once far off and near."

Lowell, in his charming sketch "My Garden Acquaintance,''
notices this habit of the robins : " When they come after my
cherries to the tree near my window, they always muffle their
voices, and their faint peep sounds far away at the bottom of
the garden. The screech owl also softens its voice in the same
way, with the most beguiling mockery of distance."

Most birds have themes or songs peculiar to their own species,
and when we have learned these we recognize them whenever
we hear them. Not so, however, of all. Even the common lit-
tle goldfinch {Chrysomitris tristis) will often utter a strain so new
and strange that those most familiar with it fail for a moment
to recognize the author. The purple finch {Carpodacus purpurens)
is also a variable singer. Some of his songs are as soft and
peaceful as those of the warbling vireo; others wild and sylvan
as those of the wood-thrush or winter wren, while still others
are loud, sharp, and harsh, with as little melody as the song of
the indigo bird. Their songs in different localities also differ so
greatly that to the uninitiated they may easily be mistaken for
those of other species. I remember a remarkable performance
of one of these finches. While gathering rhododendrons in a
wet woods near Angola, I was surprised at a strange song that
broke the stillness of the quiet afternoon. It was low, sweet,
tremulous, running up and down in such quavers of pure melody
that for the moment I was sure that I was listening to an un-
known singer of rare power, and not until I saw the bird could
I believe that it was the familiar purple finch. The young birds
had but recentlv flown from the nest, and two or three of them,

77

with the old birds, were at times in the same tree. The female
was quite busy going and coming with food for the young, while
the male continued for a long time singing his incomparably
sweet songs, stopping only occasionally to caress one of the lit-
tle birds as he passed from one to the other. It was a question
whether this extra music was indulged in for the especial pleasure
of his little family, or whether it was the every-day song of this
particular finch.

In describing the birds of the Catskills, Eugene Bicknell says
of the purple finches: "They appeared to be in full voice, but
their songs were so different from that of the same species near
New York City that I doubted their identity, till a specimen was
secured. Not only the notes, but the manner of delivering them
was entirely strange. In the lower Hudson Valley the song of
this finch is rich and voluble, with the notes of definite charac-
ter and number. In the Catskills all the notes were weak and
inexpressive, and the song brief and of uncertain character."

The songs of some bobolinks are remarkable performances,
both in tone and execution. The music of others is like that
from instruments cracked and out of tune. Wilson Flaggsays:
" The songs of the song sparrow [Melospiza melodia), in the wilds
of Northern New England, are more plaintive and sylvan, though
not so loud and theme-like, as in thickly settled localities."

The power of imitation is possessed by a much larger number
of birds than that of ventriloquism. Some individuals will
master the entire song of another species. Bobolinks, when
caged, have been known to appropriate the song of canaries and
sing them for months, in preference to their own. Other birds
will only acquire certain notes or bars, which they sometimes
incorporate in their own songs, thus making quaint and curious
medleys of doubtful quality. Canaries long living in company
where they continually hear one another's notes will finally sing
very nearly alike, though at first the general characteristics of
their songs may have been quite different.

The mocking-birds excepted, perhaps the song sparrow {Me-
lospiza melodia), oftener than others, mix with their strains notes

not belonging to their own songs. I have heard them throw in
those of the chewink, both at the middle and ending of their
songs; also that of the robin, blue bird, phebe bird, and purple finch.

Near a creek which is much frequented by water birds, I have
heard during the past three summers a sparrow interject in his
otherwise fine song the high, sharp notes of the peetweet. Dr.
Placzek, in the Popular Science Monthly, speaks of a yellow thrush
taken from the nest and domesticated, which, of its own accord,
commenced crowing like a cock. "I sometimes heard, early in
the morning, a clear, melodious cock crowing that seemed to
come from a distant barn-yard. Going into the library one
morning, where the bird was, I sat still in a further corner of
the room till things began to get lively in the cage. I could see
him without being seen. Soon he found his voice, and sounded
the cock crow which I had so often heard before without sus-
pecting its real origin. Had I not seen the bird's mouth open
and his throat vibrating, I should still have thought the same
came from a distance. When he saw me he broke off in the
middle of the crowing. There is nothing particularly remark-
able in the crowing of itself, for many birds imitate the sounds
made by other animals. The curious fact about it was, that the
bird would not crow in my presence, and would always stop
when any one appeared to witness the execution. I attributed
his conduct to a feeling of shame, or to a sense of unfitness of
that method of expression. Have we not in this another proof
of 'the possession of animals of a psychical quality which it has
been used to regard as peculiarly and distinctively human ? "

The blue-jay has considerable power of imitation, and frequent-
ly indulges in mimicry. One kept by a family whom I was vis-
iting, would say " whoa" to the horse, sufficiently plain to stop
the animal. If the bird was by the window, in sight of the gate,
he was sure to call out " whoa " whenever the family horse was
driven to the door. The jay never- uttered the word to any
horse except that of his master.

In its wild state I have never heard a bobolink make a hissing
noise, yet a tame one which we had in our possession, when dis-

79

turbed or displeased, would hiss almost exactly like a goose. If
a canary alighted on his cage, the bobolink would thrust out his
head toward the intruder and hiss it off. Once, in a field, I
heard a bobolink sing half the most common song of the Amer-
ican goldfinch. Last summer I used often to walk across Portage
High Bridge to the Letchworth woods, to listen to a remarkably
fine-voiced wood-thrush, that in every song interjected the long
plaintive call of the wood-pewee. The effect was unique and
surprising.

To those interested in the psychical or reason development of
birds, this subject possesses increased interest. It is quite gen-
erally conceded that birds are not only the most interesting, but
in some respects the most highly organized, especially in form,
color, voice, and power of locomotion, of any of the so-called
lower animals. In some directions, too, they are the most intel-
ligent. Not only does their heredity count for much, but their
experience is a large factor in shaping and modifying their man-
ner of life. Many of them are quick to take advantage of any
extraneous circumstances by which their conditions may be bet-
tered. How many cases come under our notice in which cause
and effect plainly enter into their calculation. Several species
throw out sentinels to guard against surprise, and these have
signal notes well understood by all. They learn to avoid locali-
ties that are extra dangerous, and often gather in large numbers
where safety is assured. They profit both by experience and
example, often modifying their nesting habits, and adopting new
methods for protection. What subterfuges our native birds
make use of to mislead and baffle larger birds of prey. On the
contrary, the English sparrows, mostly denizens of villages and
cities, and not often having been exposed to the dangers that
beset the birds of forests and fields, fall an easy prey to the
smaller hawks, owls and shrikes that occasionally find their way
among them. They know well enough how to avoid the dan-
gers of city life, and are seldom caught napping by cat or boy.

As the birds and their eggs are so preyed upon by such a
multiplicity of enemies, perpetuation and self-defense become
3

so

the main prolilem of their lives. We all know how the female
bird, when flushed from the nest, will flutter away, hobbling as
though disabled and an easy prey until the pursuer is at a rea-
sonable distance from the nest, when she will suddenly take
wing and fly away to a safe retreat. It is easy to see what valu-
able services both mimicry and ventriloquism might be to them
in avoiding and misleading their enemies, and it is not unreason-
able to believe that in future ages these habits may become so
general as to constitute a prominent feature in the bird's method
of protection.

r

le

X 4

la

X16

X4

NOTES ON THE FOSSIL FISHES OF THE GENESEE
AND PORTAGE BLACK SHALES.

BY HERBERT UPHAM WILLIAMS.

I propose giving here a short account of the fossil remains
of fishes found in the Genesee and Portage black shales
or their equivalents, with a few original observations. These
shales are exposed at a number of places near Buffalo, but are
best shown along the shore of Lake Erie for a few miles south
of Eighteen Mile Creek. They usually have a slaty cleavage.
They contain a very large amount of bituminous matter, and are
somewhat like cannel coal in appearance. Nodules of iron
pyrites are often seen. Septaria frequently occur, sometimes of
.very large size. Among the fossil remains are Crinoids, Brachi-
opods, Gasteropods, and other Mollusks, and large numbers of
land plants.

The equivalent of these strata in Ohio is known by Dr. New-
berry as the Huron shale, from which a number of fishes have
been collected. Mr. F. H. Bradley found remains of a species
of Palaeoniscus in Kentucky, in that formation. From the same
group in Ohio, Newberry has described specimens of the fol-
lowing genera : Dinichi/iys, Aspidicht/iys, Cladodus, and Ctenacan-
thus. The first of these was a gigantic and very remarkable
Placoderm. Mr. E. N. S. Ringueberg, in the American Journal
of Science for June, 1884, gave an account of a very small spe-
cies of Dinic/ithys, of which a dorsal shield was found in the
Portage rocks of Sturgeon Point. This is, I believe, all that is
definitely known of the fish remains of the Genesee and Portage
shales, or their equivalents.

A careful observer cannot fail to notice scales and bones of
fishes scattered over the slabs of slaty shale, often associated
with land plants. I have collected a number of such specimens.

82

Among these the genus Palaeonisciis is represented by small,
black rhomboidal scales, and fragments of bone, which belong
to two different species. These species I have named Palaeonis-
cus reticulatus, and Palaeoniscus antiquus. Besides these there are
other scales, belonging to at least three different genera, but so
far not determined. I have also two plates, which plainly are
part of the armor of some Placoderm. In their surface mark-
ings they resemble Mr. Ringueberg's figure of Dinichthys minor,
but their outlines are too indistinct to determine to what part of
the body they might have belonged. It is to be hoped that fur-
ther investigation may throw more light on these interesting
fossils.

There are also certain remains of a doubtful character which
must at least be mentioned. These are what are known as Con-
odonts. They are nearly microscopic, tooth-like bodies, which
have been found in strata ranging from the lower Silurian to the
Carboniferous, both in Europe and America. They are consid-
ered by some authorities as spines of Mollusks, by others as.
belonging to Crustaceans, and by others still as the jaws of
low varieties of fishes. This last opinion has a particular inter-
est on account of the vast antiquity such a supposition would in-
volve for the Silurian specimens. One of the most fruitful lo-
calities in America for Conodonts has been the exposure of the
Hamilton and Genesee shales on Lake Erie, south of Eighteen
Miie Creek. Descriptions and figures of a large number ^)f
forms from this place are given in the Quarterly Journal of the
London Geological Society for 1879, by Dr. Hinde. I have
found similar specimens in the Portage group as well, at Stur-
geon Point and elsewhere. They are plainly visible under a
low magnifying power, being white and nearly translucent.
They consist of single teeth, or rows of teeth, upon a base, with
which they are coalescent, and sometimes they are not unlike a
comb in appearance.

Below are given descriptions of the two species oi Palaeoniscus
before mentioned. The work which the description of these
specimens has involved, I have performed while studying in the

> 83

Palaeontological Laboratory of the University of Michigan,
under the direction of Prof. Alexander Winchell, to whom I am
indebted for much valuable assistance. I also wish to express
my obligation to Prof. D. S. Kellicott, of Buffalo, for the use of
specimens from his collection.

GENUS PALAEONISCUS. DeBlainville.

PALAEONISCUS RETICULATUS. (N. Sp.) Fig. 1, a. C.

Bones of the head beautifully ornamented with prominent
raised lines which are nearly parallel, or reticulated (Fig. I, d.)
A fragment of bone has been found with ornamentation much
like the above, which seems to be one ramus of a mandible. It
is lanceolate in form, slightly curved, nearly one and one-fourth
inches long. It bears a few small conical teeth at each extremity,
with stumps of teeth near the middle. The surface is marked
by parallel lines, and shows traces of .reticulation. The scales
are mostly rhomboidal, contiguous sides about one-twelfth inch
in length. They are crossed by ridges parallel to the upper edge,
which are pointed behiind, forming serratures of the posterior
margin, and which anteriorly are many times multiplied in num-
ber, making spine-like serratures on the anterior margin. These
ridges interconnect or anastomose, giving thus a reticulated sur-
face (Fig. I, a.) Some scales are oval or nearly circular in form,
larger than the rhomboidal, but ornamented by similar ridges
(Fig. I, c.) Other structures have been found which seem to be
the scales placed over some portion of the dorsal line. They
are V-shaped plates about one-fourth inch long. The surface of
these is black and shining, ornamented by pits, or, along the in-
ner edges of the two branches, by pit-like indentations or
grooves, which are deepest and most numerous anteriorly. These
grooves separate ridges, which are directed obliquely forward
from the middle line of each branch, and which increase in num-
ber by implantation as they approach the edge, forming spine-
like serratures upon the inner margin (Fig. I, b.) The fin-rays
are represented by minute, oblong, flat bones, serrated on one

84

edge, from one-fortieth to nearly one-tenth inch long, which are
arranged in series. The series are often terminated by pointed
bones (Fig. I, e.)

Locality. — Black shale of Portage group. Sturgeon Point, Erie
County, N. Y.

PALAEONISCUS ANTIQUUS. (N. Sp.) Fig. 11, E. d.

Scales usually rhomboidal, contiguous sides about one-tenth
inch each, posterior margin serrated, serratures three to ten in
number, serrature nearest upper margin often larger than the
others (Fig. II, b.) The middle of the upper margin bears a
short triangular process for articulating the scales together.
The surfaces are black, polished, and nearly smooth, ornamented
only by two fine lines about the anterior margin, and by a few
punctures. Some scales are of an oval form, prolonged above
into two diverging points (Fig. II, c) No parts of this fish, ex-
cept the scales, have yet been discovered.

Locality. — Black shale of Portage group, Sturgeon Point, Erie
County, N. Y.

FISH REMAINS FROM THE CORNIFEROUS, NEAR
BUFFALO.

BY FRED. K. MIXER AND HERBERT UPHAM WILLIAMS.

It was long supposed that remains of fishes were extremely
rare in strata of the Corniferous period near Buffalo. The col-
lection of the Society of Natui-al Sciences contains a single
broken Ichthyodorulite. We have to report the finding of a
considerable number of specimens that must certainly be parts
of fishes, though they are not in a very perfect state of preser-
vation. They are still undetermined, and some of them will
probably prove to be new species. Among these fossils are
spines of several forms, scales, plates, and pieces of bone. We
hope to be able to identify them by the collection of more per-
fect ones of the same sort, and the results will be published in
this Bulletin.

NATIVE AND NATURALIZED PLANTS OF BUFFALO
AND ITS VICINITY.

SECOND SUPPLEMENT.

DAVID F. DAY.

In February, 1884, the first Supplement to our Catalogue of
the Flora of Buffalo was issued. In the interval of time, which
has since elapsed, further investigations of the Botany of our
region have been made, with such results as warrant the publica-
tion of a second supplement at the present time.

We here record, with great pleasure, the success which
has crowned the efforts, made in such investigations, by the
zealous young botanists of the Buffalo Naturalists Field
Club. Their enthusiasm and devotion give promise that, when
they have extended their explorations into the newer and less
frequented portions of our territory, very little indeed of its
floral wealth will remain unknown. It is, however, to be hoped
that very soon among their number, one or more may appear,
whose taste for botanical research will find its gratification in
the too much neglected families of the Cryptogams. Owx Musci,
Hepatica;, Fungi and Algcc should afford to them an abundant
and most delightful field for study and investigation.

It is with great regret that the fact is here stated that, with the
exception of three species of Ferns and eleven Lichens, no native
Crj'ptogamous plant has been added to our list.

During the earlier years of the Society, it was known to us
that the botanists of the neighboring portions of Canada were
not idle. But, at the time when our Catalogue was prepared, it
was impossible for us to avail ourselves, in any way, of their
labors Nor, indeed, did we have any definite idea of how much
they had accomplished, until the publication began of that im-
portant contribution to the literature of American Botany — Pro-
fessor John Macoun's " Catalogue of Canadla.n Plants."
As yet, only two parts of that most excellent work have reached
us; but we have been able, by its aid, to add largely to the list

8G

of plants growing within our neighborhood, west of Niagara
River. In our citations from Professor Macoun's work, we have
not, it is true, confined ourselves to plants growing within a
radius of fift}^ miles from Buffalo — the limit chosen for the pur-
poses of our Catalogue — but we have brought into the list a
considerable number of species, which Mr. William Saunders
(a Corresponding Member of the Buffalo Society of Natural Sci-
ences), and T. I. VV Burgess, M. B , of London, Ontario, have
detected growing in the vicinity of that place. But it must be
a satisfactory excuse, for departing from our own prescribed
rule, that we thus point out the fact to Buffalo botanists that a
few hours' travel is suflficient to bring them into a region pre-
senting so large a number of plants of a distinctly western char-
acter.

It will be observed, no doubt with some surprise, that even of
the small but interesting family of Ferns, our Canadian friends
have made Foster's Flats, the " Yo Semite" of Niagara River,
to yield to them two rare species, whose existence, in that much
frequented resort of the botanists of our city, had remained by
them unknown and unsuspected.

The name of no plant is presented in this Supplement, whose
growth in the locality mentioned in connection with it, is to us
a matter of doubt. Yet the fact should be understood that we
desire to be held responsible only for those species of which we
have seen specimens. This will exclude the plants mentioned
only on the authority of the Canadian botanists and of Mr,

E. C. TOWNSEND.

The asterisk, prefixed to the name of any plant in the follow-
ing list, indicates that such name is new to our catalogue. The
other names in the list are given because of the locality being
new, or because some other reason made mention of them neces-
sary or proper.

This Supplement has increased the number of known genera
of plants, growing within the distance of fifty miles from Buf-
falo, to 954, and that of the known species and varieties to 2895.

July 10, 1886.

ADDITIONS TO THE LIST OF BUFFALO PLANTS.

Ranunculus multifidus, Pursh.

Abundant at Caledonia, Livingston Co., May 2, 1886. Ruf-
falo Naturalists' Field Chib.

Ranunculus alismaefolius, Geyer.

Vicinity of Port Colborne, Ontario. Macotin. (Catalogue
Canadian Plants.) But probably the plant will prove to be
R. ambigens. Watson.

^Ranunculus rhomboideus, Goldie.

Near London, Ontario. Saunders. (Cat. Can. Plants.)

Ranunculus repens, L.

The European plant appears in places in Buffalo where Eng-
lish " Lawn Grass Seed " has been sown. 1885.

Ranunculus bulkosus, L.

Vicinity of Hamilton, Ontario. Buchan. (Cat. Can. Plants.)

Asimina triloba, Dunal.

Several considerable patches of the Papaw have been pointed
out to us, near Lockport, Niagara County, by Dr. E. N. S.
Ringueberg. May 22, 1886. Rich, low woods below Queen-
ston Heights, Ontario. Macoun. (Cat. Can. Plants.)

Cimicifuga racemosa, Nutt.

Abundant near Salamanca, Cattaraugus County. 1885.

Jeffersonia diphylla. Barton.

Near London, Ontario. Saunders. (Cat. Can. Plants.)

Sarracenia purpurea, L.

Several sphagnous swamps near Springville, Erie County,
have afforded us new and abundant localities of the Pitcher
Plant, June 13, 188-5. Buff. Nat. Field Club.

*Nasturtium palustre, L., var. hispidum, Fisch. & Meyer.

Neighborhood of London. Burgess. (Cat. Can. Plants.)

*Barbarea vulgaris, R. Br., var. stricta, Regel. {B. praecox, R. Br.)

Queenston Heights, Ontario. Macoun. (Cat. Can. Plants.)

*Lepidium ruderale, L.

Roadsides, Hamilton, Ontario. Buchan. (Cat. Can. Plants.)

Lepidium campestre, R. Br.

Becoming abundant along Humboldt Parkway, Buffalo. At
Clifton, Ontario. Macoun. Hamilton, Ontario. Buchan.
(Cat. Can. Plants.)

88

Alyssum calvcinum, L.

Now plentiful along Humboldt Parkway, near Main Street,
Buffalo, and elsewhere in that neighborhood.
Viola Selkirkii, Pursh.

Woodstock, Ontario. Burgess. (Cat. Can. Plants.)
Viola striata, Ait.

Common near Hamilton, Ontario. Logic. (Cat. Can. Plants.)
Viola sagittata, Ait.

Vicinity of London, Ontario. Burgess. (Cat. Can. Plants.)
*Hudsonia tomentosa, Nutt.

Port Colborne, Ontario. (Cat. Can. Plants.)
Drosera rotundifolia, L.

In the sphagnous swamps, near Springville, Erie County.
188.5. Btiff. Nat. Field Club.

Silene stellata, Ait.

'■ Dry, stony places on the Niagara River. Douglass. 1823,
Not detected lately." (Cat. Can. Plants.)

*Arenaria Michauxii, Hook. {A. siricta^ Michx.)

Near London, Ontario. Saunders. (Cat. Can. Plants.)

Cerastium arvense, L.

Observed occasionally on "The Plains," Bdffalo.

*SCLERANTHUS ANNUUS, L.

Port Colborne, Ontario. (Cat. Can. Plants.)

*Malva crispa, L.

Naturalized near Fort Erie, Ontario. 1885.

Linum Virginianum.

Vicinity of Hamilton, Ontario. Logie. Near Niagara Falls,
Ontario. Macoun. (Cat. Can. Plants.)

*Geranium pr.ietense, L.

Spontaneous in a garden. Buffalo, and likely to continue.
*Erodium cicutarium, L'Her.

Vicinity of Hamilton, Ontario. Buchan. And of London,
Ontario. Burgess. (Cat. Can. Plants.)
Rhus glabra, L.

Queenston Heights, Ontario. Macoun. (Cat. Can. Plants.)
Vitis Labrusca, L.

Vicinity of Hamilton, Ontario. Buchati. (Cat. Can. Plants.)
Native here or introduced ?

89

Polygala incarnata, L.

" Rocky places on the Niagara River, near the Falls. Douglass^
1823. Not seen by later collectors." (Cat. Can. Plants.)

*Polygala Sanguinea, L.

Near Lancaster, Erie County. E. P. Van Duzee, 1883.
Eighteen Mile Creek, Erie County. Prof. D. S. Kellicott.
Near Strykersville, Wyoming County. Miss Mary S. Heath,
1885. Vicinity of Hamilton. Logie and Buchan. (Cat.
Can. Plants.)

*Polygala polygama. Walt.

Vicinity of London, Ontario. Burgess. (Cat. Can. Plants.)

Trifolium hybridum, L.

Becoming frequent in Buffalo. Abundant at :Machias, Cattar-
augus County. 1SS5.

*Desmodium pauciflorum, D. C.

Woods at Niagara Falls. Macoun. Vicinity of Hamilton,
Ontario, Logie. (Cat. Can. Plants.)

*Desmodium ciliare. D. C.

Dry, sandy thickets, Queenston Heights, Ontario, 1877. Ma-
coun. (Cat. Can. Plants.)

*Lespedeza repens. Barton.

The Dell, Ancaster, near Hamilton, Ontario. Logie. But,
according to Macoun, probably L. reticulata. Pers. (Cat.
Can. Plants.)

*Vicia hirsuta. Koch.

Vicinity of Hamilton, Ontario. Buchan. (Cat. Can. Plants.)

Phaseolus diversifolius. Pers.

Observed, September, 1883, by Vix. John F. Cowell, near the
ruins of old Fort Erie, Ontario. Since found in great abun-
dance along the beach of the lake, for a mile or two, imme-
diately above the Fort. It may be stated, with the utmost
confidence, that the plant could not have occurred, in any
considerable quantity, in the locality named, twenty years
ago. It is unquestionably a new comer; yet probably in-
troduced by natural causes.

Baptisia tinctoria, R. Br.

Vicinity of Hamilton, Ontario. Logie. (Cat. Can. Plants.)

90

"^Prunis spinosa, L.

Reported as occurring in Niagara County, by Prof. A. B.
Evans, upon the authority of Mr. Edward C. Townsend.

*Prunus Mahaleb, L.

One specimen, in flower, seen by us near Lockport, Niagara
County, May 23, 1886. Spontaneous.

Gillenia trifoliata, Moench.

Prince's Island near Hamilton, Ontario. Logie (Cat. Can.
Plants )

*Geum triflorum, Pursh.

Vicinity of London, Ontario. Burgess. (Cat. Can. Plants.)

*Potentilla pilosa, Wald.

"On the bank of the Canada Southern Railway, a little above
the Clifton House, Niagara Falls." Macotin. (Cat. Can.
Plants.) This is the plant called by us P. recta, L. , in the
supplement to "The Plants of Buffalo and Vicinity," but
not the one mentioned in the body of the Catalogue. It is
not unlikely, however, that the two plants are forms of one
species.

Potentilla palustris, Scop.

Abundant at Black Creek, Ontario, June 7, 1885. Bttff. Nat.
Field Club.

Pyrus arbutifolia, L.

With double flowers, near Springville, Erie County, June 5,
1886. Buff. Nat. Field Club.

*Ribes rotundifolium, Michx.

Collected by Miss Belle M Ross, near Batavia, Genesee
County. Probably not rare, but overlooked.

*Philadelphus inodorus, L.. var. grandiflorus. Gray.

Reported as occurring in Niagara County, by Prof. A. B.
Evans, upon the authority of Mr. Edward C. Townsend.
Probably introduced. Frequently spontaneous in gardens
in Buffalo.

*Sedum ternatum, Michx.

Rocks on the Niagara River and Lake Erie. Douglass, 1823?
Vicinity of Hamilton, Ontario. Buchan. (Cat. Can. Plants.)

*Epilobium hirsutum, L.

Introduced at Clifton, Ontario, 1883.

91

*CEnothera chrysantha, Michx.

Chippewa, Ontario. Madagan. Queenston Heights, and
Niagara Falls, Ontario. Macoun. (Cat. Can. Plants.)

CEnothera pumila, L.

Vicinity of Hamilton, Ontario. Logie. (Cat. Can. Plants.)

*Archemora rigida, DC.

Port Colborne, Ontario. (Cat. Can. Plants.) Found by us
at the place mentioned many years ago, but omitted from
our catalogue by inadvertence.

Erigenia bulbosa, Nutt.

Rich woods around Lonaon, Ontario. Burgess. (Cat. Can.
Plants.)

*Cornus asperifolia, Michx.

Prof. Macoun, ventures the opinion that this plant is common
along the shore of Lake Erie. It occurs at Point Pelee,
Ontario. (Cat. Can. Plants )

*Galium verum, L.

Introduced at Buffalo, but not abundant. Vicinity of Hamil-
ton, Ontario. Buchan. (Cat. Can. Plants.)

*Valeriana edulis, Nutt.

Near London, Ontario. Btirgess. (Cat. Can. Plants.)

Fedia olitoria, Vahl.

Naturalized near Lockport, Niagara County. 1886.

Aster undulatus, L.

Vicinity of Hamilton, Ontario. Logie. (Cat. Can. Plants.)

Solidago arguta, Ait. (Typical form.)

Vicinity of Hamilton, Ontario. Logie. St. Catharines and
Chippewa, Ontario. Madagan. London, Ontario. Burgess.
(Cat. Can. Plants.)

*Solidago odora, Ait.

Near Hamilton, Ontario. Logie. (Cat. Can. Plants.) But
Prof. Macoun doubts the identification.

*Silphium terebinthinaceum, L.

Along the Great Western Railway, east of Paris, Ontario.
Prescott. (Cat. Can. Plants.)

Xanthium spiNosrM, L.

Abundant at Dundas, Ontario. Burgess. (Cat. Can. Plants.)

n-2

*Helianthus giganteus, L.

Vicinity of Hamilton, Ontario. Logic. Common at London,
Ontario. Burgess. Port Colborne, Ontario.
(Cat. Can. Plants.) Spontaneous in a garden in Buffalo.

*Coreopsis tripteris, L.

Spontaneous in a garden in Buffalo.

*Matricaria discoidea, DC.

Thoroughly established along a roadside near Lockport, Niag-
ara County. An emigrant from the " Far West." 1884.
Dr. E. N. Ringiieberg.

*Tragoi'ogen porrifolius, L

Vicinity of London, Ontario. Burgess. (Cat. Can. Plants.)

*Hieracium pilosella, L.

Vicinity of London, Ontario. Burgess. (Cat. Can. Plants.)

*Hieracium longipilum. Torr.

Vicinity of Hamilton, Ontario. Logie. \Cat. Can. Plants.)

*Hieracium auranticum, Hook.

Spontaneous in gardens, Buffalo, and escaping.

^Lobelia spicata Lam.

London, Ontario. ■ Saunders. (Cat. Can. Plants.)

Vaccineum stamineum, L.

Whirlpool woods, below Niagara Falls. Maclagan. (Cat Can.
Plants ) Alden, Erie County, May 30 1885. Buff. Nat.
Field Cluh.

Pyrola rotundifolia, L.

Plentiful at Indian Falls, Genesee County. Jur>e 20, 1885. Buff.
Nat. Field Club.

Moneses uniflora, Gray.

Abundant at Indian Falls, Genesee County, June 20, 1885.
Buff. Nat. Field Club.

Lysimachia lanceolata, Walt

This species, which should have been marked as rare in our
catalogue of the plants of Buffalo, has been noticed at Point
Abino, Ontario. It is also attributed to the vicinity of Lon-
don. Burgess. (Cat. Can Plants )

Utricularia intermedia, Hayne.

Vicinity of Hamilton, Ontario. Buchan. And of London,
Ontario Burgess (Cat. Can. Plants.)

93

VERBA.SCUM BLATTARIA, L.

The variety with yellov/ flowers abundant at Portage, Genesee
Co. Mr. John ChainherlaUi.

""Pentstemon laevigatus, Solander. {P. Digitalis, Nutt.)

Evans, Erie County, June, 1884, Mr. Einil Chamot. Angola,
Erie County, June 10, 1886, Miss Mary A. Flemiug. Spon-
taneous in a garden in Buffalo. Reported as occurring in
Niagara County, by Prof. A. B. Evans, upon the authority
of Mr. Edward C. To%vnsend.

*Veronica BrxBAUMii, Tenore.

Reported as occurring in Niagara County, by Prof. A. B.
E-L'atis, on the authority of Mr. Edward C. Townsend.

Gerardia pedicularia, L

Sandy woods near Clifton, Niagara Falls. Macoiin. (Cat.
Can. Plants.)

Verbena augustifolia, Michx.

Port Colborne, Ontario. (Cat. Can. Plants )

*Isanthus caeruleus, Michx.

Westminster, near London, Ontario. Miss Crooks. (Cat.
Can. Plants,)

Pycnanthemum incanum, Michx.

Vicinity of Hamilton, Ontario. Logie. (Cat. Can. Plants.)
Prof. Macoun intimates a doubt of the identification of the
plant.

Lophanthus scrophulariaefolius, Bentham.

Slopes of Queenston Heights. Macoun. (Cat Can. Plants.)

*Cedronella cordata, Benth.

Reported as occurring in Niagara County, by Prof. A. B.
Evans, on the authority of Mr. Edward C. Townsend.

*Lamiuni album, L.

At Hamilton, Ontario. Buchan. (Cat. Can. Plants.)

*Lithospermum canescens, Lehm.

Sandy soil near London, Ontario. Burgess. (Cat. Can.
Plants.)

*Onosmodium Virginianum, DC.

Vicinity of London, Ontario. Burgess. (Cat. Can. Plants.)

*SyMI'IIYTUM asperrimum, L.

Established near the Parade, Buffalo.

94

*Hydrophyllum appendiculatum, Michx.

Around London, Ontario. Biir^^css and Saunders. (Cat. Can.
Plants.)

*PoIenionium caeruleum, L.

Discovered at Portage, Livingston County, 1886. j\Ir. John
F. Cow ell.

Phlox paniculata, L.

Abundant and native in one locality near Salamanca, Cattar-
augus County. 1885.

Convolvulus spithamaeus, L.

Common on gravelly soil in the vicinity of London, Ontario.
Saunders and Btirgess. (Cat. Can. Plants.)

"Solanum rostratum, Dunal.

Cattle yards at East Buffalo, 1883. Waste places near the
foot of York street, Buffalo, 1885. Mr. John Chamberlain.

Solanum Carolinense, L.

Cattle yards at East Buffalo, 1883. Still continuing near Fort
Erie, Ontario, 1885.

*Physalis Virginiana, Mill.

Common at Niagara Falls. Macoiin. Vicinity of Hamilton,
Ontario. Logie. And of London, Ontario. Burgess. (Cat.
Can. Plants.)

*Halenia deflexa, Grisel.

Vicinity of Hamilton, Ontario. Logie. And of London, On-
tario. Burgess. (Cat. Can. Plants.)

Asarum Canadense, L.

Under this name two species seem to us united. Both belong
to our region. One plant, the more common here, is much
more robust than the other. Leaves larger and cordate.
Flowers nearly twice as large, with awl-shaped appendages in
ike sinuses of the calyx. Blossoming three weeks earlier than
the other.

The smaller plant has reniform leaves, considerably less in
size. Flowers usually wanting the appendages. We have
seen both plants in cultivation, side by side, for several
years, and the differences have proved constant.

*Aristolochia Sipho, L'Her.

Reported as occurring in Niagara County, by Prof. A. B.
Ez'ons, on the authority of Mr. Ed-auu'd C. Townsend,

95

Amaranthus .

The undetermined species, mentioned in the Supplement to our
Catalogue, was observed by us growing near Denver, Colo-
rado, in 1883, and with it A. bliioides, Watson.

*Celtis occidentalis, Towne.

Small trees, probably of this species, were pointed out to me
near Lockport, Niagara County, by Dr. E. N. S. Ringueberg.
(May 22, 1886). It was stated that they had never been ob-
served in flower or fruit. The leaves, which were immature,
seemed to approach those of C. Mississippiensis, Bosc.
Possibly the specimens may prove of that species.

Morus rubra, L.

On the same day (May 22, 1886), Dr. Ringueberg called my
attention to a specimen of the Red Mulberry, growing very
near his Celtis.

Comptonia asplenifolia, Solander.

Indian Falls, Genesee County, June 20, 1885. Buff, Nat. Field
Club.

Epipactis Helleborine, var. viridens, Irm.

Another station in the city of Buffalo has been discovered by
Mrs. Mary B. Moody.

Corallorrhiza innata, R. Br.

Machias, Cattaraugus County, May 19, 1886. Bttff. Nat. Field
Club.

Cypripedium acanle, Ait.

Abundant near Springville, Erie County. Buff. Nat. Field
Club.

Sisyrinchium Bermudiana, L.. var. albidum, Gray.

In crevices of the rocks on the shore of Lake Erie, at Point
Abino. 1883.

Chamaelirium luteum, Gray.

Plentiful at Angola, Erie County. June 19, 1886. Buff. Nat.
Field Club.

Smilacina trifolia, Desf.

Sphagnous swamps near Springville, Erie County, and at
Alden, Erie County. B"ff- Nat. Field Club.

Erythronium albidum, Nutt.

Abundant at Eighteen Mile Creek. Erie County, May 16,
1885. Buff. Nat. Field Club.
4

*Pellaea gracilis. Hook.

Crevices of rocks, Foster's Flats, Niagara River. Macoitn.
(Canadian FilicinecTE.)

*Aspidium Boottii, Tuckerman.

Vicinity of Hamilton, Ontario. Logic. (Canadian Filicineae.)

Camptosorus rhyzophyllus, Link.

At Lockport, but scarce. May 22, 1886. Abundant at Indian
Falls, Genesee County. Buff. Nat. Field Club.

*Aspidium Lonchitis, Swartz.

Found sparingly at Foster's Flats, Niagara River. Macoun.
(Canadian Filicinese.)

*Physcia adglutinata, (Flk.) Nyl.

Miss Mary L. Wilson.

"Sticta quercizans, (Michx.) Ach.

Portage, Genesee County. Miss Wilson.

*Pertasaria multipunctata, (Turn.) Nyl.
Miss Wilson.

*Cladonia delicata, (Erhr.) Fl.
Miss Wilson.

*Cladonia pulchella, Schwein.
Miss Wilson.

*Biatora decipiens, Fr.

Niagara Falls. Miss Wilson,

*Lecidea plaustica, Tuckerman.
Miss Wilson.

*Buellia Schaereri, (DeNot.) Mass.
Miss Wilson.

*Buellia petraea, (Flot.) Tuckerman.

Miss Wilson.

*Calicium subtile, Fr.

Miss Wilson.

*Caiicium albo-nigrum, Nyl.
Miss Wilson.

Marsilea quadrifolia, L.

Introduced near Lewiston, Niagara Co., and'^at other places.

THE THICKNESS OF THE ONONDAGA SALT GROUP
AT BUFFALO, N. Y.

BY JULIUS POHLMAN, M. D.

A well drilled by the Buffalo Cement Co., at Buffalo Plains,
affords interesting material for a study of the thickness of the
Onondaga salt group, as well as of the sudden thinning out or
remarkable dip of the Niagara limestone. As about 500 feet of
this well were drilled by means of a diamond drill, and the cores
carefully preserved, the record gives unquestionable data, and
shows the development of the different formations in Erie Co.
in the greatest perfection.

Beginning at a spot where the rocks of the waterlime group,
suitable for the manufacture of cement, had been removed, and
which is 70 feet above the level of Lake Erie, or 643 feet above
tidewater, the drill encountered the following strata :
1 — 25 feet, shale and cement rock in thin streaks ;
25 — 30 feet, tolerably pure cement rock;
30 — 43 feet, shale and cement rock in thin streaks;
43 — 47 feet, pure white gypsum;
47—41) feet, shale;
49— <31 feet, white gypsum;
61 — 62 feet, shale;
62 — 66 feet, white gj^psum;
66 — 73 feet, shale and gypsum, mottled;

73 — 131 feet, drab colored shale with several layers ot white
gypsum, measuring 18 feet in all;
131 — 133 feet, dark colored limestone;
133 — 137 feet, shale and limestone;
137 — 140 feet, dark colored compact shale;
140 — 720 feet, gypsum and shale, mottled and in streaks;
72(» — 725 feet, limestone;

98

725—760 feet, soft red shale;

760 — 785 feet, white solid quartzose sandstone, very hard;

785 — 1305 feet, soft red shale.

At 1305 feet the drill was stopped. Permanent water was
struck at 43 feet; gas, of fair quality as well as quantity, at 452
feet; salt water, leaving on evaporation about 12 per cent, of
salt, was found at 555 feet. A shaft, 2u feet square, was sunk on
the premises later, for the purpose of determining the feasibility
of mining the gypsum, but the rush of water through the gyp-
sum layer at 43-47 feet, was so strong that a pump with a
capacity of 2000 gallons per minute failed to make any impres-
sion upon it, and the attempt was abandoned.

The average dip of the rocks from the north to the south, in
this vicinity, is about 20 feet to the mile.- The top of the
Niagara limestone, ten miles north of Buffalo Plains, is about 20
feet above the level of Lake Erie, or 593 feet above tidewater;
hence, as the drill started at 70 feet above the. lake level, Niagara
limestone ought to be found at a depth of about 250 feet; but
in fact the drill penetrated down to 1305 feet in the soft red
shale, characteristic of the lower part of the Onondaga Salt
Group, according to Hall, demonstrating that the Niagara lime-
stone, if present, has between Niagara Falls and Buffalo, a dip
of at least 130 feet to the mile.

Mr. Bennett, the president of the Cement Co., has promised
to deposit the core of the drill in the museum as soon as it is
established in the fire-proof building of the Buffalo Library.

BU LLETI N

OF THE

Buffalo Society of Natural Sciences.

VOLUME V. NO III.

The Mills Collection of Fresh-Water Sponges

David S. Kellicott, Ph. D.

The fresh-water sponges in the collection of the lamented
Henry Mills were placed in my hands many months ago with
the understanding that a representative set of specimens would
be selected and prepared for the Buffalo Society of Natural Scien-
ces. After what may seem an unnecessarily long delay, I sub-
mit, at my earliest convenience, the specimens with a record of
such date as I am able to gather. In as much as all the species
as yet identified from the vicinity of Buffalo prove to be repre-
sented, I have added such facts as have come to my know-
ledge, concerning the discovery, occurrence and distribution of
each species, thus making an annotated list of the fresh-water
sponges thus far discovered in this neighborhood.

The region about Buffalo bay and the Niagara river afford
almost ideal conditions for the life and growth of fresh-water
animals. Its richness is even yet scarcely appreciated. The
outlet of the American fresh-water ocean remains at almost a
constant level. It is not like so many lesser American rivers,
a mere thread of heated water in summer and a flood of tilt
in winter and spring. Neither storm nor season greatly dis-

100

turbs its clearness or destroys its piu-ity ; and owing to its mass
its temperature changes slowly and the range is moderate.
There are also deep passages, once portions of the river-bed,
now almost land locked, but still sufficiently open to the river
to admit fresh water and maintain a constant level. Aquatic
life in these channels is phenomenally luxuriant for a North
American station in latitude 43"". Again there are small
rivers of creeks entering the m^ain river, the estuaries of
which are deep, c|uiet, and supplied from above with swamp
and land drainage, whilst their constancy is assured by that of
the Niagara. These are teeming with a vast variety of micro-
scopic plants and animals from early summer to December.
These conditions are especially favorable to the growth of
sponges and here they are found in remarkable abundance.
Whilst the number of species recorded compares favorably with
any explored locality in the world, the abundance of representa-
tives is, according to my experience and the testimony of others,
quite unsurpassed.

The specimens of this collection were obtained by Mr.
Mills, by personal exploration of our own vicinity, and also in
Iowa, Wisconsin, Florida and Ohio, and by exchange from other
localities. They were preserved by drying. Every example has
been re-examined to confirm determinations already made or
to determine such as were not labeled. In most cases the fol-
lowing method proved rapid and satisfactory. A row of watch
glasses, each with a few drops of carbolic acid, were placed on
the work-table and a selected fragment of a sponge placed in
each with proper numbering to prevent confusion. After a
short interval examination could be commenced. This was
done by t»ansferring material to ordinary slides and examining
in the acid. The statoblasts were soon sufficiently transparent
to permit a determination of the structure by a one-fourth inch
objective.

The following genera are represented: Spo/igi/Ia, Mcyciiia,
Hctcroiiicycnia, Tubclla and Caitcriiis. All are represented by
one or more species in Western New York. A brief key to
the genera is here introduced to aid any intending students of
local forms.

101

Key to Genera.

1. Statoblasts or gemmules surrounded by smooth or
spined acerate or cylindrical spicules only. Spongilla.

2. Statoblast surrounded by equally birotulate spicules,
all of one type, resting by one rotula on the chitinous coat.

Meycuia.

3. vSame with birotulates of hvo types, /. <^. , at least shafts
of unequal length. Heteronicyenia.

4. Same as Meycuia except the birotulates have unequal
rotulae, the larger resting on the chitinous coat. Tubella.

5. Same as preceeding genera except the foramen is a
prolonged tube with its distal extremity expanded into a more
or less funnel-like expansion bearing one or more cirrous appen-
dages on its margin. Carteriiis.

SPONGILLA.

I. S. lacustris, Linn. Monograph*, p. 186.

This exceedingly variable and widely distributed species ap-
pear to be found but sparingly at Buffalo. It should be
looked for in shallows along the Niagara and other streams,
even where there is considerable flow. It also occurs in ponds
and has the habit, unlike most species, of growing fully exposed
to the sun's rays, upon suitable supports or even upon the bot-
tom sending its long bristling fingers up into the passing water.
In such situations it is usually green and easily overlooked
among aquatic vegetation.

The specunens are as follows: i. Mass of branches, 5^x3^x2',
green. Fox Lake, Wisconsin, Sept. 1886. Collector Henry
Mills. 2. Similar branches. Fox River. Same date. 3. Speci-
men incrusting twigs, colorless. Bear Creek, Iowa Sept. 1883
Henry Mills.

There are also two varieties of S. lacustris represented, viz:
paupercula, Bk. A small quantity from Cochituate Lake,
Boston, and mtitica, Potts, described from an ordinaiy ex-
ample of lacustris in which the crust and gemmule spicules
are wanting. From Edward Potts. Locality Philadelphia.

*Monograph Fresh-Water Spongesby Edward Potts, reprinted
from Proc. Phila. Acad. Nat. Sci. 18S7. This admirable
treatise must necessarily^ afford the basis for all future work
on American fresh water sponges.

102

S. aspinosa, Potts. Monograph, p. 184.

One specimen, locality Absecum Creek, N. Jersey.

S. fra^ilis, Leidy. Monograph, 197.

There are numerous characteristic specimens from different
localities, as the species is every where in North America. 1
have not specially described each. It is very abundant about
Buffalo. It may be of interest to note that it was the first
North American sponge described (1851) and the second found
in the Niagara, at least so far as the record of the local societies
attest (October 1879). Certainly none awakened any greater
interest and enthusiasm than the beautiful crusts of gemmules
found on stones of the pier at Black Rock. Strangely enough
this same form seems to have kindled the fire in the mind of
Mr. Potts. In the Monograph p. 199 he says, "In 1878 or 1879
my attention was first attracted to the subject of fresh-water
sponges by the discovery of a few gemmules, resembling a
rust colored incrustation upon a stone from Lansdowne run,
Philadelphia." A trivial circumstance surely, but one that
led to researches that advanced science and soon demonstrated
the wonderful richness of this type of life in America as
compared with the scientifically explored parts of the old
world.

Among the specimens of this species are several marked
"compound form." They differ from the ordinary form which
has a layer of close-set statoblasts or possibly seven successive
layers, representing growth during as many years, the sarcode
and spicules dropping away each fall. In this variety the gem-
mules occur in groups of two, three, four or more, bound together
by a compact "cellular crust," often conspicuous; the forami-
nal tubes protrude slightly from the periphery. These masses
are held loosely in the substance of the sponge, often surmount-
ing a layer of ordinary forms cemented firmly to the support.
Examples growing on weeds are wholly of the compound
variety. Mr. Potts has made the reasonable suggestion that
the normal type, cemented firmly to permanent supports, mam-
tains the species from year to year m the same place ; the
other is dispersed on the breaking up of the sarcode, thus dis-
tributing the same.

MEYENIA.

M. fluviatitis. Monograph, p. 219.

This is one of a few .species occurring in the greatest abun-
dance about the Niagara and its tributaries. Those from the
river generally agree very well with the type whilst those from
ponds and streams show much variation. The variations con-
sist in smooth or niicro-spined spicviles, thicker "ccust" in the

103

gemmule, more numei-ous birotulates, longer or shorter shafts
of birotulates etc. There are several forms marked "variety"
but none has been found belonging strictly to the named
varieties. The species grows on all sorts of supports but is
found more frequently on aquatic plants in deep clear water
than other forms.

2. M. Millsii, Potts, Monograph, p. 225.

Manj" small pieces collected by Mr. Mills in Sherwood Pond,
DeLand, Fla. March, 1S84. These fragments are same as
those described, hence may be considered "type". It is an
elegant species.

3. M. Everetti, Mills. Monog7'aph, p 230.

Specimens, compacted masses, the long ropes or fibres of
sponge found on plants. Collected by Francis Wolle, Gilder
Pond, Mount Everett, September 1882. It is an extremely
interesting species owing to the fact that it has birotulate
dermal spicules.

\. M. Leidyi, Carter. Monog7'aph, p. 212.

Several good specimens. .Schuylkill River, Philadelphia.

5 M. plumosa, Carter, variety Pabneri, Potts. Moiiogj-aph p. 234.

Two examples evidently from the describer of the species
and hence of the type. Locality, Colorado river, Lerdo,
Sonora, Mexico. This sponge was found on rocks and over-
hanging trees at a level that rendered it impossible that it
should have been submerged more than a few months in the
year.

f). M. crateriformis, Potts. Mfljiograp/i, p. 22S.

One specimen on bark, Niagara River. It was marked
"variety," but on comparison I find no difference between it
and that found at Columbiis, O., which agrees well with
the original description. I think the specimen is normal.

Plciomeyenia was described by Mr. Mills in the P7-oc. Am.
Soc. of Mic. VI — p. 147 as a new genus ; the destinctive
character was the arrangement of the birotulates in two or
more series about the statoblast. . Three species were descri-
bed viz: Cahcmetictcs, li'a/A'crz and spinifera. The first two
are in the Collection, both type specimens; the former from
Calumet River, 111., the second from Ischua Creek, Erie Co.,
N. Y. Other specialists have not admitted the validity of the
genus and the species have been made sjmonyms of.

t). M. Mulleri, Lieberkuhn. Monograph 224.

Specimens as above.

104

HETEROMEYENIA.

1. H. Ryderi, Potts. Monograph, p. 242.

Specimens from St. Augustine, Fla., colleeted by Mr. Mills.

2. H. repens, Potts. Monograph, p. 237.

Specimen on aquatic plant from shallow pond on border of
Black Creek, Canada. Collected by the writer.

TUBELLA.

I. T. Pennsylvanica, Potts. Monograph, p. 251.

Specimens from Delhi, O., Philadelphia, and other localities
which are unknown. It proves to be a wide spread form.
One large rust colored piece was taken from a water main,
Philadelphia. It is interesting on account of its strange habitat.

CARTERIUS.

1. C. tubisperma. Mills. Monograph, p. 263.

Nmnerous typical examples from the Niagara and from dis-
tant localities. Very abundant at Buffalo growing on rocks
or .piers, often on the bottom of shallow bays. This was the
first species of sponge found at Buffalo. The writer's note
book contains a drawing of a statoblast made the day of the
"find" and dated October 11, 1S79.

2. C. latitenta, Potts. Monograph, p. 264.

Excellent specimens from Scajaquada Creek 1886. There is
much variation in the distal expansion of the tube and in the
fibres arising from the same.

3. C. tenosperma, Potts. Monograph, p. 265.

Small example from Scajaquady Creek.

It thus appears that all the species of the genus thus far
found in America occur at Buffalo.

LIST OF THE MACRO-LEFIUOFTERA

Of BvLffalo and 'Vtctntty.
By Edward P. Van Duzee.

The list herewith submitted although confessedly far from
complete includes all the species of Lepidoptera, exclusive of
the Micros, known by our local collectors to have been captured
in this city and its immediate vicinage. A radius of fifteen
miles from Buffalo will include the localities from which nearl}*
all the material here recorded has been derived. A few species,
taken at a somewhat greater distance have been included to
bring the range of the list into accord with that adopted by Mr.
David F. Day in his List of Plants of Buffalo and Vicinity. All
the localities mentioned in the present list appear on the map
published in Vol. IV of this Bulletin to accompany Mr. Day's
paper.

The Author's part in the preparation of this list has been
merely that of compiler and co-contributor. Our local collectors
have without exception exhibited their interest in the work by
furnishing full lists of their captures with many valuable notes,
and have very generously placed their entire collections at the
Writer's disposal for study and comparison and by this means a
number of synonymical errors have been avoided that might
otherwise have seriously impaired the value of the list.

The collectors who have supplied the bulk of the material
and to whom the value of the list is consequently due are as
follows: Prof. David vS. Kellicott, material taken in and about
Buffalo; i\Ir. Alva H. Kilman, material taken at Ridgeway,
Dnt. , a station near the shore of Lake Erie about thirteen miles
west of Buffalo; Mr. Philip Fisher and Mr. J. P. Will, material
captured largely at electric lights in this city or bred from larvee
taken in the surrounding towns; and the collections of the
Author made mostly at Lancaster, about ten miles east of Buffalo.
A few valuable notes have also been added by Mr. Wm. Moeser
of this city. In addition to the above all accessible literature
likely to contain notes on local forms has been carefully exam.-

lOfi

ined and all species accredited to localities within our limits have
been included in the list with the proper references. This has
proved no incc^isiderable part of the compiler's task and has
resulted in the addition of many interesting' species largely from
the labors of Mr. A. R. Grote.

Except in the ease of the more common and widely distrib-
uted species the locality or localities of capture have invariably
been given, followed by the surname or initials of the collector.
The authority has also been afitixed to all notes on the life-history
or habits of the species, and wherever the occurrence here of a
species has already been recorded in print the reference is appen- '
ded if known to the Author.

When the publication of this list was first suggested it was
the intention of Prof. Kellicott to undertake its compilation, but
unfortunately his removal from our city rendered this inconve-
nient and the labor of its preparation necessarily devolved on
another. Although losing in value by this change of author-
ship it is hoped that the list has suffered little in the mere quan-
titive enumeration of our species, thanks to the hearty co-opera-
tion of our local collectors. The list as here presented enume-
rates 773 species representing 336 genera, and includes all the
Lepidoptera know^n to have been captured within our limits with
the exception of the families Tortricidae, Tineidae, and Ptero-
phoridse, or the Micro-Lepidoptera, our collections of which are
still too meagre to warrant their inclusion at the present time.
It is hoped a list of these may be published later with such addi-
tions as may be made to the present list.

The Author takes pleasure in recording here a few personal
acknowledgements; first of which is his indebtedness to Mr.
A. R. Grote to whose kind attentions and personal instructions
he owes such measure of success as he may have attained in his
entomological studies, and to whom he also owes the determina-
tion of most of the material taken by him at Lancaster. He has
likewise been placed under deep obligations to the following
students of this order for assistance in the determination of
material: Prof. J. A. Lintner, Prof. J. B. Smith, Rev. Geo. A.
Hulst, and Prof. D. S. Kellicott. To these and to the local col-
lectors before mentioned as well as to all who have assisted him
with notes or specimens he wishes to express his sincere thanks.

107

Tn the arrangement of the .species the following authorities
have been taken as a guide : In the Rhopalocera Mr. Edwards'
List of the Butterflies of N. Am. ; in the Heterocera Prof. Grote's
Check Lists of 1882 and 1890, with the exceptions of the
Sphingids and Agrotids, where Prof. Smith's Monographs have
been used, and of the Phycidaj where the arrangement of Mr.
Hulst has been adopted.

ORDER LEPIDOPTERA.

Rhopalocera.

FAMILY PAPILIONID^.

PAPILIO, Linn.

r. P. Ajax, Linn. a. Winter form telainonides, Feld.

h. Summer form inarccllus, Bd.
This species is occasionally .seen on the streets of Buffalo or
at the park, and more rarely in the surrounding towns, Lancas-
ter and Buffalo, E. P. V. ; "Lockport, abundant ovipositing on
the expanding leaves of paw-paw, May 1S86," Kellicott; Ridge-
way, Ont, Kilnian; Sturgeon Pt. near Angola, Emil Chamot ;
' Buffalo, Mceser, (see Can. Ent. XII p. 264.)

2. P. Philenor, Linn.

Very scarce, Ridgeway, Ont., Kilman and Moffat, (Can. Ent.
XII p. 264.)

3. P. Asterias, Fabr.

4. P. Troilus, Linn.

Locally not uncommon, Lancaster, larvaj on .spice bush, E.
P. V. ; "on lake .shore near Angola," Emil Chamot; Ridgeway,
Ont., Kilman.

5. P. Turnus, Linn.

Common, especially on the wooded highlands .south of Buffalo,
Larvae on lilac and Popiilus nioiiilifera, E. P. V. ; "Bred on

ash," Kellicott.

6. P. Cresphontes, Cram.

Occasional. First taken at Lancaster, Aug. 1882; one exam-
ple has an expanse of 5 7/10 inches, E. P. V. ; "Larvse on
Xa)itJtoxylum .Amertcant(i/i' , Kellicott. (See Bui, Buff. Soc.
Nat Sci., IV, p. 30.)

3

108

PIERIS, Sclirank.
7. P. Ilaire, Godt.

Accidental. Lancaster, one example taken Sept. 22, 1880,
E. P. V. (Can. Ent. XXI p. 39.)

». P. Protodice, Bd.-Lec.

Formerly abundant, now rare if not extinct here. In 1S78
this species abounded on the lake shore at the Tift farm and
elsewhere. Larvae on charlock.

'). P. napi, aberrent virgmie7isis Edwd.

Ridgeway, Ont., one example, Kilnian.

10. P. napi. Summer form oleracea-cesthui Harr.

Formerly abundant and generally distributed, now appar-
ently extinct here. Last seen at Lancaster about 1877.

11. P. rapae, Linn.

This imported pest has quite displaced the two preceding
native species here as elsewhere. First taken at Lancaster
in 1875.

12. P. rapse, var. nov-anglicE'i<zM<i(S..

Buffalo, Fischer.

COLIAS, Fabr.

13. C. Philodice, Godt.

Abundant everywhere ; the albinic form rare. Larvae on the
garden pea.

TERIAS, Swains.

14. T. lisa, Bd.-Lec.

Apparently accidental, One example taken by ]\Ir. Fischer
at Buffalo Plains, (Can. Ent. XVII p. iSo.)

FAMILY NYMPHALIDyE.

DANAIS, Latr.

15. D. Archippus, Fabr.

ARGYNNIS, Fabr.
K). A. Cybele, Fabr.

17. A. Aphrodite, Fabr.

Less abundant than the preceding.

18. A. Atlantis, Edw.

Rare. Buffalo, Fischer and Moeser.

A. Columbia.

"St. Catherines, Ont.", Saunders. (Can. Ent. XIV p. 151.)
Probably this should have read coluinbina (—Euptoieta claudui.)

109

19- A. Myrina, Cram.

Open damp woods and swampy places, not common.

20. A. Bellona, Fabr.

Common everywhere in meadows.

EUPTOIETA, Doubld.

21. E. Claudia, Cram.

Rare. Lancaster, two examples, July 1880, E. P. V. ; Ridge-
way, Ont., Kilman,

MELITiEA, Fabr.

22. M. Phaeton, Druiy.

Rare. Elma, Colden, etc.

PHYCIODES, Doubld.

23. P. nycteis, Doubld.

Not common but generally distributed.

2. J. P. tharos, Diniry.

a. Winter form marcia Edw.

b. Summer form morpheits Fabr.

Both forms of this species occur abundantly' in open swampj-
woods, low meadows, and along the borders of streams.

GRAPTA, Kirby.
25. G. Interrogationis, Fabr. Dimorphic form Fabru'u"^i\.\\.

2(). G. Interrogationis, Fabr. Dimorphic foi-m iniidrosa Lintn.

Of this not uncommon species the form Fab^itii is the more
abundant.

27. G. Comma, Harris, a. Winter form, Harrisi Edw.

b. Summer form, dryas Edw.

28. G. Progne, Cram.

Our most abundant Grapta.

2(j. G. Faunus, Edw.

Rare. Buffalo, "July iSBo, in garden; Hamburgh, lai'vas oei
gooseberry," Kellicott.

30. G. J-album, Bd.-Lec.

Rare. Lancaster, Aug. 1S83, fresh; Buffalo, found hj^bern-
ating in numbers in a dwelling house in the winter of 1872 — 3,
E. P. V. ; Ridgeway, Ont., Kilman.

VANESSA, Fabr.

31 V. Antiopa, Linn.

32 V. Californica, Bd.

Accidental. One fresh example taken by J . P. Will at Grif-
tin's Mills, Erie Co., July 1890.

no

33. V. Milberti, Godt.

Rave about Buffalo; more a])undant in the hill}- country
toward the southern limit of our district.

PYRAMEIS, Don bid.

34. P. Atlanta, Linn.

35. P. Huntera, Fabr.

36. P. Cardui, Linn.

JUNONIA, Doubld.

37. J. ccenia, Hubn.

Very rare. Lancaster, two or three examples, E. P. V. ; Buffalo,
Fischer; "one specimen, June, Squaw Island," Kellicott; Ridge-
way, Ont., Kilman and Moffat. (Can. Ent. XXII p. 264.)

LIMENITIS, Fabr..

38. L. Ursula, Fabr.

Very rare. Cattaraugus, Catt. Co., Will; Ridgeway, Ont.,
Kilman.

39. L. Arthemis, Drury. Dimorphic from lamina, Fabr.

Rare about Buffalo, moi-e abundant among the hills in Colden,
Aurora, etc.

40. L. Arthemis, Drury. Dimorphic form proscrpina, Edw.

Very rare. "Big Woods" Holland, July 10, 1883, E. P. V. ;
Ridgeway, Ont., Kilman.

41. L. disippus, Godt.

Common.

NEONYMPHA, Westw.

42. N. Canthus, Bd.-Lec.

Locally not uncommon. Squaw Isd., Niagara River, E. P.V. ;
East Aurora, taken in numbers around a bog, July 12, 1890,
Field Club; Ridgeway, Ont., Kilman.

43. N. Eurytris, Fabr.

Rare. Portage Falls, May 31, 1S87, E. P. V.; "Buffalo
Plains," Moeser.

SATYRUS, Westw.

44. S. Alope, Fabr. Dimorphic form alope, Fabr.

Not uncommon about thistle blossoms at Lancaster, E. P. \'.

45. S. Alope, Fabr. Dimorphic forin ncphcle, Kirby.

Wi th alope but ordinarily more abundant. Last season ( 1 890)
following two open winters, alope was the predominant form.
(See N. Am. Ent. I, p. 87.)

Ill

FAMILY LYC^NID^.

THECLA, Fabr.

46. T. Acadica, Edw.

Buffalo, Fischer.

47. T. calanus, Hubn.

Common ou flowers of Asclepias etc. July.

48. T. strigosa, Harris.

"Lockpoi-t" Niag. Co. ; (See Lintner, Fourth Rept. N. Y. State
Ent. p. 137.)

49. T. columella, Fabr.

Accidental. East Aurora, Mr. O. Reinecke. (.See Grote,
Bui. Buff. Soc. Nat. Sci., 1, p. 17S, and III. p. io-j. = Ca//is-
ct'sta ocellifcra, Grote.)

50. T. Niphon, Hubn.

Rare. Portage Falls, May 30, 1888, on pines, E. P.V.

51. T. Titus, Fabr.

Lancaster, rare, E. P. V. ; Buffalo, common, Fischer.

FENISECA, (rrote.

52. F. Tarquinius, Fabr.

\'ery rare. Ridgeway Ont., one example, Kilman.

CHRYSOPHANUS, Doubld.

53. C. Thoe, Bd.-Lec.

Not uncommon. '

54. C. epixanthe, Bd.-Lec.

"Taken on the border of a swamp in the rear of sand dunes,
shore of Lake Ontario, July 5, 1885, abundant," Kellicott. Not
yet taken in the immediate vicinity of Buffalo.

55. C. hypophleas, Bd.

LYC^NA, Fabr.

56. a. L. pseudargiolus, Bd. Winter form hecui, Kirby.

/'• Summer form neglecta, Edw.

Ordinarily this species is not common. It can be taken in
open sunny places in woods and along their borders, especially
among the hills south of Buffalo.

57. L. comyntas, Godt.

Rare. Ridgeway, Ont., Kilman.

FAMILY HESPERID^.

ANCYLOXYPHA, Feld.

58. A. Numitor, Fabr.

Not uncommon at Lancaster and elsewhere about Sagittari'a
in swampy meadows and roadside ditches; July.

115^

PAMPHILA, Fabr.

59. P. Zabulon, Bd.-Lec. var. Hohoniok, Harris.

Common especially on low meadows and along the banks
of streams, May to July.

()0. P. Zabulon, Bd. Lee. Dimorphic form Pocahontas, Scudd.
Rare. Ridgeway, Ont., Kilman.

61. P. Sassacus, Harr.

Rare. Buffalo, "July," Kellicott.

62. P. Peckius, Kirby.

Our most abundant "skipper."

63. P. Mystic, Scudd.

Rare. Lancaster, two examples, E. P. V.

64. P. Cernes, Bd.-Lec.

Not uncommon.

65. P. Metacomet, Harris.

Rare. Ridgeway, Ont. .Kilman.

66. P. bimacula, Grt. and Rob.

Rare. Lancaster and Colden, E. P. \'.

67. P. Pontiac, Edw.

Buffalo, "June and Jul}'," Kellicott.

NISONIADES, Speyer.

68. N. Brizo, Bd.-Lec.

Jamestown, Chaut. Co., E. P. V.

6g. N. Lucilius, Lintn.

"Pt. Abino, June; flying about the dunes where its food
plant, Ag!n7t\i^'-/a Ca!iadr?iS2S, was abundant," Kellicott.

70. N. Persius, Scudd.

Ridgeway, Ont, Kilman; Portage, N. Y., Kellicott.

71. N. juvenalis, Fabr.

Rare and local. Portage Falls, May 31, 1885, E. P. \'.

PHOLISORA, Speyer.

72. P. Catullus, Fabr.

Buffalo, "Midsummer to Autumn. Larvae may be found in
tubes formed by rolling a leaf of Cha'nopodiuiii album or Ai/ia-
7-antus." Kellicott.

ENDAMUS, Swains.

73. E. Pylades, Scudd.

Occasional, Lancaster, E. P. V. ; Buffalo, Fischer: Ridgewaj',
Ont., Kilman.

74. E. Tityrus, Fabr.

Locally not uncommon.

113

Heterocera.
FAMILY SPHINGID^.

HEMARIS, Dalin.

75. H. tenuis, Grote.

Not uncommon. Larvae on Syinphoricarpiis raccmosus.
(Bui. Buff. See. Nat. Sci., II, p. 14m Can. Ent. XV, p. 23S, and
XVI, p. 143.)

76. H. diffinis, Boisd.

Ridgeway, Ont., Kilnian ; Buffalo, Mr. Frank Zesch. (Bui.
Buff. Soc. Nat. Sci., I, p. 5.)

77- H. Thysbe, Fabr.

Common. (See Buff. Bui. I. p. 7 and Can. Ent. XV, p. 238.)

78. H. Thysbe, var. iiniformis G. and R.

Ridgeway, Ont., Kilman; Buffalo, Grote, (Bui. Buff. Soc. Nat,
Sci., I, p. 7.)

79. H. Buffalcensis, G. and R.

"Buffalo", Grote. (See Bui. Buff. Soc. Nat. Sci., I, p. 7:
Ann Lye. Nat. Hy. N. Y. VIII, p. 439: Strecker, Lep. Heter.
et Rhop. p. 140.)

AMPHION, Hubn.
So. A. Nessus, Cram.

Rare but generally distributed.

THYREUS, Swain.s.
Si. T. Abbotii, vS wains.

Lancaster, occasional at sugar in early evening about the last
of June, also at light, E. P. V. ; Ridgeway, Ont., Kilman. (Bui.
Buff. Soc. Nat. Sci., IV, p. 31.)

DEILIPHILA, Ochs.

S2. D. gallii, var. chamaiicrii Harris.
Not common.

>3. D. lineata, Fabr.

More abundant than the precedmg.

PHILAMPELUS, Harris.
S4. P, Pandorus, Hubn.

Seasonally quite common at Lancaster, about grape vines in
copses and along the creek, elsewhere rare. Buffalo, at elec-
tric light, Fischer.

^S. P. Achemon, Drury.

Rare. Lancaster, E. P. V. ; Buffalo, Mueser; "Formerly
abundant in the High vSt. cemetery," Fischer.

AMPELOPHAGA, Brem.
3f). A, Chgerilus, Cram.

Rather rare.

114

S;- A. Myron, Cram.

Common everywhere.

SS. A. versicolor, Harris.

Local. Buffalo, not uncommon, Fi.scher. Not taken else-
where. (Bui. Buff. Soc. Nat. Sci., I, p. 22 and IV, p. 62; Can.
Ent. XVII, p. 78.)

DILOPHONOTA, Burm.
Sg. D. obscura Fabr.

Accidental. Ridgeway. Ont., Kilman.

go. D. ello, Fabr.

Very rare. Buffalo, Fischer.

PROTOPARCE, Burm.
gi. P. celus, Hubn.

Common everywhere.

SPHINX, Linn.

g2. S. kalmiae, Sm: and Abb.

jNIoderately common.

g3. S. drupiferarum, Sm. and Abb.

Not infrequent at light and at rest.

g4. S. Gordius, Cram.

Rare. Lancaster, E. P. V. ; Buffalo, Fi.scher.

95. S. luscitiosa, Clem.

One example, doubtless of this .species, captured at Lancaster
was accidentally destroyed before I had an oportunity to fully
identify it.

g6. S. chersis, Hubn.

Common.

gy. S. Canadensis, Boisd.

Very rare, Buffalo, fme example, F^'ischer.

98. S. eremitus, Hubn.
Not rare.

CERATOMIA, Harris.

gg. C. Amyntor, Hubn.

Moderately abundant at all localities.

100. C. undulosa. Walk.

Not common, Lancaster, E. P. V. ; Buffalo, Fischer. Ridge-
way, Ont, Kilman.

ELLEMA, Clem.

loi. E, coniferarum, Sm. and Abb.

"Canada near Buffalo, N. Y.," Clemens. (SeeProc. Ent. Soc,
Phil, V, p. 191.)

115

102. E. bombycoides, Walk.

Very rare. "One pair taken July 5th, 1SS5 on trnnk of white
pine growing on dunes along the shore of Lake Ontario."
Kellicott.

TRIPTOGON, Brem.

103. T. tnodesta, Harris.

Rare. One pair taken under a tree of Popnltis uionilifcra
July 27, 1876 at Lancaster, E. P. V. ; "Buffalo and Tonawanda,
\SiVwssi on Popielies dilaiata and trcmuloides" Kellicott; Buf-
falo, at electric light, Fischer, Moeser, etc. (See Buff. Bui. IV,
p. 29.)

SMERINTHUS, Latr.

104. S. geminatus, Say.

Not uncommon. Lancaster, larvae on willow, E. P. V. ; Buf-
falo, Fischer.

P AON IAS, Hubn.

105. P. excaecatus, Sm. and Abb.

Common.

106. P. Myops, Sm. and Abb.

Very rare and local. Buffalo, in High St. Cemetery, etc.,
Fischer, Moeser.

CRESSONIA, G. and R.

107. C. juglandis, Sm. and Abb.

Occasional. Lancaster, E. P. V. ; Buffalo, Will; Ridgeway,
Ont., Kilman.

FAMILY ^GERIAD.^.

TROCHILIUM, Scop.
loS. T. tibiale, Harris.

"One specimen taken on Goat Isd. at Niagara Flails, resting
on leaves of Poptilus trcmitloidcs, August," Kellicott.

BEMBECIA, Hubn.

io(j. B. marginata, Harris.

Rare. Lancaster, one example, E. P. V.

SCIAPTERON, Stand.

no. S. tricincta, Harris.

Rare, Lancaster, E. P. V. ; Buffalo, "bred from galls on wil-
low and Popiiliis caiidicajis ; probably follows Sapcrda con-
co/or and incesta as an inquiline," Kellicott. (Can. Ent. XIII,

P- 3-)

FATUA, Hy. Edw.

III. F. denudata, Harris.

Buffalo, (?) June, Kellicott. (Can. Ent. XIII, p. 8.)

3

IKi

HARMON I A, Hy. Edw.

112. H. pini, Kcllicott.

Buffalo, Portage Falls, N. Y., Pt. Abino, Out. Lurvn.- borinv;

r in pine. "Abundant and injurious at Portage. At this station

a Tachina fly was found parasitically destroying the pupa;

while still in the pitch masses," Kellicott. (Can. Ent. XIII pp.

5 and 157.)

PODOSESIA, Mcrsch.

113. P. syringae, Harris.

"Destructive to white ash shade trees in Buffalo. Hundreds
of pupa shells have been counted protruding from the trunk of
a single tree. The moths were easily taken about the infested
trees during forenoons of bright days in June," Kellicott. Also
bred by J. P. Will.

SANNINA, Walk.

114. S. exitiosa, Say.

Common everywhere. (Can. Ent. XIII, ]>. 7.)

iEGERIA, Fabr.

115. A. pictipes, G. and R.

Buffalo. "Taken from the trunks of plum, wild red cherry
and wild black cherry." Kellicott. Bred by J. P. Will from
cherry. (Can. Ent. XIII, p. 7.)

11 6. A. pyri, Harris.

Rare. Buffalo, Kellicott. (Can. Ent. XIII, p. 8.)

117. A. acerni, Clem.

Common wherever hard maples? arc planted as shade trees.
(Can. Ent. XIII, p. 7.)

1 1 8. A. tipuliformis, Linn.

Common. (Can. Ent. XIII, p. 7.)

FAMILY THYRID^.

THYRIS, Illig.
1 1 (J. T. maculata, Harris.

Not uncommon among rank weeds near water at Lancaster
and elsewhere.

FAMILY ZYG^NIDAE.
ALYPIA, Hubn.

120. A. octomaculata, Fabr.

Many larvfe, presumably of this species, swept from vines
and low weeds at Lancaster, July 22, 1S90. E. P. V.

121. A. Langtoni, Couper.

Very rare. Buffalo, one example. Will.

Ill

EUDRYAS, Boisd.

122. E. Unio, Hubn.

Not common. Lancaster, Aug., E. P. V. ; Buffalo, Fischer
and Will. (Buff. Bui. IV, p. 29.)

123. E. grat^, Fabr.

Common.

SCEPSIS, Walk.

124. S. fulvicollis, Hubn.

Moderately aliundant at Lancaster, etc. (See Trans. Am. Ent.
Soc. II, p. 116.)

CTE NUCHA, Kirby.

125. C. Virginica, Charp.

Common. Aurora, July 12,; Lancaster, larvae on Panicum,
E. P. V. (Proc. Ent. Soc. Phil. II, p. 335: Buff. Bui. I, p. 33.)

LYCOMORPHA, Harris.
i2f). L. Pholus, Drury.

Rare and Local, "Buffalo, Aug. and Sept.", Kellicott ; Ridge-
way, Ont. , Kilman.

FAMILY BOMBYCIDAE.
SARROTHRIPA.

127. S. Lintnerana, Speyer.

Occasional. Lancaster, E. P. V.. ; Ridgeway, Ont., Kilman.

NOLA, Leach.

128. N. melanopa, Zell.

Rare. Lancaster, Aug., E. P. V.

CLEMENSIA, Pack.
\'H). C. albata, Pack.

Common, especially in deep woods, July.

HYPOPREPIA, Hubn.
130. H. fucosa, Hubn.

Generally distributed and not rare.

131 H. fucosa, var. miniata, Kirby.

Common at Lancaster, elsewhere occasional.

CROCOTA, Hubn.

132. C. rubicundaria, Hubn.

133. C. aurantiaca, Hubn.

134. C. ferruginosa, Walk.

135. C. quinaria, Grote.

Lancaster, one example found flying m an orchard, E. P. \'.

r3f). C. opella, Grote.

Chautauqua Co., Grote. (Bui. Buff'. Soc. Nat. Sci. II. p. 151.)

118

UTETHISA, Iliibii.
137. U. bella, Linn,

( )ocasional.

CALLIMORPHA, Latr.

13S. C. Clymene, Brown, [^= hiterriipto-viargmata De B.)

Lancaster, rare, E. P. V. ; Ridejeway Ont., common, Kilman ,
Buffalo, &c.

139. C. colona, Hubn. (= Clymene Esp.)

"Buffalo," Grote. (Can Ent. XX, p. 40.)

140. C. Lecontei, Boisd.

Buffalo, Kellicott.

141. C. Lecontei, var. militaris, Harris,

Buffalo, Kellicott.

142. C. confusa, Lyman.

Lancaster, E. P. V. ; Ridgeway Out., Kilman.

143. C. contigua, Walk.

Taken with the preceding.

EUPREPIA, Germ.

144. E. Caja, Linn.

Rare. Lancaster, three specimens taken in a ravine, E. P. \'.
Buffalo, one example, Moeser.

ARCTIA, Schrank.

145. A. Virgo, Linn.

i4f). A. Saundersii, Grote.

Buffalo, Fischer; Ridgeway Ont., Kilman.

147. A. figurata, Drury.

Rare. Lancaster, one example, E. P. \'.

148. A. Nais., Drury,

i4(j. A. decorata, Saund.

Buffalo, Moeser; "St. Catherines, Ont", (rrote. (Proc. Ent.
Soc. Phil. IL p. 60.)

150. A. virguncula, Kirby.

Occasional, Jtily. Lancaster, E. P. V.; Aurora, Miss
A. M. Crawford; Buffalo, Moeser.

151. A. Arge, Drurv.

PYRRHARCTIA, Pack.

152. P. Isabella, Abb. & Sm.

PHRAGMATOBIA. Steph.

153. P. rubricosa, Harris.

Rather rare.

LEUCARCTIA, Pack.

154. L. acraea, Drury.

119

SPILOSOMA, Steph.
155. S. Virginica, Fabr.

I.ike the foregoing a very common species at light.

150. S. latipennis, Stretch.

"Buffalo," J. B. Smith, (Can. Ent. XXII p. 162.)

HYPHANTRIA, Harris.
157. H. cunea, Drury.

Rare. Buffalo, Fischer and Will.

15S. H. textor, Harris.

Very abundant everywhere.

EUCH^TES, Harris.

159. E. Egle, Drury.

1 60. E. collaris, Fitch.

Not uncommon around Apocyninn caJinabiuiDii on which its
pretty larvae feed.

ECPANTHERIA, Hubn.
I hi. E. scribonia, Stoll.

Rare. Lancaster, Buffalo, &c. One worn female taken
about July ist deposited 1758 eggs, the most of which hatched
in about ten days. The large black caterpillars of this species
are common but the imagines are but rarely taken.

HALESIDOTA, Hubn.

162. H. tessellaris, Abb. &- Sm.

163. H. Caryae, Harris.

164. H. maculata, Harris.

Rare. Lancaster, larvae on apple, E. P. \\ ; Buffalo, at
electric light, Fischer, Will.

ORGYIA, Ochs.
i()5. O. leucostigma, Abb. & Sm.

PARORGYIA, Pack.
iW). P. Clintoni, G. & R.

"Buffalo, Aug. 24. iS8()," Fischer.

167. P. parallela, G. & R.

Lancaster, two examples taken at rest, E. P. \'.

EUCLEA, Hubn.
if)S. E. querceti, H.-.S.

Not uncommon. Lancaster, larvae on willow, pear, maple,
blue-beech &c., E. P. V.; Buffalo, Fischer.

169. E. ferruginea, Pack.

"St. Catherines Out." (Proc. Ent. Soc. Phil. HI p. 33S).

130

PHOBETRON, Hnbii.

170. P. pithecium, Abb. & Sni.

Rare. Lancaster, larvic on apple, E. P. V. ; Ridgewav Out ;
' Kilman. (Can. Ent. XVI pp, iSo & 200.)

LIMACODES, Latr.

171. L. Scapha, Harris.

Occasional. Lancaster, larvae on lilue beech, E. P. V. ;
Ridgeway Ont., Kilman.

1 72. L. Y-inversa, Pack.

Not a rare species.

173. L. fasciola, H.-S.

174. L. flexuosa, Grote.

Ridgeway Ont.., Kilman.

175. L. Gssonia, Grote.

Not uncommon at Ridgeway Out., Kilman.

ADONETA, Clem.

176. A. spinuloides, H.-S.

Rare. Lancaster. E. P. V.; Ridgeway Ont., Kilman. (Can.
Ent. XXX, p. 178.)

ICHTHYURA, Hubn.

177. I. inclusa, Hubn.

Taken commonly at all stations.

[78. 1. inversa, Pack.

Ridgeway Ont., Kilman.

i-]i). I. Albosigma, Fitch.

Rare. Lancaster, E. P. V. ; Buffalo, "Bred from Popitlus
ireniitloides. The larva maturing early in July spins a slight
web between two leaves so that cocoon and pupa closel}'
resemble those of a Caiocala," Kellicott ; Ridgeway, Out.;
Kilman.

APATELODES, Pack.
I So. A. Angelica, (xrote.

Rare. Ridgeway, Ont.; Kilman, (Can. Ent. X\'II, p. 34.)

DATANA, Walk.

181. D. ministra, Drury.

1 82. D. Angusii, G. & R.

Not common. Lancaster, E. P. \'.

I S3. D. integerrima, G. &• R.

Ridgeway, Out. ; not uncommon, Kilman.

1 84. D. contracta, Walk.

Buffalo, Fischer.

m

NATADA, Walk.
1 85. N. gibbosa, Abl). & Sm.
Occasional.

GLUPHISIA, Boisd.
I SO. G. trilineata, Pack.

Locally abundant. Buffalo, at electric light, Fischer, Will, &c.

NOTODONTA, Ochs.
1S7. N. stragula, Grote.

Not common l)ut widely distributed. Larva; un S11//.1 ;u[i;rn,
E. P. V.

iSS. N. basistriens, Walk.

Rare. Buffalo, one example, Fischer.

LOPHODONTA. Pack.
rS<j. L. Georgica, H.-S.

Ridgeway, Ont., Kilman.

PHEOSIA, Hubn.
I (JO. P, rimosa, Pack.

Rare. Lancaster, larvse on SyniphoricaypHs raccniosus,
E. P. V. : Buffalo, Fischer.

NERICE, Walk.
Kji- N. bidentata, Walk.

This is also a rare species. Lancaster, E. P. V. ; Ridgeway,
Ont., Kilman.

EDEMA, Walk.

192. E. albifrons, Abb. & Sm.

Common. Larva; destructive to the maple, basswood &:c.,
at Lancaster, E. P. \'.

SEIRODONTA, G. & R.

193. S. bilineata, Pack.

Rather rare. Lancaster, June, E. P. V. ; Ridgeway, Ont.,
Kilman.

CEDEMASIA, Pack.

194. O. concinna, Abb. & Sm.

The red-humped larva; of this species are frequently encoun-
tered on the apple and various forest trees although the moths
are of rare occurrence.

SCHIZURA, Doubld.
(= Civlodasys Pack.)

195. S. ipomeae, var. cinereofrons, Pack.

Rare. Buffalo, Fischer.

19C1 H. unicornis, Abb. & Sm.

Not uncommon, Lancaster, larva; on rose, basswood &c.,
E. P. v.; Buffalo, "bred on apple, willow, honey-locust and
linden", Kellicott.

l'Z2

JANASSA, Walk.
i'J7 J. lignicolor, Walk.

Occasional. Buffalo, Fischer ; Aurora, Miss A. M. Crawlord; ■'
- Ridgeway Ont, Kilman.

HETEROCAMPA, I>oubld.
inS. H. guttivitta, Walk.

Not uncommon

199. H. Manteo, Doul^ld.

Less abundant than the preceding. BulYalo, "One female
on oak," Kellicott.

200. H. marthesia, Cram.

Buffalo, "one pair taken on an ash tree, Aug. 18S3," Kellicott.

201. H, unicolor, Pack.

Buffalo, "bred from larvae feeding on buttonwood," Kellicott.

CERURA, vSchrank.

202. C. borealis, Boisd.

Rare. Buffalo, Fischer.

203. C. occidentalis, Lintn.

More abundant than its congeners.

204. C. cinerea, Walk.

Rare. Buffalo, Fischer. The species of this genus are most
frequently taken at light.

PLATYPTERYX, Lasp.

205. P. arcuata, Walk.

Not uncommon in ravmes and damp woods at Lancaster, E. P.V.

206. P. genicula, Grote.

"Pt. Abino and East Aurora, June," Kellicott.

ACTIAS, Leach.

207. A. Luna, Linn.

This IS hardly a common species here although a few ex-
amples are captured each season.

TELEA, Hubn.
20S. T. Polyphemus, Cram.
Common.

CALLOSAMIA. Pack.

209. C. Promethea, Drury.

The larvte of this species are not uncommon on spice bush.
They may also be found on willow and lilac.

210. C. angulifera. Walk.

Very rare. Ridgeway, Ont., Kilman. (See. Can. Ent. XVI.
p. 119 & 179.)

123

PLATYSAMIA, Grote.

211. P. Cecropia, Linn.

Common at all stations.

HYPERCHIRIA, HxMm.

212. H. lo, Fabr.

Also a common species.

EAGLES, Hubn.

213. E. imperialis, Drury.

Very rare. A single example of this splendid moth was
captured in the village of Hamburgh about July ist. 1890 and
is now in the possession of Mr. Frank Walker of that place to
whose kindness I am indebted for a knowledge of its occur-
rence. Prof. Kellicott reports: "One larva on Goat Island,
Niagara Falls, and one moth taken at North Collins by
Mr. Henry Clipperton of Buffalo."

ANISOTA, Hubn.

214. A. Stigma, Fabr.

Buffalo, Fischer.

215. A. senatoria, Abb. & Sm.

Ridgeway, Ont. , Kilman.

216. A. Virginiensis, Drury.

Not rare. Lancaster. Larva- on blue-beech, E. P. V., Buf-
falo, &c.

DRYOCAMPA, Harris.

217. D. rubicunda, Fabr.

Common.

CLISIOCAMPA, Curtis,

218. C. Americana, Harris.

219. C. distria. Hubn.

GASTROPACHA, Ochs.

220. G. Americana, Harris.

Rare. Lancaster, May, E. P. V.; Buffalo, Fischer; Ridge-
way, Out, Kilman.

TOLYPE, Hubn.

221. T. velleda, Stoll.

Occasional. Lancaster, at light and at rest on apple, E. P. V.
Buffalo, Fischer; Ridgeway, Ont., Kilman.

222. T. laricis, Fitch.

Very rare. Buffalo, one example at electric light, Fischer.

PRIONOXYSTUS, Grote.

223. P. robiniae. Peck.

Generally distribv^ted but not common, (Bui. Buff: Soc. Nat.
Sci. IV, p. 30.)

4

124

224- P. querciperda, Fitch.

"Buffalo, from branches of black oak j^rowinj; on "The Cir-
cle." KcUicott.

HEPIALUS, Fabr.

225. H. auratus, Grote.

Very rare. Lancaster, a single example taken at rest on a
bush of wild gooseberry, July 23rd, 188S, E. P. V. (Can Ent.
XX, p. 100.)

226. H. argenteomaculatus, Harris.

"Certainly occurs along the shore of Lake Ontario eastward
of Buffalo, wherever A /nus mcana ahonnds" Kellieott; Ridge-
way, Ont. Kilman.

227. H. quadriguttatus, Grote.

Lancaster, one specimen at light, E. P. V. ; Buffalo, IMoeser.

FAMILY NOCTUID.^.

LEPTINA, Guen.

22S. L. ophthalmica, Guen.

Occasional. Lancaster, taken on the wing in meadow-land
E. P. V.

22(). L. latebricola, Grote.

Ridgeway, Ont.. two examjiles, Kilman. Determined by
Prof. J. B. Smith.

THYATIRA, Ochs.

230. T. pudens, Guen.

Lancaster, one example at rest about July ist, E. P. V.

PSEUDOTHYATIRA, Grote.

231. P. cymatophoroides, Guen.

Lancaster, July, at sugar, E. P. V.

232. P. cymatophoroides, var. expultrix, Grote.

June and July, at sugar.

HABROSYNE, Hubn.

233. H. scripta. Gosse.

June, at sugar.

ARSILONCHE, Led.

234. A. Henrici, Grote.

May, at sugar and light. (Bui. Buff. Soc. Nat. Sci. L p. 12.)

RAPHIA, Hubn.

235. R. abrupta, Grote.

Buffalo, Fischer.

236. R. Prater, Grote.

Rare. Lancaster, at rest, E. P. V.

125

DEMAS, Steph.
237. D. flavicornis, Smith.

Buffalo, Jul}', one example at electric light, Fischer.

CHARADRA, Walk.
23S. C. deridens, Guen.

Lancaster, at i-est, E. P. V. ; Ridgewaj-, Ont., Kilman.

AUDELA, Walk.

239. A. acronyctoides, Walk.

■Western N. Y.", Grote. (H)-. Bui. VI, p. 227.)

PLATYCERURA, Pack.

240. P. furcilla, Pack.

Buffalo, Julj\ one example, Fischer; Ridgeway, Out., Kilman.

FERALIA, Grote.
2.41. F. jocosa, Guen.

"West Seneca," Kellicott.

MOMAPHANA, Grote.

242. M. Comstocki, Grote.

Rare. Portage Falls, Maj^ 30th, 18S5, one example at rest,
E. P. v.; Buffalo, Kellicott. (Hy. Bui. \'l, p. 569.)

DIPHTHERA, Hubn.

243. D. fallax, H.-S.

Buft'alo, Fischer, Kellicott.

APATELA, Hubn.

244. A. occidentalis, G. & R.

June and Jul3% common at sugar. Larvfe on apple and rasp-
berrj', E. P. V.

245. A. morula, G. & R.

Lancastei", Jtily, at sugar, E. P. V. ; Ridgewaj-, Out., Kilman.

2.\(). A. lobeliae, Guen.

June and July, at sugar.

247. A. vinnula, Gi'ote.

August, at sugar.

248. A. Harveyana, Grote.

Lancaster, June, occasional at sugar, E. P. X'^.

249. A. spinigera, Guen.

Buffalo, Kelhcott.

250. A. lepusculina, Guen.

251. A. innotata, Guen.

Lancaster, Aug., at sugar, rare; Buff"alo, at electric light,
abundant in 188S, E. P. V. ; Ridgeway, Ont., Kilman,

136

252. A. Americana, Harris.

Not uncommon, June, at sugar and at rest.

253. A. dactylina, (xrote.

Buffalo, Kellicott.

254. A. luteicoma, G. & R.

Buffalo, Fischer.

255. A. subochrea, Grote.

Lancaster, May and June, at sugar, E. P. V. ; Buffalo and
St. Catherines Ont., Grote. (Bui. Buft\ Soc. Nat. Sci. II, p.
574-)
2 5(). A. noctivaga, Grote.

Lancaster, May and June, common at sugar, E. P. V.

257. A. superans, Guen.

June and July, at sugar.

258. A. connecta, Grote.

Rare. Lancaster, July, on sugar, E. P. \'. ; Buffalo, Fischer.

259. A. ovata, Grote.

Buffalo, Kellicott.

260. A. hamamelis, Guen.

Lancaster, at rest on beech trees and at sugar, July, E. P. \'.

261. A. retardata, Walk. (= dissect a, G. & R.)

Lancaster, June and July, not uncommon on trunks of maple
trees, E. P. V, ; Ridgeway, Ont. Kilman.

262. A. sperata, Grote.

Common, 'May to August, at stigar and light.

2(13. A. xyliniformis, Guen.

Ridgewaj^ Ont., Kilman.

264. A. oblinita, Abb. & Sm.

Lancaster, May to Aug., at rest and sugar, larvae on smart-
weed, E. P. V.

HARRISIMEMNA, Grote.
xf)5. H. trisignata, Walk.

PACHYCERMA, thote.
26(). P. Cora, Hubn.

Ridgeway, Ont., Kilman.

POLYGRAMMATE, Hubn.

267. P. Hebraicum, Hubn.

Ridgeway, Ont., Kilman.

MICROCCELIA, Guen.
26b. M. fragilis, Guen.

Rare. Lancaster, July and Aug., at light and sugar, E. P. V-

127

269. M. diphteroides, Guen.

Ridgeway, Ont., Kilman.

270. M. diphteroides, var. obliterata Grote.

Lancaster, June, not uncommon on sugar, E. P. V.

BRYOPHILA, Tr.

271. B. lepidula, Grote.

July and Aug., at sugar.

272. B. teratophora, H.-S.

Occasional. Lancaster, at sugar, E. P. V.

CHYTONIX, Grote.

273. C. palliatricula, Guen.

Buffalo, Will.

RHYNCHAGROTIS, Smith.

274. R. rufipectus, Morr.

Rare. Lancaster, Aug., one example taken, E. P. V.

275. R, brunneicollis, Grote.

Occasional. At sugar.

276. R. cupida, Grote.

Rare. Lancaster, Sept., at sugar, E. P. V.

277. R. alternata, (irote.

August, at sugar.

ADELPHAGROTIS, Smith.
27S. A. prasina, Fabr.

Occasional. Lancaster, Jul)-, at sitgar and light, E. P. Y . ;
Ridgeway, Ont., Kilman.

PLATAGROTIS, Smith.
279. P. pressa, Grote.

Buffalo, Kellicott

EUERETAGROTIS, Smith.
2S0. E. sigmoides, Guen.

Buffalo, Fischer.

281. E. perattenta, Grote.

Buffalo, Kellicott.

SEMIPHORA, Steph.

282. S. elimata, Guen.

Buffalo, Kellicott.

283. S. Catherina, Grote.

St. Catherines, Ont., Norman. (Can. Ent. YL p. 117-)

AGROTIS, Tr.

2 84. A. Ypsilon, Rott.

Very common throughout the season, especially in late
autumn on corn stalks in the field, also at sugar.

138

PERIDROMA, Hul)n.

285. P. occulta, Linn.

Buffalo, Fischer and Moeser.

286. P, saucia, Hubn.

Common.

NOCTUA, Linn.

287. N. baja, Fabr.

August, at stigar.

28S. N. Normaniana, Grote.

Ridgeway, Out., Kilman.

289. N. bicarnea, Guen.

Scarce. Lancaster, on flowers and at rest, Aug., E. P; \". '
Ridgewaj', Ont., Kilman.

290. N. C. -nigrum, Linn.

Very abundant everywhere throughout the season.

291. N. perconflua, Grote.

Bv:ft'alo, at electric light, Fischer.

292. N. Eriensis, Grote.

"Erie Co." Grote. (Hy. Bui. IV, p. 172; Smith, Monog. (Jenus
Agrotis, p. 84.)

293. N. plecta, Linn.

Rare, but generally distributed.

294. N. haruspica, Grote.

Not iincommon. July, trequentl)' taken at rest under boards
and loose bark, also at sugar.

295. N. clandestina, Harris.

Common at sugar and at rest under boards.

FELTIA, Walk. '

29f). F. subgothica, Steph.

Very common at sugar and on flowers, especially of the
golden rod and HeliantJnis, July to Sept.

297. F. jaculifera, Guen. (j= tr2cosa,\A\\\\\.)
Buffalo, Will.

29S. F. herilis, Grote.

With sjibgothica but less abundant.

299. F. gladiaria, Morr.

Rare. Lancaster, Sept. 18S3, one example, E. P. V.

300. F. venerabilis. Walk.

Common on golden-rod, Sept. This species feeds by day
more frequently than its congeners.

301. F. volubilis, Harvey.

Seasonally common. June, on sugar. (Bui. Buff'. Soc. Nat.
Sci. II, p. iiS.)

139

POROSAGROTIS, Smith.

302. P. muraenula. G. & R.

"Erie Co." Grote. (Bui. Buff. Soc. Nat. Sci. Ill, p. 73-)

303. P. Rileyana, Morr.

Occasional. Lancaster, on golden-rod, E. P. V. ; Buffalo, Will.

CARNEADES, Grote.

304. C. piagigera, Morr.

Buffalo, Fischer.

305. C. scandens, Riley.

Rare. Lancaster on flowers, E. P. V.; "Erie Co." Grote.
(Bui. Buff. Soc. Nat. Sci. IH, p. 73.)

300. C. pitychrous, Grote.

Buffalo, Kellicott; Ridgeway, Ont., Kilman.

307. C. Bostoniensis, Grote.
Buffalo, Fischer.

30S. C. messoria, Harris, (^ rcpcntis, G. & R.)

Buffalo, Kellicott, Fischer; Ridgeway, Ont., Kilman.

309. C. insignata, Walk. (= decolor, Morr.)

Rare. Lancaster, Aug., on .sugar, E. P. V.

310. C. tessellata, Harris.

Common, Aug. to Sept., on .sugar.

311. C. redimicula, Morr.

Not common. Lancaster, on sugar, Sept. ist, 1S81, E. P.V.

ANYTUS, Grote.

312. A. sculptus, Grote.

Occasional. Lancaster Sept., E. P. V. ; Buffalo, Fischer.

MAMESTRA, Ochs.

313. M. nimbosa, Gucn.

Buffalo, Kellicott.

314. M. imbrifera, Guen.

Rare.

315. M. latex, Guen.

Not uncommon. June, at sugar and at rest.

316. M. adjuncta, Boisd.

Occasional. July and Aug., at sugar.

317. M. lubens, Grote.

Buffalo, Kellicott.

318. M. legitima, Grote.

Not rare. Lancaster, at sugar, June ; larva; on Calendula,
E. P. V. ; Buffalo, at electric light, Fischer.

130

3ig- M. lilacina, Harvc;3^

Rare. Lancaster, July 31st, 1S79, on sugar, E. P. V.

320. M. Goodelli, Grote.

Lancaster, May 31st, 1S7S, at sugar, E. P. V.

321. M. rosea, Harris.

Occasional. June, at light and sugar.

322. M. picta, Harris.

Common. June to Aug., at light and sugar.

323. M. grandis, Boisd.

Occasional, June and July, at sugar.

324. M. subjuncta, G. & R.

Common, June and July, at sugar.

325. M. Atlantica, Grote.

Buffalo, Kellicott, Fischer.

326. M. confasa, Hubn.

Buffalo, Fischer. This determination is somewhat doubtful.

327. M. trifolii, Rott.

Rare. June to Aug., at sugar and rest.

32S. M, renigera, Steph.

Very common on sugar and flowers, especially of valerian,
June to Sept.

329. M. lorea, Guen.

Of common occurrence with the preceding, larvae on grass &c.

330. M. detracta, Walk.

Rather rare. Lancaster, two examples, E. P. V. ; Buffalo,
Will.

331. M. cuneata, Grote.

Buffalo, Fischer.

332. M. olivacea, Morr.

Lancaster, Aug., at sugar, E. P. V.

DIANTHCECIA, Boisd.

333. D. vicina, Grote.

"vSt. Catherines, Ont.," Grote. (Bui. Buff. vSoc. Nat. Sci. H,
p. 156.)

334. D. meditata, Grote.

Common. Aug. , at sugar and flowers.

NEPHELODES, Guen.

335. N. minians, Guen.

Occasional at light and at rest. Sept.

336. N. minians, var. violans, Guen.

Rare. Lancaster, E. P. V.

131

TRICHOLITA, Grote.
337. T. signata, Walk.

Rare. Lancaster, July, at .sugar, E. P. V.

MACRONOCTUA, Grote.
338.' M. onusta, Grote.

Lancaster, one example, E. P. V.

ONCOCNEMIS, Led.
33y. O. riparia, Morr.

"Buffalo and shores of Lake Erie"', (irote. (Can. P"nt. XU,
p. 25(): and XIII, p. 231.)

HOMOHADENA, (in.te.

340. H. badistriga, (irote.

Rare. Lancaster, larvte on I .oiihcra flinui, E. P. V. ;
Ridg-eway, Ont. , Kilman.

HADEI^m, Schrank.

341. H. passer, (iuen.

Not common. I>ancaster. Sept., E. P. V. ; Buffalo, Will.
M(e.ser.

342. H. ducta, Grote.

Buffalo, Fischer.

343. H. devastatrix, Brace.

\'erv abundant everywhere and an unmitigated nuisance at
the sugared trees, where, by its precipitate departure on the
approach of the collector's light, it either knocks off or fright-
ens away many valuable specimens.

344. H. separans, (irote.

Buffalo, F'ischer.

345. H. arctica, Boisd.

Very conmion at light and sugar.

34(1. H. sputatrix, Grote.

Common. Aug. and Sept. at light and sugar.

347. H. illata, var. suffusca, Morr.

Lancaster, June and July, on flowers, E. P. ^^

34S. H. vultuosa, Grote.

Rare. Lancaster, one example, May 27th, 1878, E. P. V.

34(). H. lignicolor, Guen.

Common. July. Frequently taken at rest under boards and
around corners and crevices of out-buildings.

350. H. verbascoides, Guen.

Not uncommon, June.

351. H. sectilis, Guen.

Buffalo, Kellicott, Fischer,

132

352. H. vulgaris, G. & R.

Rare. Lancaster, June, at sugar, larva- on corn, E. V.\'. ;
Ridgeway Ont., Kilnian.

352)^ H. cristata, Grote.

"Buflfalo," Grote. (Bui. U. vS. Geol. and Geog. Surv. IV, j).
176; Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. XIII p. 43()-)

353. H. idonea, Grote.

Rare. Lancaster, E. P. V.

354. H. remissa, Hubn.

Rare. Lancaster, one example, E. P. V.

355. H. finitima, Guen.

Common. May and June, at sugar.

356. H. impulsa, Guen.

Occasional. Lancaster, June, at sugar, E. P. V. ; Buffalo.

357. H. mactata, Guen.

Rather rare. Lancaster, at sugar, E. P. V.

35S. H, miselioides, Guen.

Another uncommon species. Lancaster, July, at sugar,
E. P. V. : Buffalo, Fischer.

359. H. modica, Guen.

Common. August, at sugar.

3()o. H. vulgivagata, var. fractilinea, Grote,

Occasional. Lancaster,- Aug., E. P. V.

DIPTERYGIA, Steph.
3O1. D. scabriuscula, Linn.

Common at sugar, June and July.

HYPPA, Dup.
362. H. xylinoides, Guen.

Very common everywhere, June to Aug.

ACTINOTIA, Hubn.
2()3. A. ramosula, (ruen.

Not an uncommon species at light and sugar, June.

OLIGIA, Hubn.

364. O. chalcedonia, Hubn.

Buft'alo, Fischer.

365. O. chalcedonia, var. arna, Guen.

Lancaster, at sugar, E. P. V.

36(). O. versicolor, Grote.

Rare. Lancaster, one example at sugar, E. P. V.

PERIGEA, Guen.
307. P. luxa, (irote.

Lancaster, June, E, P. V.

133

LAPHYGMA, Guen.
36S. L. frugiperda, var. obscura, Riley.
Occasional.

PRODENIA, (ruen.

369. P. lineatella, Harvey.

Buffalo, Will.'

370. P. flavimedia, Harvey.

Lancaster, at sugar, E. P. V.

TRIGONOPHORA, Hubn.

371. T. periculosa, Guen.

Taken occasionally at rest.

372. T. periculosa, var. V-brunneum, Grote.

Rare.

BROTOLOMIA, Led.

373. B. Iris, Guen.

Lancaster, June, not intVequent at sugar and at rest, E. P. V.

EUPLEXIA, Steph.

374. E. lucipara, Linn.

Occasional, June to Aug., on sugar and flowers.

HELOTROPHA. Led.

375. H. reniformis, (xrote.

Rare. Lancaster, at sugar, E. P. V.

37(). H. reniformis, var. atra, Grote.

Lancaster, Aug. 30th, 1S78, one example on sugar, E. P. V. ;
Ridgeway, Ont., Kilman.

377- H. sera, G. & R.
Common.

GORTYNA. Hubn.
373. G. immanis, Guen.

Ridgeway, Ont., Kilman.

37<> G. nictitans, Esp.

Common, July and Aug.

380. G. nictitans, var. erythrostigma. Haw.

3S1. G. inquaesita, G. & R.

Rare. Lancaster, at rest, E. P. V.

382. G. rigida, Grote.

Very rare. Lancaster, one example, E. P. V.

383. G. cataphracta, Grote.

Kuffalo, Fischer; Ridgeway, Ont., Kilman.

384. G. rutila, Ciuen.

( )ccasional.

134

385- G. cerussata, Grote.

Bviffalo, Fischer.

",86. G. necopina, Grole.

[vancaster, three examples, at rest, K. P. \'. ; Buffalo,
Fischer, three examples.

387. G. nitela, Guen.

Not common. Lancaster, one exam]:)le at li;<ht, Sept. 23rfl,
iS7(., E. P. V. : Buffalo &c.

3SS. G. nitela, var. nebris, Guen.

Rare. Lancaster, one example, lired from potato, E. P. V. ;
Buffalo. Fischer.

OCHRIA, Hubn.
389. O. Buffaloensis, Grote.

Buffalo, Kelhcott.

ACHATODES, (ruen.
3()o. A. zeae, Harris.

Buft'alo, bred from elder stalks in numbers, Mr. O. Reinecke ;
on electric light, Will; Golden, E. P. \'. : Ridgeway, Ont..
Kilman ; Jamestown, Dr. Waterhouse ;

SPHIDA, (Trote.
3<)i. S. obliquata, G. & R.

Buffalo, "Abundant, larvae in Typ/ta latifolia," Kellicott.
(Bui. Buff. Soc. Nat. Sci. V, p. 40; Can. Ent. XXI p. 39.)

NONAGRIA, Ochs.

392. N. subcarnea, Kellicott.

Buffalo, "Abundant, larvie in I'ypJia latifoiia," Kellicott,
(Bui. Buff. Soc. Nat. Sci. \', p. 40.)

HELIOPHILA, Hubn.

393. H. pallens, Linn.

Common. June and Jidy, on sugar and flowers.

394. H. albilinea, Hubn.

Not a common species. Generally taken at light. (See
Bui. BufT. Soc. Nat. Sci. I, \^. 9, I.eiicaiua HaiTcv/.)

395. H. phragmitidicola, Guen.

Abundant on (lowers and at sugar, June to Sept.

396. H. adonea, Grote.

Btvffalo, Fischer.

397. H. commoides, Guen.

Very abundant evervwhere. June and ]\\\\.

39S. H. unipuncta, Haw.

Seasonally very Abundant, especially so in iSS'_>, June. A
frequent visitor at sugar.

135

y)<). H. pseudargyria, Guen.

Common at sns^ar and Hnwers, June and Jtdy.

SCOLECOCAMPA, Guen.

400. S. liburna, (ieyer.

Occasional. Lancaster, Julv, at lis^ht, K. 1'. \'.

NOLAPHANA, (irote.

401. N. malana, Fitch.

Common, June.

402. N. Zelleri, Grote.

Lancaster, June, E. P. ^^

403. N. labecula, Grote.

"Erie Co., \. V.," Grote. (Can. Ent. XIl, p. 217.)

ADIPSOPHANES, Grote.

404. A. miscellus, (rrote.

( )ecasional. Lancaster, May, E. P. ^^ ; Kid,i;e\va\-, Ont.,

CRAMBODES, Guen.

405. C. talidiformis, Guen.

Kare. I^ancaster, taken in open woodland, E. 1*. \'. ; Ridt^e-
wav, < )nt., Kilman.

CARADRINA, Treits.
40(1. C. miranda, (irote.

Not uncommon, Lancaster, July and Aut;-. Freqiiently
taken about new made hav.

PYROPHILA, Hubn.
407. P. pyramidoides, (xuen.

Of freciuent occurrence on sut^ar and at light, July to Sept.

40S. P. tragopoginis, Linn.

Common. Jidy.

ORTHODES, Guen.

40(). O. infirma, Guen.

410. O. cynica, Guen.

May and June, moderately common at sui;ar and flowers.

411. O. enervis, Guen.

Buffalo, KellicoU, "Determined bv .Mr. (irote as O. iwcors,
variety."

TiENIOCAMPA, Cuen.

412. T. oviduca, (juen.

Occasional. Lancaster, June, on sugar, E. P. \'.

413. T. incerta, Hubn.

Very common in early spring. April and ]\Lay, on sugar and
flowers, especially on willow catkins. "St. Catherines Ont."
(Can. Ent, VI, p. 117, aha.)

I3r.

CROCIGRAPHA, (^rotc.

414. C. Normani, (iioto.

L'dinnion, May aiirl June, on suijar and llowers, especially of
the lilac. (.See: Can. Kni. \'I. ]). ii(..)

MORRISONIA, (In.te.

415. M. evicta, (yiote.

Rare. Lancaster, one example, K. P. V.

41(1. M. evicta, var. vomerina, (irote.

Also of rare occurrence, Lancaster, Mav, at liti,ht and sui^ar,
E. P. V.

CHCEPHORA, G. & R.
417. C. fungorum, (i. i.\: R.

COSMIA, Led.
41S. C. paleacea, Esp.

Rather rare. Lancaster, Aug. 9th 187S, one example at
light; E. P. v.; "Chautauqua Co., X. Y.," Grote. (Rul. Rut^\
vSoc. Nat. vSci. IL p. 160, Oythosia iiiftiiiiata.)

PARASTICHTIS, Huhn.
4i(). P. discivaria, Walk.

Lancaster, July, at sugar, E. P. V. ; "St. Catherines, Ont.,"
Grote. (Bui. Buff. Soc. Nat. Sci. IL p. 143, Tcm/osra ^-t^nt/h's.)

420. P. discivaria, var. perbellis, (xrote.

"St. Catherines, Ont.," (irote. (Bui. Buft'. Soc. Nat. Sci. II,
]i. 144, Tuniosea perbri lis.)

ANCHOCELIS, (nien.

421. A. digitalis, (rrote.

Buffalo, Will.

ORTHOSIA, Ochs.

422. O. ferrugineoides, (luen.

Common.

423. O. ferrugineoides, var. bicolorago, (ruen.

At times very abundant on sugar.

424. O. euroa, G. & R.

Ridgeway, Ont., Kilman.

EPIGL.(EA, (rrote.

425. E. decliva, var. deleta, (rrote.

Rare. Lancaster, two examples in late autumn, !•". P. \'.

XANTHIA, Tr.
42(1. X. togata, I''sp.

lUiffalo, one example. Will.

13?

EUCIRRCEDIA, (in.tc.

427. E. pampina, Gueii.

Occasional.

SCOLIOPTERYX, Germ.

428. S. libatrix, Linn.

Common from May to November.

SCOPELOSOMA, Curtis.
42(). S. Graefiana, (jrote.

Lancaster, occasional timong dry leaves in kite autumn,
K. P. V. ; Ridgeway, Ont., Kilman.

430. S. Moffatiana, (irote,

Ridgeway, Ont., Kilman.

431. S. ceromatica, (irote.

Lancaster, Oct., E. P. V. ; Ridgeway, Ont., Kilman.

432. S. devia, Grote.

Rare. Lancaster, March and April, on sugar, E. P. V.

433. S. Morrisoni, Grote.

Our most abundant species of .SVy/^'A-'.vrv//^?, ]March to i\hiv.
( )ccurs at sugar and among dry leaves and standing corn in
late autumn, also in early spring around sap-troughs and
other paraphenalia of a sugar-bush.

434. S. tristigmata, Grote.

Occasional with the preceding, April, May and Oct. .Some
deeply colored examples recall 5'. cci-omaiica.

433. S. Walkeri, Grote.

Rather rare, Lancaster, April and May, E. P. V. ; Buffalo,
March, David F, Day. (Bui. Buff. Soc. Nat. Sci. L p. 192.)

43(1. S. vinulenta, Grote.

Rare. Lancaster, July, E. P. \'. ; Ridgeway, Ont., Kilman.

LITHOPHANE, Hubn.
437. L. disposita, Morr.

Common. On sugar, flowers 6i:c.

435. L. petulca, Grote.

Not uncommon. Lancaster, cm sugar, E. P. \'.

43(). L. ferrealis, Grote.

Rare. Lancaster. May, on sugar, E. P. V. ; Ridgeway,
( )nt., Kilman.

440. L. signosa, Walk.

Rare. Lancaster, April, on sugar, E. P. V. ; Hidgeway,
Ont., Kilman.

441. L. Bethunei, G. &- R.

Common.

138

44-- L. semiusta, (lioU'.

R;uL'. Lancaster, IC. 1*. V.: Rul)j;c\\av, Ont., Kilman.

443 L. antennata, Walk.

ComiiKm on sui;ar and at li.^lil.

444. L. laticinerea, (liote.

Xot uncommon. Lancaster, April, on suj;ar, 1{. I^ ^^

445. L. unimoda, Lintn.

Lancaster, one example taken Miirch 12th 1S78, E. P. \'.

44(1. L. Baileyi, (Irote.

Rare. Lancaster, one example taken on su^^ar, Se])t.,
E. P. v.: Buffalo, Will.

447. L. pexata, txrote.

Lancaster, two examples taken on su,v;"ar, April sth 1^78,
E. P. V,

CALOCAMPA, Steph.

44s. C. nupera, Lintn.

( )ccasional at sui;ar and amonj;' standini.;' corn in late au-
tumn. April and ( )ct.

44g. C. cineritia, trrote. •

Lancaster, one example taken March 12th 1S7S, E. P. V.

450. C. curvimacula, Morr.

Common with t'. N///>irir. also on suntlowers, i^oldenrod, cVe.

LITHOMIA, Hubu.

4? I. L, germana, Morr.

Rare. Lancaster, at sugar, Sejn., IC. 1'. \'.

XYLOMIGES, (iuen.
452. X, confusa, Hubn.

Rare. i>ancaster, one example taken al rest. May i7tli 1576,
E. P. V. This specimen was determined bv 'Sir. Grote, but
the name is not in his later lists.

CUCULLIA, Schrank.
4r3. C. convexipennis, (i. & R.

lUilTalo, Kellicott, l-'isclier.

454. C. asteroides, (iuen.

Common on flowers, esjiecially of the lilac, })hlox, and valer-
ian. June and July.

455. C. intermedia, Sjjcyer.

With the precedini^ but less common.

4?f>. C. Speyeri, Lintn.

(.)ecasional on tlowers. Lancaster, Sept., E. P. \',

139

MARASMALUS, Grote.

457. M. Histrio, Grote.

Lancaster, one example, E. P. V.

INGURA, Giien.

458. I. Oculatrix, Guen.

Rare. Lancaster, July, E. P. V.

ALETIA, Hubn.

459. A. argillacea, Hubn.

This species generally appears in considerable numbers
about October ist at sugar and especially around the electric
lights in Buffalo; last season (iSgo), however, none were re-
ported. (See Bui. Buff. Soc. Nat. Sci. I, p. 170; and IV, p. 61 ;
Ent. News H, p. 12).

TELESILLA, H. & S.

460. T. cinereola, Guen.

Common at sugar, light &c., especially at Lancaster, July,
and August.

HABROSTOLA, Ochs.
4f)i. H. urentis, Guen.

Rare. Lancaster, Aug., Buffalo, at electric light. E. P. V.;
Ridgeway, Ont., Kilman.

PLUSIA, Fabr.
4f>2. p. JErea, Hubn.

Not vincommon.

403. P. aereoides, Grote.

Lancaster, July, one example, E. P. V.

404. P. balluca, Geyer.

Rather rare. Lancaster, Aug., on phlox; abundant in
spring of 1S76 on flowers of the golden current, E. P. V. ; Buf-
falo, Will; Ridgeway, Ont., Kilman.

465. P. contexta, Grote.

Rare. Lancaster, three examples taken on sunflowers &c.
June and August, 1884, E. P. V.

46(1. P. thyatiroides, Guen.

Very rare. Buffalo, one example taken at rest Sept. 14th
18S9; Lancaster Sept. 21st 1890, one example at light, E. P. V. ;
Ridgeway, Ont., Kilman.

4()7. P. biloba, Steph.

Occurs occasionally on lilac, flowering cherry, &c.. also at
electric light. June and July.

468. P. precationis, Guen.

Of plentiful occurrence throughout the season on flowers
ftnd at light. Three examples taken at sugar, E. P, V.
" 6

140

4()(> P. mortuorum, Guen.

Rare. Lancaster and Buffalo, at rest, E. P. V. ; larva; on
caraway.

47U. P. viridisignata, (irote.

Very rare. Lancaster, two examples tiiken at rest, E. P. V.

471. P. simplex, Guen.

Common everywhere, June to August.

DEVA, Walk.

472. D. purpurigera, Walk.

Rare. Lancaster, June, E. P. V.

CALPE, Tr.

473. C. Canadensis, Beth.

Larvae not uncommon on meadow-rue.

PLUSIODONTA, Guen.

474. P. compressipalpis, Guen.

Apparently a rare species.

PLAGIOMIMICUS, Grote.

475. P. pityochromus, Grote.

Buffalo, Will.

HELIOTHIS, Hubn.

476. H. armiger, Hubn.

Occasional. Lancaster, E. P. V. ; Buffalo, at electric light,
Fischer, Will.

PYRRHIA, Hubn.

477. P. umbra, Hubn.

Lancaster, July, E. P. V.

47S. P. angulata, Grote.
Occasional.

RHODOPHORA, Guen.
479. R. florida, Guen.

Seasonally quite plentiful in flowers of CKnothcra bhiuiis on
the pods of which the larva; feed. (See N. Am. Ent. L p. 30).

LYGRANTHCECIA, G. & R.
4S0. L. marginata, Haw.

Taken occasionally at light, August.

481. L. Spraguei, Grote.

I have taken this rare little species at Lancaster in August.

TARACHE, Hubn.
4S2. T. erastrioides, Guen.

On grass, Lancaster, E. P. V. ; Ridgeway, Ont. , Kilman.

141

483- T. candefacta, Hubn.

Common in meadows, Sept.

4S4. T. terminitnaculata, Grote.

Rare. Lancaster, on weeds in open woods, E. P. ^'. ; Ridge-
way, Ont. , Kilman.

CHAMYRIS, Gnen.
485. C. Cerintha, Treits.

Not uncommon at light, sugar, «&c. July.

EUHERRICHIA, Grote.
480. E. monetifera, Guen.

Buffalo, Fischer.

48 7. E. mollissima, (luen.

Rare. Lancaster, June, on sugar, E. P.Y. ; Ridgewa}', Ont.,
Kilman.

EUSTROTIA, Hubn.

488. E. albidula, Gtien.

Quite common and generally distributed. July.

480. E. concinnimacula, Guen.

Rare. Lancaster, May and June, E. P. Y. ; Ridgewaj', Ont.,
Kilman.

490. E. synochitis, G. & R.

Not uncommon.

491. E. muscosula, Guen.

Common at sugar, llowers <!<:c.

492. E. apicosa, Haw.

With the precedmg and equallj- aliuntlant.

493. E. carneola, Guen.

Another common species. June and Jul)-.

GALGULA, Guen.
404. G. hepara, Guen.

Occasional, July and Aug.

495. G. subpartita, Guen.

Buffalo, Fischer.

DRASTERIA, Hubn.

496. D. erechtea, Cram.

Very abundant everywhere in meadows.

497. D, erechto, Guen.

With the preceding, than which it is even more abundant.
Erechtea prefers the damper fields while the present species
commonly selects a dryer location such as an upland meadow
or pasture.

14^

EUCLIDIA, Hubn.
4()S. E. cuspidea, Hubn.

An inhabitant of deep woods. There it may be fovmd through

June and July resting on the ground among dry sticks and

^ leaves, where, by its peculiar ornamentation, it finds excellent

protection. When disturbed it has the short uncertain flight

characteristic of the foregoing species. It is not common.

MELIPOTIS, Hubn.

499. M. limbolaris, Geyer.

Rare. Lancaster, in deep woods, E. P. ^^ ; Ridgeway, Ont.,
Kilman; "Buffalo," Grote. (Can Ent. XIII, p. gi).

CATOCALA, Schrank.

500. C. Epione, Drury.

Buffalo, Fischer; Ridgeway, Ont., Kilman;

501. C. lachrymosa, Guen.

Buffalo, Fischer; Ridgewaj-, Ont., Kilman.

502. C. retecta, Grote.

503. C. flebilis, Grote.

Ridgeway, Ont., Kilman.

504. C. Robinsonii, Grote.

505. C. obscura, Strk.

Ridgeway, Ont., Kilman; Buffalo, Fischer, (Can. Ent. X\'III,
p. 178.)

506. C. insolabilis, Guen.

Buffalo, Kellicott.

507. C. residua, Grote.

Laticaster, E. P. V. ; Buffalo, Kellicott.

508. C. relicta, Walk.

Not common but generally distributed. Aug. to Oct.

509. C. Amatrix, Hubn.

Common. (See Bui. Buff". Soc. Nat. Sci. IV, p. 62).

510. C. cara, Guen.

511. C. concumbens, Walk.

512. C. unijuga, Walk.

Occasional. Lancaster, Aug., E. P. V.; Buffalo, Kellicott.
(Can. Ent. XIII, p. 38).

513. C. Briseis, Edw.

Rare. August.

514. C. parta, Guen.

Common. July to August,

143

515- C. coccinata, Grote.

Buffalo, Fischer.

510. C. ultronia, Hubn.

Not uncommon on sugar, Jiily.

517. C. Ilia, Cram.

Occasional. Jul}- 4th, &c.

518. C. Ilia, var. Uxor, Guen.

Buffalo, Fischer.

511J. C. cerogama, Guen.

Common. In Can. Ent. XVII, pp. 133 & 134, Mr. Fischer has
described two varieties of this species (C mn-clla and C. Eliza)
taken at Buffalo.

520. C. neogama, Abb. & Sm.

Yevy common everj-where.

521. C. subnata, Grote.

Rare. Lancaster, Aug., E. P. A'. ; Buffalo, Will.

522. C. Piatrix, Grote.

523. C. palceogama, Guen.

524. C. palaeogama, var. phalanga, Grote.

Ridgewa)', Ont., Kilman.

525. C. habilis, Grote.

Buffalo, Fischer; Ridgeway, Ont., Kilman.

526. C. nebulosa, Edw.

Buffalo, Fischer.

527. C. antinympha, Hubn.

Buffalo, Fischer.

528. C. Clintoni, Grote.

Buffalo. Fischer.

529. C. polygama, Guen.

530. C. crataegi, Saund.

Lancaster, July. Not infrequent on sugar, E. P. \'.

? . C. amasia, Abb. & Sm.

Taken at Rochester, N. Y. and probably to be found within
our limits (Can. Ent. \'l, p. 25).

531. C. similis, Edw.

Buffalo, Kellicott.

532. C. praeclara, G. &- R.

Buffalo, Fischer; Ridgeway and Caledonia, Ont.; Kilman.

533. C. arnica, Hubn.

Ridgeway, Ont., Kilman.

144

ALLOTRIA, Hulm.

534. A. elonympha, Hubn.

Huffalo, Fischer; Ridgway, Out., MoHat. (Can. luit. XII, p.
. 264),

PARTHENOS, Hubn.

535. P. nubilis, Hubn.

PHOBERIA, Hubn.

536. P, atomaris, Hul)n.

Lancaster, May nth iSSi, one example found Hying by day
in a pasture, E. P. V.

PARALLEL I A, Hubn.

537. P. bistriaris, Hubn.

Of common occurrence in or near woodland. June and July-

PANOPODA, (.uen.

538. P. carneicosta, (ruen.

Rare. Lancaster, E. P. V.

539. P. rufimargo, Hubn.

EREBUS, Latr.

540. E. odora, Linn.

Taken at rare intervals in and about this city. Buffalo and
Angola, EmilChamot; Buffalo, among bananas. Will; "Niagara
Falls", Bethune. (See Can. Ent. XVHI, pp. 79 ct iSo; Ent.
News H, p. 30).

THYSANIA, Dalm.

541. T. Zenobia, Cram.

Accidental. Buffalo, Emil Chamot; Ridgeway, Ont., Kil-
man. (Can. Ent. XXI, p. 240).

ZALE, Hubn.

542. Z. horrida, Hubn.

Rare. Lancaster, E. P. V.; Ridgeway, Ont., Kilman.

HOMOPTERA, I'.oisd.

543. H. Edusa, Drury.

Common. May and Aug.

544. H. Edusa, var. Saundersii, Beth.

Lancaster, E. P. A'.

545. H. Edusa, var. lunata, Drury.

340. H. minerea, (ruen.

Buffalo, Kellicott.

YPSIA, (hien.
547. Y. undularis, Drury.

liuffalo, Lancaster, at sugar. E, P. V.

J45

HOMOPYRALIS, GrotL-.
54S. H. discalis, Grote.

Lancaster, one example taken at light, E. P. V.
549- H. tactus, Grote.

Frequent at sugar and light. Aug.

SPARGOLOMA, Grote.
55U. S. sexpunctata, Grote.

Rare. Lancaster, E. P. V.

551- S. umbrifascia, Grote.

Buffalo, one examijle, Will.

BROTIS, Hubn.
552. B. vulneraria, Hubn.

Accidental. Buffalo, one example taken at electric light.
Fischer. (Can. Ent. XVIH, pp. 72, 136).

PSEUDAGLOSSA, Grote.

553- P. lubricalis, Geyer.

Very abundant on sugar and elsewhere near woodland. June
and August.

554- P. scobialis, Grote.

"Buffalo, June and July, common", Grote. (N. Am. Ent. L
P- 'J5).

HELIA, Hubn.

555- H. borealis,, Smith.

Buffalo, Will.

EPIZEUXIS, Hubn.
SSfJ- E. aemula, Hubn.

Common at sugar, July.

557. E. americalis, Guen.

Common on sugar near the borders of wotxls. July and Au".

MEGACHYTA, Grote.

558- M. lituralis, Hubn.

Lancaster, July, E. P. V.

LITOGNATHA, Grote.

559- L, nubilifascia, Grote.

Ridgeway, Ont., Kilman ; "Buffalo", Grote, (Bui. Buff. Soc.
Nat. Sci. L p. 86).

CHYTOLITA, Grote.

560. C. morbidalis, Guen.

Very abundant in pastures and open woods, July.

ZANCLOGNATHA, Led.

561. Z. laevigata, Grote.

Buffalo, Kellicott,

14ti

t()2. Z. ochreipennis, Cirolc.

Huiralo. Kcllicott and Will.

•;(')3. Z. cruralis, Guen.

Ridgeway, Oilt. , Kilnian.

564. Z. minimalis, Grote.

Buffalo, Will.

PHILOMETRA, (irotc.

565. P. longilabris, Grote.

Buffalo, Kellicott.

566. P. serraticornis, Grote.

Ridgeway. Ont., Kilman; Buffalo, Kcllicott.

RIVULA, Guen.

-,6-j. R. propinqualis, Guen.

Lancaster, two examples taken at light and sugar, E. P. V
Buffalo, Will.

PALTHIS, Hubn.
56S. P. angulalis, Hubn.

Common, July.

569. P. asopialis, Guen.

Occurs less frequently than the preceding.

PHALENOPHANA, (xrote.

570. P. rurigena, Grote.

Not uncommon.

RENIA, Guen.

571. R. discoloralis, Guen.

Buffalo, Kellicott.

572. R. centralis, Grote.

Buffalo, KelUcott.

573. R. larvalis, Grote.

Lancaster, July, E. P. V.

574. R. flavipunctalis, Geyer.

. Buffalo, Will.

575. R. Belfragei, Grote.

Not uncommon in open woods.

BELEPTINA, Guen.

stcr, near woods, 1
HYPENA, Faljr.

;7f). B. caradrinalis, Guen.

Rare. Lancaster, near woods, E. P. V.

577. H. Baltimoralis, Guen.

Lancivster, June, E. P. V.; Ridgeway, Ont., Kilman.

147

578- H. bijugalis, Walk.

Lancaster, E. P. V.

57(j. H, abalienalis, Walk.

Occasional. May and June.

580. H. achatinalis, Zell.

Lancaster, E. P. V.

581. H. profecta, Grote.

552. H. deceptalis, Walk.

Lancaster, E. P. V.

5 53. H. perangulalis, Han^ey.

Ridgeway, Ont. , Kilman.

584. H. vellifera, Grote.

Ridgeway, Ont., Kilman.

5S5. H. evanidalis, Rob.

Common.

580. H. scabra, Fabr.

Common everywhere.

EULINTNERIA, Grote.

587. E. bifidalis, Grote.

Not uncommon. May and June.

FAMILY GEOMETRID.^.

CHCERODES, Guen.

588. C. clemitaria, Abb. &• Sm.

Rare. Lancaster, E. P. V.

589. C. transversata, Drury.

Common. July to Sept.

TETRACIS, Guen.

590. T. crocallata, (juen.

591. T. lorata, Grote.

METANEMA, Guen.

592. M. quercivoraria, Guen.

Buffalo, Kellicott.

593. M. inatomaria, Guen.

Ridgeway, Ont., Kilman.

594. M. carnaria, Pack.

Not Common. Lancaster, Aug., E. P. V.. and elsewhere,

CABERODES, Guen.

595. C. confusaria, Hubn.

148

ENNOMOS, Tr.
5()6. E. alniaria, Linn.

Not infrequently taken ut rest on trees unci fenees. Sept. iind
Oct.

EUDALIMIA, Hubn.

5^7. E. subsignaria, Hubn.
Oceasional.

SELENIA, Hubn.
59S. S. Kentaria, G. & R.

Buffalo, Kellicott ; Riclgeway, Ont. , one example of the large
variety decribed by Paekard on page 526 of his Monograph,
taken April 29th 1890 by Mr. Kilman.

AZELINA, Guen.

599. A. Hubnerata, Guen.

Rare. Lancaster, June, ui light, E. P. V. ; Ridgeway, Ont.,
Kilman.

ENDROPIA, (xuen.

600. E. serrata, Drury.

Lancaster, Aug., at light, E. P. V.

601. E. effectaria, Walk.

Lancaster, E. P. V.; Ridgeway, Ont., Kilman.

f)02. E. bilinearia, Pack.

Lancaster, E. P. V.

603. E. textrinaria, G. & R.

Portage Falls, May 30th 18SS, E. P. V.

604. E. marginata, Minot.

Lancaster, one example. May, E. P. V.

605. E. hypochraria, H. & S.

Occasional.

606. E. duaria, Guen.

Lancaster, E. P. V. ; Buffalo, Will.

THERINA, Hubn.

607. T. fervidaria, Hubn.

Common in woods.

60S. T. seminudaria, Walk, (=^ bibiilaria, G. & R. )
Buffalo, Kellicott.

METROCAMPA, Guen.

609. M. margaritata, Linn.

Occasional in deep woods. Aug.

ANAGOGA, Hubn.

610. A. pulveraria, Linn.

Ridgeway, Ont., Kilman.

149

SICYA, Guen.
f)ii. S. macularia, Harris.

Not rare among rank vegetation in ravines at Lancaster and
elsewhere. Jnly.

ANGERONA, Dnp.
(ii2. A. crocataria, Fabr.

Common. July to Sept.

NEMATOCAMPA, Guen.
613. N. filamentaria, Guen.

PLAGODIS, Hubn.
(114. P. serinaria, Pack.

"A series taken at Portage in May 18S3, showing a gradation
from the ordinary form to P. rosaria, G. & R.," Kellicott.

615. P. rosaria, G. & R.

Not infrequent. (Bui. Buff. Soc. Nat. Sci. Ill, p. 131).

f)i(i. P. Keutzingaria, Guen. var.

Ridgeway, Ont., Kilman.

617. P. phlogosaria, Guen.

Occasional. Lancaster, April, E. P. V.

()iS. P. alcoolaria, Guen.

HYPERETIS, Guen.
6i(j. H. amicaria, H.-S.

APLODES, Guen.

fi2o. A. rubromarginaria, Pack.

Rare. Lancaster, E. P. V.

()2i. A. mimosaria, Guen.

Moderately abundant. June.

SYNCHLORA, (xuen.
()22. S. rubivora, Riley.

Buffalo, Kellicott.

NEMORIA, Hubn.

623. N. subcroceata, Walk.

"Abundant on dunes at Pt. Abino, June 7. 1886", Kellicott.

EUCROSTIS, Hubn.

(124. E. chloroleucaria, Guen.

A common species in open woods. Also taken at sugar and
light. Aug.

DYSPTERIS, H. & S.
625,. D. abortivaria, H.-S. ,

Lancaster, June, E, P. V.; Ridgeway, Ont., Kilman.

150

EPHYRA, Du]).
(i2(i. E. pendulinaria, Tiiien.

EUPHANESSA, Pack.

627. E. mendica, Walk.
Common.

ACIDALIA, Treits.

f)2S. A. insulsaria, Guen.

"Buffalo", Grote. (Packard's Monog, p. 335; also Proc. Ent.
Soc. Phil. I, p. 347: and Can. Ent. Ill, p. 103; ^persimilata).

"Ridgeway, Ont. From pnpa found spun to leaves of Ta.xiis,
Aug.", Kellicott.

f)2(). A. nivosata, Guen.

Common in open woods and weedy copses. Jtily.

030. A. inductata, Guen.

Common. Aug. and Sept.

f)3i. A. quadrilineata, Guen.

Not uncommon. Lancaster, Aug. and Sept., E. P. V.

()32. A. enucleata, Guen.

(133. A. ordinata, Walk.

Ridgeway, Out., Kilman.

ASTHENA, Ilulni.
034. A. lucata, Guen.

Rare. Lancaster, E. P. V.

635. A. albogilvaria, Morr.

Mf)derately a'bundant.

STEGANIA, Guen.
630. S. pustularia, Guen.

Rather rare. Buffalo and Lancaster, E. V. \ .

DEILINIA, Hul)n.

(>37. D. erythremaria, (luen.

Lancaster, June 6th 1S7S, E. P. V.

CORYCIA, Du].,
638. C. vestaliata, (luen.

Common, June.

631). C. semiclarata, var. albata, Guen.
Ridgeway, Ont., Kilman.

EUMACARIA, Pack.
640. E. brimnearia, Pack.

"Hulfalo, larva' on wild red cherrv", Kellicott. (Sec Can. Ent.

y.\\\. p. 32).

151

SEMIOTHISA, Hnbn.

041. S. bisignata, Walk.

Lancaster, May and June, E. P. V. ; Buffalo, Will.

U^2. S. enotata, Gnen.

643. S. granitata, Guen.

"Portage Falls, June," Kellicott.

PHASIANE, Dup.

644. P. mellistrigata, Grote.

Occasional. Lancaster, E. P. V.; "Buffalo", Grote. (Bui.
Buff. Soc. Nat. Sci. I, p. 12).

MARMOPTERYX, Pack.

645. M. strigularia, Minot.

Ridgewav, Ont., Kilman.

THAMNONOMA. Led.
(i^f). T. wavaria, Linn.

Rare. Lancaster, in deep woods, E. P. V.

647. T. subcessaria, Walk.

Buft'alo, Kellicott; Ridgeway, Ont., Kilman.

f)48. T. coortaria, Ilulst.

Lancaster, one example taken July 13th 18S8, E. P. ^^ Kindly
determined for me by Rev. Geo. I). ITulst.

LOZOGRAMMA, Steph.

(149. L. lactispargata, Walk.

Of rare occurrence. I^ancaster, E. P. V.

f)5o. L. detersata, (nien.

Buffalo, Kellic(.tt.

r.51. L. defluata, Walk.

Lancaster. June 27tli 1S78, E. P. V.; Buffalo, Kellicott.

EUFITCHIA, Pack.
f)52. E. ribearia, Fitch.

Abundant and somewhat injurioiis.

CARIPETA, Walk.
(153. C. divisata, Walk.

Rare. Lancaster, E. P. V. ; Aurora, July 12th 1890, Miss.
A. M. Crawford.

FIDONIA, Tr.
()c;4. F. truncataria, Walk.

Local. East Concord, Maj- 18th 1889, not uncommon on the
borders of a bog fl^nng about low bushes of Aiit/roi/wc/a and
/ 'aid Ilium.

152

(.5?. F. notataria, Walk.

Not uncommon around swampy s])ots in deep woods. May
and June.

LYTHRIA, Hubn.
(,3(>. L. chamaechrysaria, (irote.

"Buffalo", Grote, (Bui. Buff. Soe. Nat. Sei. I, i). 13.); "Ivar-
v;e on honeylocust," Kellicott.

HiEMATOPIS, Hubn.
f)|;7. H. grataria, Fabr.

CATERVA, (^rote.
()58. C. catenaria, Drury.

Buffalo, Fischer and Will.

ASPILATES, Treits.

f>59. A. Lintneraria, Pack.

Ridseway, Ont. , Kilman ; Buffalo, Will.

CLEORA, Curtis.
(>l)0. C. pulchraria, Minot.

Not uncommon on trunks of ('(ntifrrce.

HEMEROPHILA, Staph.
()()!. H. unitaria, H. eV S.

CYMATOPHORA, Hubn.

()62. C. umbrosaria, Hubn.

Lancaster, Aug. 1SS3, one example, E. P. V.

f)63. C. larvaria, (nien.

Buffalo, Kellicott.

6()4. C. humaria, Guen.

Ridgeway, (hit., June, E. P. \'.

f)fi|^. C. pampinaria, Gnen.

Common in woods. July.

()(i(i. C. crepuscularia, Tr.

Buffalo, Kellicott.

TEPHROSIA, Boisd.

Uq. T. Canadaria, (hien.
P,uffalo. Will.

068. T. cribrataria, (nien.

Ridgeway, Ont, Kilman.

PARAPHIA, Guen.

(.C,(). P. deplanaria, Guen.

ivancaster, a single example taken in July 1SS2, E. P. V.

153

BISTON, Lcuch.
C)7o. B. ursarius, Walk.

Rare. Lancaster, April iSth 1SS2 at light, also in late
autumn, E. P. V. ; Buffalo, Will.

EUBYJA, Hubn.

671. E. cognataria, (iuen.

Not rare. Lancaster, larva> on apple, E. P. V.

672. E. quernaria, Abb. & Sni.

Ridgeway, Ont. , Kilman.

HYBERNIA, Latr.
C173. H. tiliaria, Harris.

Quite common in late autumn flying by day in orchards and
woods. Lancaster, Nov., Buffalo, Oct,, abundant at light,
E. P. V.

PHIGALIA, Dup.
C174. P. strigataria, Minot.

Lancaster and Buffalo, April, E. P. V.

OPEROPHTERA, Hul)n.
075. O. boreata, Hubn.

This late autumnal species may be found flying about the
borders of woods and copses through the month of November,
and like the Hybernia tiliaria will brave a temperature but
little above the freezing point. It is more common than its
belated companion and like that species is a day-flyer.

HETEROPHLEPS, H.-S.

O7O. H. Harveiata, Pack.

Rare. Lancaster, E. P. V.

077. H. triguttaria, H.-S.

Common in damp woods and ravines. Aug.

BAPTRIA, Hubn.
67S. B. aibovittata, Guen.

Occasional, June.

LOBOPHORA, Curtis.
079. L. geminata, Grote.

Rare. Lancaster, April lotli, Concord, May iSth, E. P. V.

680. L. anguilineata, Grote.

Lancaster, May, taken on the wing in woods, E. P. V.

f)8i. L. vernata, Pack.

Buffalo, May, E. P. V. ; also taken by Prof. Kellicott at West
Seneca early in April.

1^)1

TRIPHOSA, Curlis.
f)S2. T. indubitata, (Irole.

Of raix' occurrence. Lunciislcr, Nov. 1SS2; Buffalo. Nov
- 2 1 St 1890, at rest. K. P. V.

HYDRIA, Huhn.
f''^3. H. undulata, Linn.

Xol unconnnon at li;<lit and on the wing in woods. June to
Aug.

PHIBALAPTERYX, Steph.
684. P. latirupta, Walk.

Common. Aug.

6S5. P. intestinata, Guen.

Lancaster, Aug, 1SS2, one example taken, E. P. V.

ANTICLEA, Steph.
680. A. vasaliata, (nien.

Ltmcaster, June 7th 187S, E. P. V.

RHEUMAPTERA, Hubn.

6S7. R. ruficillata, Guen.

Common, June, (see Packard's Monograph, p. 153).

()8S. R. intermediata, Guen.

Buffalo, Will; Ridgeway, Ont., Kilman.

68g. R. lacustrata, (tUch.

Common at rest on barns, fences Szc. and in open woods.

()()<j. R. unangulata, Haw.

Lancaster, April 17th 187S, E. P. V.

(h)1. R. hastata, Linn.

Infrequent. Lancaster, Aug., E. P. V. ; Ridgeway, Ont.,
Kilman: Buffalo, Grote, (Packard's Monograj^h. p. 165).

OCHYRIA, Hubn.
()()2. O. ferrugata, Linn.

Ridgeway, Ont., Kilman.

693. O. designata, Hubn.

Of frequent occurrence with Rhcuiiiaplcra lacustrata and
ruficillata. May and June.

694. O. munitata, Hubn.

With the last but less abundant.

PETROPHORA, Hubn,

695. P. diversilineata, Hubn.

Common, July to Sept.

155

6(/.. P. hersiliata, Guen.

Ridgeway, Ont., Kilman.

697. P. truncata, Hubn. var.

Lancaster, Sept., E. P, V. ; Buffalo, Will.

HYDRIOMENA, Hubn.

698. H. trifasciata, Borkh.

Buffalo, June i6th 1S88, E. P. V,

()()(). H. traversata, Kellicott.

One example taken at Lancaster in 1883 and evidently distinct
from irifasciata was shown to Prof. Kellicott and by him
doubtfully determined as identical with his traversata.

EPIRRITA, Hubn.

700. E. perlineata, Pack.

Occasional. Lancaster, April 20th, 1878, E. P. V.

PLEMYRIA, Hubn.

701. P. fluviata, Hubn.

Common. April to August.

702. P. multiferata, Walk.

Abundant in most localities from May to Sept.

GLAUCOPTERYX, Hubn.

703. G. cumatilis, G. <& R.

Occasional. Lancaster, June. E. P. V. ; Buffalo, Will, Grote.
(See Ann. Lye. Nat. Hist. N. Y. VHI, p. \<ii2).

EUPETHECIA, Curtis.

704. E. miserulata, Grote.

Not uncommon.

705. E. absynthiata, Linn.

Common on trees m open woods. April and August.

FAMILY PYRALID^.

ASOPIA, Treits.
7o(). A. farinalis, Linn.

7(J7. A. costalis, Fabr.

708. A. olinalis, Guen.

Ridgeway, Ont., Kilman.

709. A. himonialis, Zell.

Lancaster, July, about Phytolacca, E. P. V.

710. A. squamealis, Grote.

"Buffalo," Grote. (Bui. Buff. Soe. Nat. Sci. L P- 172; U, p.
229 and Hayden Bui. IV, p. 672).

156 •

CORDYLOPEZA, Zell

711. C. nigrinodis, Zcll.

"Near Buffalo," Grotc, (Haydeii Hal. IV, p. (173;.

SCOPARIA, Haw.

712. S. centuriella, S. A'.

Buffalo, not uncommon in 1890, E. P. X., Will, <S:c.

713. S. libella, Grote.

Moderately abundant everywhere on tree trunks, July &:e.

BOTIS, Sebrank.

714. B. octomaculata, Linn.

Ridgeway, Ont., Kilman. "Buffalo." Grote. (Hy. Bui. IV.
P- 675)-

715. B. generosa, G. & R.

Lancaster, June, E. P. V'. ; Buffalo, Will,

716. B. signatalis, W^alk.

Ridgeway, Ont., Kilman.

717. B. sumptuosalis, Walk.

Lancaster, E. P. V. ; Ridgeway, Ont., Kilman.

718. B. Harveyana, Grote.

Buffalo, September, at light.

719. B. badipennis, Grote.

Ridgeway, Ont., Kilman.

720. B. sociaiis, Grote.

Lancaster, July, larva; on Eiionyiiiiis, E. P. \'. : Ridgeway.
(^nt, Kilman; Buffalo, Will. Grote. (Hy. Bui. IV, p. G78.)

721. B, marculenta, G. & R.

Buffalo, Will.

722. B. submedialis, Grote.

Ridgeway, Ont., Kilman.

723. B. gentilis, Gi'ote.

Not uncommon. Sept.

724. B. quinquelinealis, Grote.

Buffalo, Will.

725. B. fissalis, Grote.

"Buffalo," Grote. (Hy. Bui. VI. p. 273).

726. B. ditritalis, Guen. {:^=feudalis Grote).

Buffalo, Will.

727. B. terrealis, Treits.

Lancaster, Mav, E. P. V.

151

72S. B. venalis, Grote.

"Buffalo," (Jrote. (Can. Ent. X, p. 24, and Hy. Bui. IV,
p. 6S0).

72(). B. illibalis, Hubn.

Buffalo, E. P. V. ; Ridgeway, Ont., Kilman.

730. B. plectilis, G. S: R.

Lancaster, June, E. P. V. ; Ridgeway, Ont., Kilman.

731. B. adipaloides, G. <!v R.

Taken occasionally by all our local collectors.

732. B. subolivalis, Pack.

• Lancaster, at times not uncommon about Antennarz'a
plantagiiiifolia, upon which its larvfc live, E. P. \.

733. B. niveicilialis, Grote.

Ridgeway, Ont., Kilman.

EURYCREON, Led.

734. E. chortalis, Grote.

Buft'alo, Will.

NOMOPHILA, Hubn.

735. N. noctuella, S. \'.

Common everywhere, especially aboiit street-lamps, in Sept.

MESOGRAPHE, Hubn.

730. M. stramentalis, Hubn.

Not uncommon and widely di?;tributed. June to August.

CROCIDOPHORA, Led.

737. C. tuberculalis, Led.

Lancaster, E. P. V. ; "Buffalo," Grote (Can. Ent. X, p. 28.)

73S. C. serratissimalis, Zell.

"Buffalo," Grote (Can. Ent. X, p. 28,; 15ul. Buff". Soc. Nat.
Sci. I, pp. 173-174, subdaitalis).

PANTOGRAPHA, Led.
73(). P. limata, G. & R.

•Not common but generally distributed.

BLEPHAROMASTIX, Led.

740. B. ranalis, Guen.

Buffalo, Will; Ridgeway. Ont., July, Kilman.

EUDIOPTIS, Hubn.

741. E. hyalinata, Linn.

Buffalo, one example, Moeser,

158

DESMIA, Westw.

7 4'-'. D. maculalis, Westw.

Common. July.

743. D. subdivisalis, (rrote.

Ridge\vay, Out., Kilman.

CINDAPHIA, Led.

744. C. bicoloralis, Guen.

Lancaster, Aug., E. P. \'.

OLIGOSTIGMA, (nien.

745. O. albalis, Rob.

Buffalo, Will; Squaw Isd., Niagara River, E. P. V.

HYDROCAMPA, (hien.
74(1. H. genuinalis, Led.

Lancaster, July 31st 1S78, E. P. \'. ; Ridgeway, Ont., Kilman.

CATACLYSTA, Hubn.
747. C. fulicalis, Clern.

Lancaster, June, extremely abundant among willows near
the creek, E. P. V.; Ridgeway, Ont., Moffat. (Can. Ent.
XVn, p. 31), and elsewhere.

SALUDA, Hulst.
74S. S. asperatella, Clem.

Ridgeway, Ont., Kilman.

ACROBASIS, Zell.
740. A. demotella, (Irote.

Ridgeway, Ont., Kilman.

DIORYCTRIA, Zell.

750. D. abietella, S. V.

Buffalo, July loth 18S8, E. P. V.

PINIPESTIS, Grote.

751. P. Zimmermani, Grote.

Pine Hill, Cheektowaga. C.D.Zimmerman: lUift'alo and
(iowanda, Kellicott ; See further ITy. Bid. Y\, p. 5S9: Can.
Ent. IX, p. 161 ; X. p. 20. XL p. 114; ^lud XII, p. 59; and Tr.
Am. Ent.Soc. XVII, p. T37.

MEROPTERA, Grote.

752. M. pravella, Grote.

Lancaster, June 14th 1S79, E. P. V.

ZOPHODIA, Hubn.

753. Z. grossulariae, Pack, \-^. Da/cnuna luriialrlla, C.rote).

Lancaster, E. P. \'.

159

EUZOPHERA, Zell.

754. E. semifuneralis, Walk.

Lancaster, July 3rd, E. P. \". ■

VITULA, Rag.

755. V. Edmandsii, Pack.

Buffalo, June 13th 18S.S, E. P. V.

HONOR A, Grote.

7Sf). H. oblitella, var. inniiilatella, Clem.

"Niagara Falls", Clemens, (see Hy. Hul. IV, p. 099 and Tr.
Am. Ent. Soc. XVII, p. 1S7).

PLODIA, Guen.

757. P. interpunctella, Hubn.

Common everywhere, especiallv about feed stores and llour-
iug mills.

PEORIA, Rag. *

75S. P. haematica, Zell.

Lancaster, E. P. V.

ARGYRIA, Hubn.
7-19. A. nivalis, Drury.

Lancaster, not uncf)mmon through July and Aug. and else-
where, E. P. \'.

CRAMBUS. Fabr.

760. C. Girardellus, Clem.

Ridgeway ( )nt., Kilman.

761. C. Leachellus, Zinck.

Ridgeway, Ont., Kilman.

762. C. agitatellus, var. alboclavcliiis, Schl.

Ridgeway, Ont., Kilman.

763. C. bipunctellus, Zell.

Ridgeway, Ont., Kilman.

7(14. C. laqueatellus, Clem.

Lancaster, E. P. V.

765. C. erinactellus,

This name was given me many years ago by Mr. A. R. Grote
for an insect taken by me at Lancaster, but, as I fail to find it
in any list, it is probably the result of a clerical error on my
part in copying his manuscript.

7(16. C. topiarius, Zell.

Ridgeway, Ont., Kilman.

707. C. exsiccatus, Zell.

Common. July and Aug,

160

7()S. C. caliginosellus, Clem.

LancaskM-, Sept., Iv I'. V.

-6(). C. fuscicostellus, Zell.

Lancaster, one exani])le, Iv P. \'.

770. C. ruricollelus, Zell.

Ridi^eway, Ont., Kilnian.

771 C. vulgivagellus, Clem.

Common. Ivancaster, Rnffalo, i!<:e. Sept. l""reqnently taken
al)oMt the citv street lamps.

SCHCENOBIUS, Dup.

772. S. Clemensellus, Rob.

Hnffalo, Will; Ridgeway, Out., Kilman.

GALLERIA, Fabr.

773. G. cerella, Linn.

T^ OTK.
During the printing of the present list four species f)f Macro-Lepi-
doptera have for the first time been taken within our limits and these are
now added to make the list complete to date, vSept. gth, 1S91.

24'4. Phyciodes Batesii, Reak.

Crowanda, Jnne 24th tS()t, E P. \'.

f)S;^. Nisoniades Icelus, Lintn,

(iowanda, June 24th iSqi, E. P. \'.

1 7614, Isa inornata, G. S: R.

Buffalo. JulviSiji, Ottomar Reinecke.

332)4 Mamestra desperata, Smith.
Buffalo, Fischer.

Index of Generic Names.

Achatodes

Acidalia

Acrobasis

Actias

Actinotia

Adelphagrotis

Adipsophanes

Adoneta

Aegeria

Agrotis

Aletia

AUotria .

Alypia

Ampelophaga

Am phi on

Anagoga

Anchocelis

Ancyloxypha

Angerona .

Anisota .

Anticlea

Anytus .

Apatela

Apatelodes

Aplodes

Arctia

Argynnis

Argyria

Arsilonche

Asopia

Aspilates

Asthena

Audela

Azelina .

Baptria

Bembecia

Biston

Blepharomastix

Bleptina

Botis

Brotis

134
f5"
15S
122
132
127

135
120
116
127
139
144
116
113
113
148
136
I II

'49
123

T54
129
125
120
149
118
108

159
124

155
152
150
125
14S
153
"5
153
157
146
156
145

Brotoloniia

Bryophila .

Caberodes

Callimorpha

Callosamia

Calocampa

Calpe

Caradrina .

Caripeta

Canieades

Cataclysta

Caterva

Catocala

Ceratomia

Cerura

Chamyns

Charadra

Chttphora .

Chffirodes

Chrysophanus

Chytolita

Chytonix

Cindaphia

Clemensia

Cleora

Clisiocampa

Coelodasys

Colias

Cordylopeza .

Corycia

Cosmia .

Crambodes

Cram bus

Cressonia

Crocidophora

Crocigrapha

Crocota .

Ctenucha

Cucullia

Cymatophora

Danais

133
127

147
iiS
122
13S
140
135
151
129
158
152
142

114-
122
141

125
130

147
III

145
127

158
"7
152
123
121
loS
i5(^
150
136

135
159
"5
157
136

117
117
138

152
loS

9

164

Diitaiui

Deilinia .

Deiliphila

Demas

Desmia

Deva

Dianth(fcia

Dilophonota

Dioryctria

Dipteryg'ia

Diphthera

Drasteria

Dryocampa

Dyspteris

Eacles

Ecpantheria

Edema

Ellema .

Endropia

Ennomos

Ephyra

Epiglsea

Epirrita

Epizeuxis

Erebus

Eubyja .

Euchsetes .

Eucirroedia

Euclea

Euclidia

E ucrostis

Eudalimia

Eudamiis

Eudioptis

Eudryas

Eueretagrotis

Eufltchia

Euherriehia

Eulintneria

Eumacaria

Eupethecia

Euphanessa

Euplexia

Euprepia

Euptoieta

Eurycreon

Eiistrotia

Euzophera

Fatua

1 20

Feltia

• 150

Feralia

113

Feniseca

125

Fidonia

I5S

Galgula

140

Galleria

13"

Gastropatha .

. 114

Glaucopteryx

158

Gluphisia

132

Gortyna

■ 125

Grapta .

. 141

Habrostola

123

Habrosj-ne

• 149

Hadena

123

Hajmatopis

. 119

Halisidota

121

Harmonia

114

Harrisimemna

14S

Helia

. 148

Heliophila

150

Heliothis

. i3('

Helotropha

155

Hemaris

• 145

Hemerophila.

144

Hepialus

• 153

Hetero.eanipa

119

Heterophleps

■ 137

Homohadena

119

Homoptera

142

Homopyralis

149

Honora

. 148

Hybernia

112

Hj-dria .

• 157

Hydriomena

117

Hydrocampa

127

Hypena

• 151

Hyperchiria .

141

Hyperetis .

• 147

Hyphantria

150

Hypoprepia

• 155

Hyppa .

150

Ichthyura .

■ 133

Ingura

iiS

Isa .

109

Janassa

• i57

Junonia

141

Laphygma

• 139

Leptina

115

Leucarctia

165

Limacodes

Limenitis

Lithomia

Lithophane

Litognatha

Lobophora

Lophodonta .

Lozogramma

Lycsena

Lycomorpha

Lygranthijecia

Lythria

Macronoctua

Mamestra .

Marasmalus .

Marmopterj'x

Megachyta

Melipotis

Melita^-a

Meroptera

Mesographe

Metanema

Metrocampa

Microcoelia

Momaphana

Morrisonia

Natada

Nemetocampa

Memoria

Neonympha .

Nephelodes

Nerice

Nisoniades

Noctua

Nola

Nolaphana .

Nomophda

Nonagria

Notodonta

Ochria

Ochyria

Oedemasia

Oligia

Oligostigma

Oncocnemis

Operophtera

Orgyia

Orthodes

Orthosia

.120

Paehycerma

no

Pal this .

. 138

Pamphila

137

Panopoda

145

Pantographa

153

Paonias

. 121

Papilio

151

Parallelia

III

Paraphia

117

Parastichtis .

140

Parorgyia ,

152

Parthenos

• 131

Peoria

129, 160

Peridroma

• 139

Perigea

151

Petrophora

145

Phalenophana

142

Phasiane

109

Pheosia

. 158

Phibalapteryx

157

Phigalia

■ 147

Philampelus ,

148

Philometra

. 126

Phoberia

125

Phobetron .

. 136

Pholisora

121

Phragmatobia

• 149

Phyciodes

149

Pier is

no

Pinipestis

130

Plagiomimicus

121

Plagodis

112, 160

Platagrotis

12S

Platycerura .

• "7

Platypteryx

135

Platysamia

• 157

Plemyria

134

Plodia .

. 121

Plusia

134

Plusiodonta

• 154

Podosesia .

121

Polygrammate

• 132

Porosagrotis

158

Prionoxystus

• 131

Prodenia

153

Protoparce

. 119

Pseudaglossa

135

Pseudothyatira

. i3f'

Pyrameis

126
146

112
144

107
144

136
119
144

128
132
154
146

121

154
153

"3
146
144
120
112
iiS
109, I 6a
loS

158
140
149
127

125

122

123

155
159
139
140
116

126
129

123

133

"4
145
124

no

166

Pyrophila

Pyrrharctia

Pvnliia .

Raphia

Rt-nia

Rheumaptera

Rhodophora .

Rhynchagrotis

Rivula

Saluda

Sannina

Sarrothripa

Satyrus

Scepsis

Schiznra

Sch(Tenobius

Sciapteron

Scolecocampa

Scoliopteryx

Scoparia

Scopelosoma

Selenia

Semiothisa

Semiphora

Seirodonta

Sicya .

Smerinthus

Spargoloma

Sphida

Sphinx

Spilosoma

135

Stci;ania

11?

Synchlora

140

Tjuniocampa

124

'I'arache

146

Telesilla

154

Telea

140

Tephrosia ,

127

Terias .

146

Tetrads

158

Thamnonoma

116

Thecla

"7

Therina

no

Thyatira

"7

Thyreus

121

Thyris

160

Thysania

"5

Tolype

135

Tricholita

137

Trigonophora

156

Triphosa

137

Triptogon .

148

Trochilium

151

Utetheisa

127

Vanessa

121

Vitula

149

Xanthia

"5

Xylomiges

145

Ypsia

134

Zale .

114

Zanclognatha

119

Zophodia

1 5,0
140
135
140

139

122
TOS

M7
151
III
148
124
113
116

144

123

131
133
154
"5
115
118
109

159
136
13S
144
144
145

BULLETIN

OF THE

BUFFALO SOCIETY OF NATURAL SCIENCES

VOLUME V. NO. IV.

A LIST OF THE HEMIPTERA

Of JBlzj^clZo and 'Vtctruity .
By Edward P. Van Duzee.

The publication of faunal lists constitutes a very important
element in the literature of entomology as in that of other branches
of Natural History. They form the basis of our studies on the geo-
graphical distribution of the species and throw much light on the
origin of our fauna and its relation to that of other countries and
zoo-graphical regions.

But few local lists of the Hemiptera have as yet been published
in this country hence the distribution of many of our species is still
largely a matter of conjecture . Of the more important contributions
of this character may be mentioned Dr. Harris' Catalogue of the
insects of Massachusetts and Dr. Fitches' List of the Homopterous
insects of the State of New York, published in 1S51. Mr. Uhler's
List of the Hemiptera from West of the Mississippi River can hardly
be classed as a local list but it is extremely valuable for the copious
notes on the distribution of many of the species then mentioned.
From 1885 to 1891 M. L'Abbe Provancher published Vol. Ill of his
Faune Entomologique du Canada ; but, although a work of consider-
able magnitude, it has little value, owing to the many erroneous
determinations it contains and its author's limited knowledge of this
o-roup of insects. Within the last few years several local lists of more
or less value have appeared, devoted, in part at least, to the Hemip-

168

tera. These, in the order of their publication, are: — List of Ileniip-
tera from the Muskoka Lake Region of Canada by the present writer:
A List of the insects of New Jersey by Prof. J. ]*>. fSmith ; Fauna
Ottawaensis, Hemiptera, by Mr. W. H. Harrington ; and a Catalogue
of the Hemiptera of Iowa b}^ Prof. Herbert Osborn. The latter is the
most extensive and valuable local list of Hemiptera yet published in
this country although Mr. Harrington's list is probably the more
complete enumeration. Two other recent lists deserve notice here:
Mrs. Slosson's notice of the insects taken on the summit of Mt. Wash-
ington, and Mr. Cockerell's list of insects from the sub-alpine region
of Custer Co., Colorado, both of which include a few Hemiptera.

The present list enumerates all the described Hemiptera to and
including the Jassoidea known to inhabit the vicinity of Buffalo, N. Y,
The limit of 70 miles, adopted by Mr. David F. Day in his Catalogue
of the Plants of Buffalo and Vicinity, has been followed by the author
in the present list as it was in his list of our local Lepidoptera pub-
lished in 189 1, but nearly all the species have been captured within
a radius of 20 miles from this city. Most of the material here enum-
erated and the notes appended are the results of the authors own
labors through a period of nine years of collecting with the special
object of obtaining a complete representation of our hemipterous
fauna. Still many species have been added through the efforts of
other local collectors and friends of the author all of which indebted-
ness is duly acknowledged in the annotations. But a special
acknowledgement is due Mr. Alva H. Kilman of Ridgeway, Ont., who
has very generously turned over to the writer all of the Hemiptera
taken by him from the unusually rich collecting grounds near his
home. These, as will be seen, have added largely to the value and
extent of the list.

It has been deemed inadvisable to include here the Psyllidae,
Aphidae and Coccidae as but few of our species are known and any
list in these families would be extremely fragmenterj^ This is cer-
tainly the largest and probably the most complete local list of Hemip-
tera yet published in this country. In addition to the 378 species
here enumerated not less than 25 species have been taken that are as
yet undescribed and consequently cannot be included. These with
a few forms still undetermined can be published later as a supple-
mental list together with such species as may be added by future
collecting in this vicinity.

In the annotations the aim has been to give the known dates of
capture or periods of general occurrence, the comparative abundance

169

of the species at this locality and any observed peculiarity of its
habitat. Where a published statement exists of the occurrence of
any species within our district the reference has been appended.
Except in the case of a single species ( Helicoptera opaca, Say J all the
material used in the preparation of this list has been carefully
examined by the author and it is believed that errors of determination
have been mostly eliminated. Still should it fall far short of its
intended perfection in this and other respects it is hoped it may
prove of value to entomologists in general as well as to our local
collectors.

CATALOGUE OF HBMIPTERA.

Suhorder Heteroptera.
FAMILY SCUTELLERIDAE.

EURYGASTER, Laporte.

1. E. alternatus, Say.

May to October. Widely distributed but never abundant in
our district. Generally taken on swamp grasses in pastures
and uncultivated fields.

CORIMELAENA, White.

2. C. atra, Am. and Serv.

Ma)' to Jul}-. Common, the young may be found through
July.'

3. C. nitiduloides, Wolff.

Rare. Golden, Aug. rSS6. Ridgeway, Ont. , May 30, 1891.

1. C. pulicaria, Germ.

A common species everywhere throughout the season. Very
abundant at times on strawberry blossoms in May, and v/ith
the young on raspberry and blackberry bushes through July
and August. Also taken hibernating under boards early in
April.

FAMILY CYDNIDAE.

AMNESTUS, Dallas.

5. A. spinifrons, Say.

Rare. Swept from weeds in a low swampy meadow at
Ridgeway Ont. in May.

6. A. pusillus, Uhler.

Occasional in April and Ma}'.

170

CANTHOPHORUS, Muls. and Rey.

7. C. cinctus, Pal. Beauv.

July to .Sept. May be taken in low weedy fields and along
fence rows. Not common.

FAMILY PENTATOMIDAE.

PERILLUS, Stal.
S. p. circumcinctus, Stal.

Occurs on coarse weeds and on bushes and trees in July and
August. Also taken in January hibernating in dead leaves
and grass.

PODISUS, H. .Sch.

9. P. cynicus, Say.

Occasional on willows and other trees and bushes in July,
August and Sept. One specimen taken by Mr. Kilman at
Ridgeway measures 20 mm. in length. I once found a large
individual of this species with its beak deeply inserted in a
fully grown larva of Platysamia cecropia which it seemed to
imagine it could hold by bracing itself and pulling back with
all its strength! The caterpillar did not appear at all disturbed
and possibly the bug might have eaten its fill without inflict-
ing serious injury on its victim.

10. P. spinosus, Dallas.

Common. May to Sept., and in January hibernating.

11. P. modestus, Dallas.

May to September. Sometimes abundant on trees infested
with scale-insects and plant lice.

PODOPS, Laporte.

12. P. cinctipes, Say.

May to Sept. Swept from swamp grasses in low weedj'
pastures. December under leaves at the park.

BROCHYMENA, Am. and Serv.

13. B. arborea, Say,

Sept. Occasional on trees especially of birch. Taken hiber-
nating early in April.

14. B. quadripustulata, Fabr.

July and Sept. Lancaster, on hickory and american aspen.

NEOTTIGLOSSA, Kirby.

15. N. undata, Say.

May to Sept.

COSMOPEPLA, Stal.

16. C. carnifex, Fabr.

Generally abundant everywhere throughout the season but
like the next they seem especially fond of the mullen. I once
observed a remarkable gathering of these pretty insects on a
wild columbine at Ridgeway Ont., on the 31st of May. They
were present in such number as nearly to cover the plants and
were pairing, which was apparently the object of the meeting.

171

MORMIDEA, Am. and Serv.

17. M. lugens, Fabr.

May to Sept. Common on muUens.

EUCHISTUS, Dallas.

18. E. fissilis, Uhler.

Common from May to Oct. When pairing in May they, like
many other Hemiptera, are covered with a white bloom.

19. E. servus, vSay.

May to Oct. A more southern form quite rare here.

20. E. tristigmus, Say.

Abundant everywhere in trees, bi:shes and coarse weeds
from May to Sept.

21. E. variolarius, Pal. Beauv.

Occurs here from April to November, but in early summer
when fissilis and servus are most abundant this is rarely seen.
Late in autumn it frequently appears in large numbers and
may be found resting on the trunks of maple and elm trees on
our city streets, sometimes when the weather is fine, as late as
the last of November. I have even found it when there was
snow on the ground, as is the case with the squash-bug, Anasa
tristis. E. variolarius is a relentless foe to the Pulvinaria
innuftierabilis and with the Chrysopa larvae do much to keep
this pest of the maple in check.

22. E. ictericus, Linn.

June to Sept. Generally rare but taken in numbers at
Cheektowaga, June 26, 1893, on a low swampy meadow.

COENUS, Dallas.

23. C. delius, Say.

Common in dry fields and pastures throughout the season.
In September last I found a dozen or more individuals gathered
on a bruised sweet apple, the juice of which they were eagerly
imbibing.

PENTATOMA, Oliv.

24. P, juniperina, Linn.

Occasional on various trees and bushes especially willows
and junipers. May to Oct. Young in July and August.

PERIBALUS, Muls.

25. P. limbolarius, Stal

July to Sept. Rather scarce.

THYANTA, Stal.

26. T. custator, Fabr.

One nymph taken in April 1887 transformed to an imago on
May I. Very rare here.

172

NEZARA, Am. and Serv.
27. N. hilaris, Say.

This large handsome species is not uncommon on various
trees where the larvie may be found in July and August.
They reach maturity about Sept. i.

BANASA, Stal.
2S. B. dimidiata, Say.

Rare. August and Sept. On birch and other trees.

29. B. calva, Say.

Common on cedar everywhere. June to Sept. A beautiful
insect when fully colored.

ACANTHOSOMA, Curtis.

30. A. cruciata, Say.

Ridgeway, Ont. , one example taken by Mr. Kilman.

FAMILY CORIID^.
ANASA, Am. and Serv.

31. A. tristis, DeGeer. The "Squash-bug."

A common and injurious insect. Frequently found on
warm sunny days in late autumn resting on fences and out-
buildings about which it hibernates.

ALYDUS, Fabr.

32. A. eurinus, Say.

Common in dry fields in July and about flowers of the gol-
den-rod later in the season. Frequently taken immature in June.
These insects have the quick jerky flight of many wasps for
which they might easily be mistaken.

33. A. conspersus, Montd.

Occurs with eurinus but is somewhat the more abundant
form here. This recently described species may be distin-
guished from eu)iinis by its dotted membrane and gener-
ally paler colors.

3 t. A. quinquespinosus, Say.

Rare. Taken at Niagara Falls about Aug. i, by Mr. Kilman.

PROTENOR, Stal.
35. P. Belfragei, Hagl.

Occasional. Lancaster; several swept from rank grass near
a spring in August. Fort Erie, Ont.. July 4, 1891, immature.

NEIDES, Latr.
3('i. N. muticus, Say.

Common in weedy fields and pastures. The summer brood
appears about Aug. i. Taken in winter hibernating.

JALYSUS, Stal.
37. J. spinosus, Say.

Lancaster, one example swept from a swampj- meadow,
August 1SS7.

173

CORIZUS, Fallen.

3S. C. punctiventris, Dallas,

May to August. Common.

39. C. nigristernum, Sign.

May to Oct. Abundant in fields and pastures. Reac'ies
maturity about June 15.

FAIMILY LYG.^ID.-E.

NYSIUS, Dallas.

40. N. thymi, Wolff.

May to August.

ORSILLACIS, Uhlcr.

41. O. producta, Uhler.

June to Sept., common. The characters of this genus and
species seem never to have been published,

BELONOCHILUS, Uhler.

42. B. numenius, Say.

Rare. Buffalo May 12, 1889. Golden, August 1886, on
golden-rod.

ISCHNORHYNCHUS, Fieb.

43. I. didymus, Zett.

Common throughout the summer. It appears on the wing
on warm days early in April and is one of the last to resort to
its hibernaculum on the approach of winter.

CYMUS, Hahn.

44. C. augustatus, Stal.

May to Oct. Very abundant everywhere in damp fields and
pastures especially on the various species of Carex on which
the young subsist. Taken in moss in January. (See Psyche
Vol. V, p. 27,)

45. C. claviculus, Fallen.

With the preceding, but less abundant.

46. C. sp.?

One example, closely allied to luridits if not a variety of
that species, occurred while sweeping weeds at South Buffalo,
August 2, 1886.

BLISSUS, Burm.

47. B. leucopterus, Say. The "Chinche-bug."

Very abundant in dry hay fields and pastures, at times doing
serious injury, but not yet found on the cultivated cereals here.
It hibernates in moss and rubbish and may be found active
from early spring till late autumn. (See Can. Ent. XVIIl,
p. 209.)

174

GEOCORIS, Fallen.
4*^- G. borealis, Dallas.

Rather rare. Buffalo, September, taken in moss, Ridgeway,
Ont, July.

49- G. limbatus, Stal.

June to August. Moderately abundant on damp .spots in
meadows and grain fields.

OEDANCALA, Am. and Serv.

50. O. dorsalis, Say.

May to August. Common, espeeially on sedges in swampy
pastures. Young in Jvily. {'Sue Psyc/ie V, p. 27.)

CROPHIUS, Stal.

51. C. disconotus, Say.

Rare. Coldeu, one example swept from golden-rod August
14, 1886. I once took it in numbers on golden-rod at Kinzua
Bridge, Pa., in Sept.

LIGYROCORIS, Stal.

52. L. sylvestris, Linn.

June to Sept. Common.

53- L- constrictus, Say.

Rare. Hamburgh, August 3. 1890. Ridgeway, Ont., July.
Clarence, Sept., 4, 1892.

MYODOCHA, Latr.
54. M. serripes, Oliv.

Buffalo, June, one example found in a basket of strawberries.
May have been brought from Ohio.

HERAEUS, Stal.
55- H. plebejus, Stal.

Rare. Lancaster, Sept. Elma, June. Also found con-
cealed in moss in January.

PAMERA, Say.

56. P. basalis, Dallas.

Taken occasionally from May to August.

CNEMODUS, H. Sch.

57. C. mavortius.

Two examples, swept from grass at Lancaster in Oct. 1885.

SALACIA, Stal.

58. S. pilosula, Stal.

May and Sept. Taken at Buffalo, Lancaster and Ridgeway
Ont. Also sifted from moss in January.

TRAPEZONOTUS, Fieb.

59. T. nebulosus, Fallen.

Rare. September.

175

PERITRECHUS, Fieb.

60. P. fraternus, Uhler.

One example from Ridgeway, Ont, and anotherfrom Buffalo;
found in December hibernating in dead leaves, by M. C. Van-
Duzee.

SCOLOPOSTETHUS, Fieb.

61. S. Thomsoni, Reut.

May to Aug. Not uncommon among moss and rubbish in
fence rows. The long and short winged forms occur together
as with Bli'ssus leucoptertts, with which it may be found in
winter hibernating. Young in July.

EREMOCORIS, Fieb.

62. E. ferus, Say.

Rare. Golden, July; Jamestown, August.

MICROTOMA, Lap.

63. M. atrata, Goeze. {M. carbonaria, Rossi.)

Two examples were picked up on the Lake Shore at Crystal
Beach after a storm, May 30, 1891.

MEGALONOTUS, Fieb.

64. M. unus, Say.

Lancaster, Sept. 3, 1S8S, and one example, swept from weeds
at South Buffalo, by Mr. Ph. Fischer of this city.

65.

A small Lygaeid as yet undetermined was captured by me at
Crystal Beach, Ont., in May 1891 and several other specimens
were taken by Mr. Ph^ Fischer under a stone, March 30, 1894.

PELIOPELTA, Uhler.

66. P. abbreviata, Uhler.

Common throughout the season and may frequently be taken
by sifting moss and leaves in winter. The short winged form
is much the more abundant here.

LYGAEUS, Fabr.

67. L. Kalmii, Stal.

Very abundant on milk-weeds, especially in Sept. and Oct.

68. L. turcicus, Fabr.

A single example of this more southern form was taken at
Lancaster, by W. J. Palmer, Jr.

FAMILY CAPSID^.

A partial list of our local Capsidse appeared in the Canadian
Entomologist for April 1887, to which reference may be made
for additional notes on some of the species here enumerated.

BRACHYTROPIS, Fieb.

69. B. calcarata, Fallen. 2

176

TRIGONOTYLUS, Fieb.

70. T. fuficornis, Fallen.

June to August.

MIRIS, Fabr.

71. M. afifinis, Reut.

Swept from grass early in May. The summer brood reach
maturity about the middle of June and are sometimes very
abundant through July and August. r

LEPTOPTERNA, Fieb.

72. L, dolobrata, Linn.

Often appears in immense swarms toward the last of June
on grass in hay-fields and pastures.

COLLARIA, Prov.
75. C. Meilleurii, Prov.
Common.

74. C. oculatus, Reut.

Rather rare. June to August.

TERATOCORIS, Fieb.

75. T. discolor, Uhler

Buffalo. August 29, 1888.

RESTHENIA, Spinola.

76. R. insitiva, Say.

Rare.

77. R. insignis, Say.

Golden, July 31, 1S89, one example.

LOPIDEA, Uhler.

78. L. media, Say.

79. L. confluenta, Say.

Lancaster, June, on basswood.

DIOMMATUS, Uhler.

80. D. congrex, Uhler,

Common. June to Aug. (See Ent. Am. Ill, p. 33.;

HADRONEMA, Uhler.
Si. H. pulverulenta, Uhler.

Occasional. Lancaster, May and July. Colden, August.

PHYTOCORIS, Fabr.

82. P. eximus, Reut.

June to August.

83. P. tibialis, Reut.

84. P. puella, Reut.

Buffalo, Aug. 18, 1888, One example. A very delicate and
pretty species.

177

85. P pallidicornis, Reut.

A large specie^, rare here but more abundant northwardl}-.

86. P. scrupeus, Say.

Not uncommon on bladder-nut.

87. P. colon, Say.

A rare and interesting species. June to Aug. Taken on
dog-wood July 10, &c.

NEUROCOLPUS, Reut.

88. N. nubilus, Say.

On Sumach. Common.

CALOCORIS, Fieb.

89. C. rapidus.

Very common.

MELINNA, Uhler.
go. M. fasciata, Uhler.

Rare. Buffalo; July, beaten from Hickory bushes.

91. M. modesta, Uhler.

July and August. Not uncommon on pines and a few other
trees when infested with aphides (See Ent. Am. Ill, p. 69.)

LYGUS, Hahn.

92. L. pabulinus, Linn.

93. L. pratensis, Linn.

May to Oct. Common.

94. L. pratensis, var. flavomaculatus, Prov.

May to Oct., very abundant. Also taken in winter hiber-
nating.

95. L. invitus. Say.

Common.

96. L. monachus, Uhler.

Rare.

COCOBAPHES, Uhler.

97. C. sanguinarius, LThler.

July and Aug. Occasional on maple and other trees.

TROPIDOSTEPTES, Uhler,

98. T. cardinalis, Uhler.

Rare. Lancaster, taken with the young on ash in June.
Elma, June 18.

POECILOSCYTUS, Fieb.

99. P. basalis, Reut.

Very common, especially in weedy meadows.

POECILOCAPSUS, Reut.

100. P. lineatus, Fabr.

Common on wild sun-flowers and other weeds. Reaches
maturity about the middle of June.

178

loi. p. goniphorus, Sa}-.

Reaches maturity about a week earlier than lineatus.

102. P. goniphorus, var. F. Rent.

Much less abundant than marghialis, which it much resem-
l>les. May to July.

103. P. goniphorus, var. dislocatus, Say.

Not uncommon at times.

104. P. affinis, Rent.

June and July. Rare,

105. P. marginalis, Reut.

June and July. Moderately common.

SYSTRATIOTUS, Doug, and Scott.

106. S. americanus, Reut.

June to August. About rank weeds.

CAMPTOBROCHIS, Fieb.

107. C. nebulosus, Uhler.

July and Aug. On trees, rather rare.

loS. C. grandis, Uhler.

June to August. Not uncommon. Occasionally taken at
light.

ORTHOPS, Fieb.
109. O. scutellatus, Uhler.
Rare.

no. O. pastinacse, Fall. ?

Common on flowers of the Umbelliferae, from May to August.
It may frequently be found in winter hibernating under the
loose bark of elms and other trees; then the scutellum is often
of a bright clear green.

CAPSUS, Fabr.

111. C. ater, Linn.

Attains maturity about first week in June.

MONALOCORIS, Dall.

112. M, filicis, Linn.

SERICOPHANES, Reut.

113. S. ocellatus, Reut.

Rare, June.

HYALIODES, Reut.

114. H. vitripennis. Say,

Rare. Colden, July; Salamanca, August. A beautiful
species,

STHENAROPS, Uhler.

115. S. malinus, Uhler.

Lancaster, July. Not rare on rank weeds near the creek.

179

ILNACORA, Reut.

1 1 6. I. Stalii, Reut.

July and Aug. Occasional, with the last.

PILOPHORUS, Hahn.

117. P. amoemus, Uhler.

July and August. Common on pine trees infested with
aphides.

118. P. bifasciatus, Fabr.

June to August.

119. P. Walshii, Uhler.

Buffalo, one example.

MIMOCEPS, Uhler.

120. M. gracilis, Uhler.

Occasionally swept from sedges and grasses in low meadows
and pastures. June to Sept.
(See Trans. Md. Acad. Sci. I, p. 85, 1890.)

GARGANUS, Stal.

121. G. fusiformis, Say.

Jul}' and August. Not uncommon.

STIPHROSOMA, Fieb.

122. S. stygica, Say.

HALTICUS, Burm.

123. H. bractatus, Say.

124. H. apterus, Linn.

June and July. Common.

IDOLOCORIS, Doug, and Scott.

125. I. famelicus, Uhler.

126. I. agilis, Uhler.

MACROCOLEUS, Fieb.

127. M. coagulatus, Uhler.

STRONGYLOTES, Reut.
12S. S. saliens, Reut.
June.

RHINOCAPSUS, Uhler.

129. R. Vanduzei, Uhler.

June and July. Rare. Taken at Buffalo, Lancaster and
Colden. This pretty species reaches maturity early in July.
(See Trans. Md. Acad. Sci. I, p. 82, 1890.)

PSALLUS, Fieb.

130. P. variabilis, Illig.

Taken in numbers at Lancaster in Aug. 1887.

EPISCOPUS, Reut.

131. E. ornatus, Reut.

Rare. Two examples captured at West Seneca in July.

180

PLAGIOGNATHUS, Fieb.

132. P. obscurus, Uhler.

\"ery abundant here on ox-eye daisies and other flowers from
June to Sept.

133. P. Bohemani, lUig.

June to Aug. Beaten in larj;e numbers from a willow bush
at Lancaster June 28, 1889.

AGALLIASTES, Fieb.

134. A. associatus, Uhler.

135. A. pulicarius, Fallen.

136. A. verbasci, H. Sch.

FAMILY ACANTHIID^.

LYCTOCORIS, Hahn.

137. L. domesticus, Schill.

Rare. Lancaster.

DOLICHOMERUS, Reut.

138. D. Stalii, Reut.

Lancaster, one example taken under loose bark in January
by Mr. W. J. Palmer, Jr.

TRIPHLEPS, Fieb.

139. T. insidiosus, Say.

Very abundant from June to Sept. on flowers of ox-eye
daisies and other compositae,

140. T, latulus, Reut.

Several individuals taken at Jamestown, Aug. 2d, 18S9 and
one at Lancaster in July. These, especially the Lancaster
specimen, have the corium almost entirely pale but otherwise
agree very closely with Renter's description.

ANTHOCORIS, Fallen.

141. A. musculus, Say.

Occasionally taken on the trunks of black willow trees and
about osier bushes. This insect is sometimes very active in
the bright July sunshine about the trees that form its home.
Also taken in February hibernating.

ACANTHIA, Fabr.

142. A. lectularia, Linn. ''

The ubiquitous bed-bug.

FAMILY TINGITID^.

PIESMA, St. Farg. and Serv.

143. P. cinerea, Say.

Inhabits horsechestnut trees under the loose bark of which it
may sometimes be taken in winter.

181

ACALYPTA, Westw.

144. A. sp.

One example of an apparently undescribed species of this
genus was taken by me at Ridgeway, Ont., May 31st, 1S86.

CORYTHUCA, Stal.

145. C. ciliata, Say.

Abundant everywhere on sycamore. In winter they may be
looked for under the loose bark on the north-east side of these
trees. The insects of this genus are beautiful objects under a
lense.

146. C. arquata, Say. (=C. juglandis, Fitch?)

July to Sept. Common. I cannot satisfactorily separate
the small form that sometimes abounds on the under surface
of osier leaves from the larger form occurring on various trees.
Both present individuals without the elytral spines, and I can-
not make out any constant variation in the form of the scutellar
carina as mentioned by Dr. Stal, nor of the arquation of the
elytral costa used by Dr. Fitch to seperate his species from
that of Say.

If this species is divisible I do n-jt think the salient characters
have as yet been pointed out.

147. C. sp.

Nut uncommon on oaks from May to Sept.

14S. C. marmorata, Uhler.

July to Sept. A pretty little species, sometimes quite abun-
dant on bushes in clearings.

GARGAPHIA, Stal.

149. G. tiliae, Walsh.

Abundant on basswood in July.

FAMILY ARADIDyE.

(A list of the North American species of this family, by
Dr. Bergroth, appeared in the Trans. Ent. Soc. of Wash., Vol.
II, pp. 332-338, Dec. 1892.)

ARADUS, Fabr.
(Dr. Bergroth has kindly determined my material in this
difficult genus but as the specimens have not yet been returned,
I can give but few dates. The localities are from his notes
and are correct.)

150. A. 4-lineatus, Say.

Lancaster, N. Y. and Ridgeway, Ont.

151. A. robustus, Uhler.

Golden, East Concord. The latter were taken near the bog
swamp, May i8th, 1889.

182

152- A. Duzei, Berg.

Ridgeway, Out. (See Trans. Enl. Sou. Wash. 11, p. 333.)

153. A. similis, vSay.

Lancaster.

154- A. crenatus, Say.

Ridgeway, Ont. Two of these Ridgeway species were
among the material kindly given me by Mr. Kilman but with-
out the specimens I cannot locate them.

155- A. lugubris, Fallen. {=rec(!es. Say.)

Ridgeway. Out., Buffalo, on a window m June. Hamburgh,
Aug., Golden July 1886. At the latter locality several individ-
uals appeared on the trunk of a small maple tree about 5 o'clock
every afternoon. They were very active, leaping and sporting
about in the rays of the declining sun as flies of the Tachinidas
frequently do. The reflection of the sunlight from their white
glassy wings made these little black bugs look like drops of
silver as they darted from point to point, and their activity
made it next to impossible to capture them or even to trace
them with the eye.

156. A. abbas, Berg.

Golden. (See Trans. Ent. Soc. Wash. II, p. 334.)

ANEURUS, Curtis.

157. A. inconstans, Uhler.

Taken under dead birch bark in all stages of development,
from February to April.

FAMILY PHYMATID.^.

PHYMATA, Latr.

158. P. fasciata, Gray. {^Wolffii, Sial,=erosa, Auct.)

July to Oct. Common, especially on flowers of the golden-rod.

FAMILY NABID^.

PAGASA, Stal.
159- P. nitida, Stal.

One specimen taken from under a rotting log at Lancaster,
July 12, 18S9.

CORISCUS, Schranck.
160. C. subcoleoptratus, Kirby.

Common everywhere from July to Sept. The young in their
earlier stages quite strongly resemble our common black ants
and may be found in similar situations on golden-rod and other
weeds and bushes. They reach maturity about July ist but
here rarely acquire wings. A single macropterous example
occurred to me while sweeping weeds near "the ledges'' at
Buffalo Park, June 25, 1887.

183
tOi. C annulatus, Rent.

Rare. At Lancaster it occurred in numbers on rank vegeta-
tion along Cayuga Creek, in Aug. 18S7.
1O2. C. rufusculus, Reut.

^lay to Sept. Not uncommon.
1G3. C. ferus, Linn.

Abundant from June to Oc\ in meadows and pastures, in
company with ru/uscuhis and punctipes. These insects must
hibernate as adults, as I have taken both this species and the
next as early as the first week of May.

164. C. punctipes, Reut.

May to Sept. Common. Occurs wxWx ferns but seems to
prefer dam[)er and more weedy meadows.
105. C. propinquus, Reut.

Not uncommon in jolaces on the reeds and water grasses on
Squaw Isd. and along the shores of Niagara River below Black
Rock, from July to Sept. Occasionally taken on swampy
meadows elsewhere.

FAMILY REDUVID^.

SINEA, Am. and Serv.
166. S. diadema, Fabr.

Common on trees, bushes and coarse weeds from July till
late autumn. The odd looking young may be found in June.

ACHOLLA, Stal.
«67. A. multispinosa, De Geer.

July to Oct. Generally much less abundant than the prece-
ding, but at one time taken in large numbers from an old oak
tree, near Lancaster, in July.

PRIONIDUS, Uhler.

168. P. cristatus, Linn.

Probably an accidental visitor. A single example was taken
in a lumber yard in this city in Sept. 1885 and presented to me
by Dr. Julius Pohlman. It may have been introduced with
lumber from the South.

DIPLODUS, Am. and Serv.

169. D, luridus, Stal.

Not uncommon on small trees in May and June. They reach
maturity about June ist.

OPSICCETUS, Klug.

170. O. personatus, Linn.

Frequently taken about houses, often at light in the evening.
The young has the peculiar habit of covering itself with dust
so it is well concealed in the corners it inhabits. This insect
feeds on vermine and is a desirable tenant of our living rooms
and offices.

BARCE, Stal.

171. B. annulipes, Stal.

Ridgeway, Ont., Aug, 6, 1887, one example,

3

ISi

CERASCOPUS, Hcinck.

1 72. C. errabundus, Say.

Rare. Lancaster and Ridgevvay, Ont., on pine trees in
August.

FAMILY HYDROBATID.^.

HYGROTRECHUS, Stal.

173. H. remigis, Say.

Rare. Colden, July 1885.

LIMNOTRECHUS, Stal.

174. L. marginatus, Say.

July to Sept. Common everywhere on running water. I
have taken the young of this species during July and the
adult in January.

LIMNOPORUS, Stal.

175. L. rufoscutellatus, Latr.

Another common species, especially on stagnant water in
ponds and ditches.

FAMILY VELIID^.

HEBRUS, Curtis.

176. H. americanus, Uhler.

Sometimes quite abundant on the surface of the water and
on wet slaty rocks in the gorge of Pipe Creek near West Falls,
Erie Co., in July and August. It could doubtless be found in
similar cool shaded ravines elsewhere in our district. This is
an active species and very difficult to capture. The fully
winged examples are rarely taken here.

177. H. pusillus, Burm.

A few specimens of this neat little species were taken on the
moist sand among rushes along the edge of Cayuga Creek, at
Lancaster Village, July 12th, i8Sg.

MESOVELIA, Muls.

178. M. bisignata, Uhler.

September. Taken wnth the nymphs in "The Bay" at the
upper end of Squaw Isd., Niagara River. Very few macroiJ-
terous examples were seen.

RHAGOVELIA, Mayr.
178^. R. obesa, Uhler.

Taken by Mr. Frank H. Zesch from a small pool on the
borders of Niagara River above the rapids, at Dufferin Island,
near Chippewa, Ont., Aug. 15, 1S94. They were present in
numbers and very active, skipping about on the surface of
the water.

FAMILY SALDID^.

SALDA, Fabr.

179. S. ligata, Say.

Taken occasionally along the shores of Lake Erie and
Niagara River, from July to Sept,

185

I So. S. littoralis, Linn.

Thus far taken here only in the gorge of Pipe Creek, near
West Falls, in July.

1 8 1. S. deplanata, Uhler.

A single example of this large species was taken Aug. 2cl,
1886, in a swale, by the railroad track at South Buffalo.

182. S. interstitialis, Say.

Several specimens of what I take to be this species were
captured on the borders of Niagara River, near Buffalo, in
Sept. 1886.

183. S. pallipes, Fabr.

Abundant from June to Sept. on the shores of Lake Erie and
along our inland streams.

1 84. S. reperta, Uhler. ?

Several examples of a little species agreeing very closely
with Mr. Uhler's descnpti m of reperta were captured at Col-
den, in July, and at Buffalo the last of August.

185. S. orbiculata, Uhler.

Rare, one specimen taken near Buffalo, in 1885.

1 86. S. humilis, Say.

Not uncommon on low swampy spots in pastures and open
woods where the water has dried away, leaving the ground
bare and moist. May to July.

FAMILY BELOSTOMATID^.

ZAITHA, Am. and Serv.

187. Z. fluminea, Sa}'.

Quite abundant in Black Rock Harbor in vSept.

BELOSTOMA, Auctor.
ij8S. B. americanum, Leidy.
Rare.

BENACUS, Stal.
189. B. griseus, Say.

April to Sept. Frequently attracted to the electric lights on
our city streets, where its large size makes it an object of
interest.

FAMILY NEPID^.

RANATRA, Fabr.
iQO. R. fusca. Pal. Beauv.

Rare. A small colony of these curious insects was discovered
in a ditch near the "Sinking Bridge" at East Aurora, Oct. 24th,
1 891, by Miss T. Marion Schlegel. It may inha .it similar situ-
ations elsewhere in our district.

186

i(ji. R. quadridentata, Stal.

A larger and paler species, three individuals of which have
occurred to me in fifteen years collecting here. One was taken
among rubbish in Cayuga Creek at Lancaster, another on
aquatic weeds at "the Bay" at the upper end of Squaw Isd.
Niagara River, in Sept. i886; the third was picked up on the
sand at Fort Erie Beach, July ijth, 1893, arter a storm.

NOTONECTA, Luin..

192. N. insulata, Kirby.

Taken in ponds at Buffalo Plains, m July. It is not uncom-
mon everywhere in stagnant pools, where there is a clayey
bottom and the water does not entirely dry away in summer.

193. N. undulata, Say.

This is a smaller and more abundant species than the preced-
ing with which it may be found through July and August. It
is very variable in the extent of its dark markings.

194. N. irrorata, Uhler.

Not infrequent in stagnant muddy pools with insulata and
iifidulata. July.

FAMILY COKISID^.

CORISA, Groft.

195. C. alternata, Say.

Common in Niagara River and in most of the creeks about
Buffalo. July and August.

196. C. Harrisii, Uhler.

Quite abundant in a pond at Ridgeway, Ont. in Aug. iSSf).

197.

C.

Excessively alwndant in the waters of Lake Erie, Niagara
River and especially in the Harbor at Black Rock, in vSept.
Also common in many ponds and small streams. I have seen
tliis species flying in swarms along the White's Corner's plank-
road at South Buffalo about dusk in the evening.

Suborder Hoiiioptcra.
FAMILY CICADID.E.

CICADA, Linn.
198. C. canicularis, Harri-;

The shrill note of this common Harvest-fly, often called "the
Locust," is a familiar sound through the heat of the day in July
and August. Though most abundant about open sunnv woods
they are frequently heard in our shaded city streets and at the
Park where the empty pupa-cases may often be found clinging
to the bark of the trees.
Note: — Tibicen rimosa, Say, should occur here and I once found at
North Collins an empty pupa-case quite different from that of
canicularis, and a Cicada's note, strange to me, was heard at
the same localit}' so I have little doubt but this species inhabits
the hills of N. Collins and probably elsewhere in our district.

18^
FAMILY MEMBRACID/I^l

Siibfaiiiily Meiiibracina, Stal.

ENCHENOPA, Am. and Serv.
109- E. binotata, Say.

A common species on thistles and other weeds in July.

CAMPYLENCHIA, Stal.

200. C. curvata, Fabr.

Common everywhere.

Subfamily Smiliina^ Stal.

CERESA, Am. and Serv.

201. C. diceros, Say.

Jnly to Sept. Common on elder bushes.

202. C. bubalus, Fabr.

June to Aug. Not uncommon on grape vines and various
bushes and trees. I have included under this name only the
large bright green form with sharp thoracic horns. The smaller
dark hairy form with short abrupt horns is the following:

203. C. taurina, Fitch.

Occurs on Willows in swampy places. At Lime Lake, Aug.
2, 1887 I took a large series of this species .showing a wide va-
riation m depth of coloring, some of the males being almost
entirely piceons black. I am in some doubt as to the correct-
ness of this determination.

204. C. brevicornis, Fitch.

July to ( )ct. Widely distributed l)n1 never abundant. This
species seems partial to basswood.

STICTOCEPHALA, Stal.

205. S. inermis, Fabr.

July and August. Not a common species.

206. S. lutea, Walk.

May to Sept. Abundant. Generally taken in the sweep-net
from weedy fields and fence-rows.

ACUTALIS, Fairm.

207. A. dorsalis, Fitch.

Occurs on Clematis virginiana in July and Aug., sometimes
in numbers.

ENTYLIA, Germ.
20S. E. bactriana, Germ.

May to vSept. Abundant everywhere on weeds especiallj'
wild sunflowers. PI siniiata, Fabr. I have not taken here nor
have I seen examples from farther north than the vicinity of
New York City.

188

PUBLILIA, Stal.
2og. P. concava, Say.

May to August. Common on thistles, asters and other
weeds. These insects attain maturity about June 15th.

210. P. nigridorsum, Godg.

Occasional with the preceding. East Concord, May iS, 1S89,
Hamburgh, June 10, 1891, Lancaster, Aug. 11, 1891. (See Rnl.
111. State Lab. Nat. Hist. Ill, p. 399.)

CYRTOLOBUS, Godg.

f=CYRTOSIA, Fitch, preoc.)

211. C. vau, ^ay.

Rare. Ridgeway, Ont. A. H. Kilman.

212. C. inornata, Say.

Ridgeway, Ont., A. H. Kilman. Formerly I applied this
name to the iemaleoi A /ymna casfanecs. (See Psyche V, pp.
389 and 391) but the present species agrees much better, in form
at least, with Say's description.

ATYMNA, Stal.

213. A. castanes, Fitch.

June to Aug. On chestnut trees, everywhere, sometimes
abundant. The females are much larger than the males and
of a clear green color.

214. A. querci, Fitch.

On oak trees, rare. Ridgeway, Ont., June, Niagara Falls,
August. In this species the females are pale greenish yellow
with a more convex dorsum than the males.

215. A. inermis, Emmons.

Rare. Colden, August ; Salamanca, Aug. 2, 1 889, Hamburgh,
July 16, 1893, on basswood, recently moulted.

OPHIDERMA, Fairm.

216. O. salamandra, Fairm.

Ridgeway, Ont., June 15, 1889. Common on oak, imagines
just appearing, Ft. Erie Beach, July 1893. Rare.

217. O

Lancaster, one example.

CARYNOTA, Fitch.

218. C. mera, Say.

Lives on hickory, sometimes quite abundant in July and Aug.

TELAMONA, Fitch.
2 [9. T. reclivata, Fitch.

July and A'ig. Frequent on Basswood. Hamburgh, July
16, 1893, imagines taken in company with the young.

220. T. monticola, Fabr.

Rare. Buffalo and Lancaster in July. Ridgeway, Out.

189

221. T. ampelopsidis, Harri'^.

July and August. On Virginia Creeper, sometimes abundant.

222. T. coryli, Fitch.

Lancaster, July 4th, 1879. Ridgeway, Ont.

223. T. fasciata, Fitch.

Occasional on hickory. Ridgeway, Ont., Aug. 7, 1SS9, Col
den, July 2, 1S93, scarcely mature. I have included T. tin/color
Fitch, as the female of this species. (See Psyche V, p. 391.)

224. T. concava, Fitch.

Rare. Lewiston, July 20 1892. Ridgeway, Ont.

HELIRIA, Stal.

225. H. scalaris, Fairm.

Lancaster, July 1887, one example.

THELIA, Am. and Serv.

226. T. bimaculata, Fabr.

Rare. BuflFalo Plains on locust. Ph. Fischer.

227. T. Uhleri, Stal.

Ridgeway, Ont., one example, A. H. Kilnian.

22S. T. acuminata, Fabr.

Golden and Lancaster in July, Ridgeway, Ont.

229. T. crataegi. Fitch.

Rare. Lancaster, on thorn bushe?.

230. T. univittata, Harris.

Rare. Gowanda, June 25, 1891.

231. T. Godingi, Van D.

June and July numbers taken on wild black cherry and scrub
oak at Buffalo Plains.

ARCHASIA, Stal.

232. A. galeata, Fabr.

Buffalo. Not uncommon on low oak and hickory bushes at
"The Plains" in July.

233. A. Belfragei, Stal.

Gowanda, June 25, 1891. Three examples beaten from oak
bushes on the "Four Mile Level."

Siibfairiih' Ccutrotida^ Stal.

MICROCENTRUS, Stal.

234. M. caryae. Fitch.

August. On hickory trees, sometimes quite abundant.

FAMILY FULGORID^.

Subfamily Dicfyopharida, Stal.

SCOLOPS, Schaum.
23:. S. suicipes, Say.

Rather rare. Lancaster in August. Larva; taken July 9th.

I'.lO

Siihjaiiiily Cixiiiia, Slal.

CIXIUS, Liitr.
23O. C. stigmatus, Say.

Rare. Ridgeway, Out., May 31, iSSG; Coldcii in July,
Lewiston. July 20.

237. C. coloepium, Fitch.

May iiud June. Fre(|ucnUy taken in the sweep-net m weedy
meadows.

23S. C. pini, F"itch.

Lime Lake, Aug. 3, 1886. Very abundant on huckleberry
bushes. Also taken at Lewiston and elsewhere in July. (Can.
Ent. XXL p. 7.)

OLIARUS, Stal.

239. O. quinquelineatus, Say.

May to July. Taken occasionally on low bushes and weeds.

240. O. humilis, Say.

July to Sept. Often abundant on grass in dry pastures and
meadows.

MYNDUS, Stal.

241. M. impunctatus, Fitch.

July. Rare.

Subfaiiiily DelpJiaciJa, Stal.

MEGAMELUS, Fieb.

242. M. piceus, Van U.

Aug. and Sept. Taken at Lancaster, Clarence and Grand
Isd., on low damp meadows.

PISSONOTUS, Van D.

243. P. marginatus, Van D.

One pair taken at Lancaster in September.

244. P. ater, Van D.

A single female example was taken near the Bedell House,
on Grand Isd., Sept. 11, 1S92.

245. P, basalis, Van D.

Ivancaster, July 4, 188S, one macropterous example.

246. P. dorsalis, Van D.

Lancaster and CoHen, one pair taken in July.

247. P. brunneus, Van D.

Several specimens have been taken at Clarence and Grand
Isd. in September.

24S. P. aphidioides, Van I).

Golden, July, "Rock City" near Salamanca. Aug. 2, tSSc).

191

STENOCRANUS, Fieb.

249. S. dorsalis, Fitch.

Rather common in swampy places about sedges, the perigy-
nia of which it closely mimics especially in the larval state.
These insects reach maturity in August and may be taken by
sweeping the grasses about their haunts till October, and again
in the spring. (Psyche V, p. 28.)

KELISIA, Fieb.

250. K. axialis, Van D.

Rare. Two specimens swept from grass in a low meadow
at Lancaster in Aug. 1886.

EURYSA, Fieb.

251. E. nervata, Van D.

A stout little msect not uncommon in meadows in June and
July.

CONOMELUS, Fieb. ?

252. C. tricarinatus, Say.

Rare. Lancaster, Aug. 1887.

LIBURNIA, Stal.

253. L. ornata, Stal.

A single example of this pretty little species was swept from
a hay field near the Jammerthal quarries at Buffalo Plains,
June 9, 1888.

254. L. pellucida, Fabr.

May to Aug. Common everywhere especially among wild
strawberry vines.

255. L. puella, Van D.

Rare. Lancaster, Aug. 1SS7. More abundant southward.

250. L. furcata, Prov. ?

257. L. Osborni, Van I).

258. L. lutulenta, Van D.

Common. May to July.

259. L. obscurella, Boh.

East Concord, May 18, 1889. Colden, July 31, 1S89.

260. L. lateralis, Van D.

Lancaster. Aug. and Sept. Not a common species.

261. L. Kilmani, Van D.

A very pretty species occasionally taken in damp rich copses.
Elma, June: Colden, July.

2'^>2. L. campestris. Van D.

May to August. Very abundant in dry pastures, where Ox-
eye daisies abound, in July and August.

263. L. lineatipes. Van D.

July and Aug. Not uncommon in dry fields,

264. L. foveata, Van D.

Portage F'alls, May 30th; Lancaster, Aug.; Clarence, Sept.

265. L. incerta, Van D.

Buffalo and Cheek towaga ; on grass in June

ACHOROTILE, Fieb.

266. A, albosignata, Dahlb.

Buffalo, May 11, 1888. Rare. East Concord, May 18, 1889,
abundant in a swampy field.

Subfamily Achilida, Stal.

HELICOPTERA, Am. and Serv.

267. H. opaca, Say.

I include this species on the authority of its describer and
Mr. P. R. Uhler. Say says:, ."inhabits near Lake Erie" which
Mr. Uhler still further localizes as "New York near Lake Erie"
so it doubtless occurs within our limits.

Subfamily Derbida^ Stal.

OTIOCERUS, Kirby.

268. O. Degeerii, Kirby.

Not uncommon, July to Sept. Generally taken on beech
and maple trees. (Can. Ent. XXI, p. 159.)

269. O. Stollii, Kirby.

One example beaten from oakat Buffalo Plains, Aug. 18, 1888.
(Can. Ent. XXI, p. 159.)

270. O. Coquerbertii, Kirby.

Not uncommon on various forest trees July to Sept. (Can.
Ent. XXI, p. 159.)

271. O. Wolfii, Kirby.

Lancaster, Sept. 3, 1888. One example beaten from a beech
tree. (Can. Ent. XXI, p. 176.)

272. O. Signoreti, Fitch.

Rare. Lancaster, Sept. 14, 1888. Two examples taken.
(Can. Ent. XXI, p. 176.)

AMALOPOTA, Van D.

273. A. Uhleri, Van D.

A beautiful little species several examples of which were
taken by myself and Mr. W. J. Palmer Jr. at Lancaster in Sept.
1888, mostly from maple trees. (Can. Ent. XXI, p. 178.)

274. A. Fitchi, Van D.

One specimen of this delicate little beauty was beaten Ijy
me from a hickory tree among the hills west of Colden village,
Aug. 28, 1892. Can. Ent, XXV, p. 280.)

193

LAMENIA, Stal.

275. L. vulgaris, Fitch.

Common everywhere from June to August on willow, thorn,
beech and other trees and bushes.

Subfaiiiily Issida, Stal.

BRUCHOMORPHA, Newm.

276. B, oculata, Newm.

Occasional on grass and weeds in August.

PELTONOTUS, Muls.

277. P. histrionicus, Stal.

Lancaster, Sept. 3, 1888, taken in numbers in a weedy pasture
overgrown with sedges. Not seen elsewhere in our district.

THIONEA, Stal.

278. T. bullata, Say.

Ridgeway, Ont., three examples taken by Mr. A. H, Kilman.

Stibfauiily Flatida^ Stal.

ORMENIS, Stal.

279. O. pruinosa, Say.

Taken occasionally on basswood, ash and other low trees
and bushes in August.

FAMILY CERCOPID^.

Subfamily Aphrophorida, Stal.

LEPYRONIA, Am. and Serv.

280. L. 4-angularis, Say.

July and Aug. Not uncommon.

APHROPHORA, Germ.
2S1. A. parallela, Say.

Common on pines at Ridgeway, Ont. in Aug and occasionally
taken wherever the white pine grows. Also taken on hemlocks
at Lancaster and Colden in July and Aug.

282. A. saratogensis, Fitch.

Rare. Beaten from pines at Water Valley, near Hamburgh,
Aug. 3, 1890 and at the cemetery at Salamanca, Aug. 2, 1889.

283. A. 4-notata, Say.

Common about bushes and weeds, especially in deep woods.
July and August.

CLASTOPTERA, Germ.

284. C. obtusa, Say.

Common on weeds and bushes in July and August and occa-
sional throughout the season.

285. C. achatina, Germ.

Colden, Aug, 1886, one example.

104

286. C. proteus, Fitch.

July and Aug. Not common. Taken in large numbers on
('o>ni/s stolonifera at Lancaster, July 22, 1889.

Super/a ini/y /dssoidea, Van J).

FAMILY ULOPTD/E.

ULOPA. Fallen.
2S7. U. canadensis, Van D.

Rare. Ridgeway, f)nt., A. H. Kilnian ; (irand Isd., near the
Bedell House in Oct. 1892, Clarence in Sept. (Trans. Am. Ent.
Soc. XIX, p. 301.)

FAMILY BYTHOvSCOPIDyE.

IDIOCERUS, Lewis.

288. I. pallidus, Fitch.

July and Aug. Common on willows especially Saiz'.x mg7-a.
Also taken on poplars.

289. I. suturalis, Fitch.

July and Aug. Occurs with the last, but is less abundant.

290. I. nervatus, Van D.

Lancaster, June 28, 1889, one example.

29 c. I. alternatus, Fitch.

Not uncommon on willows especially Sa/z.x glanca. May to
August.

292. \. lachrymalis, Fitch.

Very rare here. One example was taken by Mr. W. J. Palmer
Jr. at Lancaster and another by myself at Hamburgh, July 16,
1893 on Populns grandidentattts.

293. L crataegi, Van D.

Not rare on thorn bushes in July and August. Th's is a very
active little insect and difficult to capture when beating over
an umbrella. (Can. Ent. XXH, p. no.)

294. L maculipennis, Fitch.

July and August. On thorn bushes. Of rare occurrence.

295. I, Pronancheri, Van D.

A beautiful little insect taken occasionally from May to Aug.
on various low bushes but generally near oak or hickory. (Can.
Ent. XXH. p. III.)

BYTHOSCOPUS, Germ.

296. B. variabilis, Fitch.

Occurs rarely on birch trees from May to July. (Ent. Am.
VL p. 223.)

195

297- B. distinctus, Van D.

July and Aug. Rather rare. Taken on Populus grandi-
dentatus at Buffalo Plains, July lo, 1889: also at Lancaster,
Hamburgh, &c. (Ent. Am. VI, p. 224.)

298. B. cognatus, Van D.

One pale individual of this northern species was captured at
Lancaster, May 31, 1887. (Ent. Am. VI, p. 227.)

299. B. fenestratus, Fitch.

Rare. In my synopsis of this genus I failed to properly dis-
tinguish between this species and iii/ftor. Most of the material
there enumerated wndev fenesir at its should have been refered
to minor. (Ent. Am. VI, p. 225.)

300. B. minor, Fitch.

Frequently abundant on birch, iron-wood, itc. June to Aug.
(Ent. Am. VI, p. 225.)

301. B. pruni, Prov.

One .specimen taken near this city. (Ent. Am. VI, p. 226.)

302. B. sobrius, Walk.

Many examples were beaten from a birch tree at Golden,
July 2, 1893 and a single female was taken at Lancaster, Maj'
31, 1887. (Ent. Am. VI, p. 224.")

303. B. nigrinasi, Fitch.

June to August. Abundant everywhere on hornbeam.
(Ent. Am, VI, p. 228.)

PEDIOPSIS, Burm.

304. P. viridis, Fitch.

Another common species occuring on willows from June to
Aug., and occasionally found on poplars. (Ent. Am. V, p. 170
and Psyche V, p. 239.)

305. P. basalis. Van D.

This rare species occured in numbers on low aspen bushes
along the shore of Lake Erie, west of Ft. Erie Beach, July
10 to 20, 1893.

306. P. trimaculata, Fitch.

Rare. Gowanda, June 24, 1891; Hamburgh, July 16, 1893,
on Populus gratididentatus; Golden, July, one brachypterus
example. (Ent. Am. V, p. 172.)

307. P. canadensis, Van D.

One example beaten from a willow bush at Lancaster, June
27, 1889. (Ent. Am. V, p. 173, flavescens, and Can. Ent.
XXII, p. III.)

308. P. insignis, Van D.

Many specimens were beaten from a small bush of wild plum
at Lancaster, July 9, 1S89. (Ent. Am. V, p, 171.)

196

AGALLIA, Curtis.

309. A. novella, Say.

Common, especially early in summer. May to July.

310. A. sanguinolenta, Prov.

June to Sept. Common in fields everywhere. (Ent. Am.
V, p. 166.)

311. A. 4-punctata, Prov.

May to August with the foregoing species, sometimes very
abundant. (Ent. Am. V, p. 167.)

FAMILY TETTIGONID^.

Subfamily Tettigonniia, Berg.

TETTIGONIA, Geoflf.

312. T. hieroglyphica, Say.

Locally abundant. Portage Falls, May 30th ; Lancaster,
Sept. 3, in a swampy meadow.

313. T. bifida, Say

Sometimes quite abundaut on a fine maXte A /uncus growing
in open swampy woods and along streams, July and Aug.

DIEDROCEPHALA, Spin.

314. D. coccinea, Forst.

Common through July and Aug., especially on blackberry
bushes.

315. D. moUipes, Say.

May to Aug. Very common in damp meadows.

316. D. mollipes, var. producta, Walk.

With the last of which it is probably but a variety. Under
this name I have placed the smaller dark form with a blackish
lateral vitta beneath.

317. D. novaeboracensis. Fitch.

Locally abundant on damp or marshy meadows in July and
August. It may be found in great numbers on Squaw Isd.,
Niagara River.

HELOCHARA, Fitch.
31S. H. communis. Fitch.

Very abundant in swampy spots and on grass among willows
along the borders of ditches and streams, from May till Sept.
Pairing takes place toward the last of June when the males are
thickly covered with a white bloom.

EUCANTHUS, Lep. and Serv.
3i(j. E. orbitalis, Fitch.

Rare. Taken at Lancaster in July and August.

197

Subfamily Gyponina, Stal.

GYPONA, Germ.

320. G. 8-lineata, Say.

Of this beautiful species I have taken but one male and two
female examples; all at Lancaster.

321. G. flavilineata, Fitch (=.striafa, Burm?)

Under this name I place the large pale form with the elytra
reticulated only at apex. It is quite abundant on various plants
and trees through July and Aug.

322. G. quebecensis, Prov.

This is a smaller, darker green species with the elytra retic-
ulated almost to base. I have taken it only on hemlocks, from
July to Sept.

323. G. scarlatina, Fitch.

Occasional on hickory trees through July and Aug.

PENTHIMIA, Germ.

324. P. americana, Fitch.

Occurs rarely on hickory, maple and other trees from May
to July. Occasionally it ma3' be beaten from low bushes in
deep woods and along their borders. The male was described
by Walker as vicaria.

FAMILY JASSID^.
Subfamily Acocephalina, Van D. >

STRONGYLOCEPHALUS, Flor.

325. S. agrestis, Fallen.

One example was swept from a swampy meadow at East
Concord, May 18, 1889.

ACOCEPHALUS, Germ.

326. A. mixtus, .Say.

Not uncommon on thin fine grass in old meadows and along
roadsides and fence-rows where the ground is bedded with moss
among which the males are most frequently taken. The females
seem to wander farther and may sometimes be captured in the
sweep-net. Many males were taken under stones along the
roadside at Lewiston in July 1892.

XESTOCEPHALUS, Van D.

327. X. pulicarius, Van D.

Sometimes abundant in dry meadows from July to Sept.

328. X. fulvocapitatus, Van D.

Occurs occasionally with the preceding of which it may be
but a variety. It is larger, with 8 fulvous head and the elytra
are more coarsely maculated.

11)8

SiibfaDiily /assiiia, I 'an D.

TRIBE DORYDINI, Van D.

PARABOLOCRATUS, Fieb.
32(_). P. viridis, Uhler.

Moderately abundant in May and June, on grass in mead-
ows, where the vegetation grows rank and thick. Occasionally
taken as late as Jul3\

PARAMESUS, Fieb,

330. P. vitellinus, Fitch.

A rather rare species occurring on witch hazel, poplar and
probably other trees from June to Aug.

TRIBE DELTOCEPHALINI, Van D.

PLATYMETOPIUS, Burm.

331. P. acutus, Say.

Common on grass and weeds from June to Sept. Generally
they reach maturity about the middle of June or a little later.

332. P. frontalis, Van D.

With the preceding but much less abundant. June to Sept.
I have taken this most frequently among oak bushes at Park
side in this city. (Can. Ent. XXII, p. 112.)

DELTOCEPHALUS, Burm.

333. D. configuratus, Uhler.

A common meadow insect from May to Aug., probably in-
jurious in hay fields.

334. D. Osborni, Van D.

Rare. Five examples of this large species were swept from
sedges in a low pasture at Lancaster, Sept 3, 1888. (Trans.
Am. Ent. Soc. XIX, p. 304.)

335. D. Melscheimeri, Fitch.

May to July. Common. Of this species I have gathered my
two hands level full from the sweep-net, taken in a single turn
of about fifty yards. This was from a dry meadow near Buffalo
Park in June 1889. Considering the small size of the insect,
this means an astonishing number of individuals.

336. D. Sayi, Fitch.

A common little insect everywhere in dry meadows from
May to July.

337. D. debilis, Uhler.

June and July. Not uncommon among rank grass in low
meadows. In this species the disc of the corium is frequently
more or less covered by a blackish cloud and there may be
another on the clavus and the membrane is often blackish, It
is very near the european D. abdominalis, Fabr.

199

338. D, iminicus, Say.

Abundant in hay-fields throughout the season.

33<j. D. nigrifrons, Forbes.

Rare. Lancaster, June and Aug. 1887.

TRIBE ATHYSANINI, Van I).

ATHYSANUS, Burm.

340. A. obsoletus, Kirsch.

Rare, Lancaster, July 4th, 1888, three examples.

341. A. extrusus, Van D.

Portage Falls. May 30th, 1888. (Can. Ent. XXV, p. 283.

342. A. plutonius, Uhler.

Occasional, June to Sept.

343. A. Curtisii, Fitch.

Not uncommon in dry fields and orchards from June to Sept.

EUTETTIX, Van D.

344. E. seminuda, S.iy.

Frequently beaten from bushes and low trees in August.
Taken in June at Lancaster and in October at Buffalo on wild
black cherry.

PHLEPSIUS, Fieb.

345. P. irroratus, Say.

June to Oct. Common on bushes and trees. (Trans. Am.
Ent. Soc. XLX, p. 71.)

346. P, incisus, Van. D.

With the preceding, but rare. Buffalo, Lancaster and Ridge-
way, Ont. July and Aug. (Trans. Am. Ent. Soc. XIX, p. 73.)

347. P. humidus, Van D.

Not uncommon in damp situations, July and August. Taken
in numbers on Sagittaria and Polygonum along the railway
ditches at South Buffalo. Aug. 2, 1889. (Trans. Am. Ent.
Soc. XIX, p. 76.)

34S. P, fulvidorsum, Fitch.

July and August. Rare. Taken at Colden and Lancaster
on hemlock bushes and at Salamanca on pine. (Trans. Am.
Ent. Soc. XIX, p. 74.)

SCAPHOIDEUS, Uhler.
34g. S. itnmistus, Say.

Common in damp fields everywhere. Most frequently taken
on witch hazel and other bushes, July to Sept.

350. S. lobatus, Van D.

Rare. Lancaster, Sept. 7, 1888, W. J. Palmer, Jr.

351. S. auronitens, Prov.

Lancaster, July and August, rather rare.

200

352- S. jucundus, Uliler.

One cxHinplc lakcn al l^uncaster in August.

THAMNOTETTIX, Zelt.
353. T. clitellaria, Say.

Sometimes quite abundant on various kinds of vegetation
through June and July, and oecurs more rarely throughont
the season.

354- T. Kennicotti, Uhler.

Not infrequently taken on oak and hickory bushes at ButTalo
Plains and elsewhere, June to Sept.

355. T. melanogaster, Prov.

July to Sept. Occasional on rank grass in moist situations.

356. T. inornata, Van D.

Taken at Lancaster with the preceding in July and August,
(Trans. Am. Ent. Soc. XIX, p. 303.)

357. T. Fitchi, Van D.

July and Aug. In meadows; rather rare. Fort Erie, Ont.,
and Golden. N. Y. (Ent. Am. VI, p. 133.)

358- T. perpunctata, Van D.

Rare here, but more abundant southward. Taken at Buffalo
and Lancaster in Aug.

LIMOTETTIX, J. Sahlbg.
35(j. L. striola, Fall.

July to Sept. Locally abundant in damp meadows. Found
in great numbers at the bog-swamp near Clarence.

CHLOROTETTIX, Van D.

360. C. unicolor, Fitch.

June to August. Common on low willows in swampy lields.

361. C. tergata, Fitch.

Inhabits swampy meadows, where Carices abound, sometimes
in considerable numbers. July and August. (Psyche VI,
P- 309-)

JASSUS, Fabr. (Stal.)
3C12. J. olitorius, Say.

Occasional on hickory, basswood and other low trees and
bushes in Aug. and Sept.

CICADULA, Zett.

363. C. variata, Fall.

Lancaster, June to Sept., at times not uncommon. Taken
at Lime Lake, Aug. 3, 1886.

364. C. Slossoni, Van 1).

A single example of this pretty little species was taken by
me at Lancaster, July 12, 1S89. (Can. Ent, XXV, p. 281.)

201

3*^)5 C. punctifrons, Fall.

One example taken with the last.

366. C. punctifrons, var americana, Van I).

Abundant on low willows, June to Aug. (Can. Ent. XXIII,
p. 169.)

GNATHODUS, Fieb.

367. G punctatus, Thumbg.

Common throughout the season but more abundant in earl
spring on the fresh green grass of damp meadows.

Subfa I nil} ' Typhlocybina .

GENUS ALEBRA, Fieb.
3f)S. A. aurea, Walsh.

Lancaster, June to August. Rare.

GENUS EMPOASCA, Walsh.
3''>0. E. albopicta, Forbes.

Lancaster; Abundant on weeds in fence-rows in

May 1886; taken also in Aug. and Sept. on Apple and other
trees.

GENUS KYBOS, Fieb.

370. K. smaragdula, Fall.

This european species occurred in great numbers on weeping
birch at "The Front" in this city from June to Sept. 1889.

GENUS TYPHLOCYBA, Germ.

371. T.vitis, Harris.

Lancaster, May, not common.

372. T. vitifex, Fitch.

Common everywhere on grape vines, from May to .Sept. ;
also taken hibernating under bark, in April.

373. T. comes, Saj-.

Rare.

374. T. affinis, Fitch.

Lancaster, Aug. 10, iSSd, on wild grape.

37?. T. obliqua, .Say.

Not uncommon on wild grape vines from May to Sept.

376. T. tricincta, Fitch.

Lancaster, Rare; taken from under bark in January 1iy Mr.
W. J. Palmer, Jr.

377. T. vulnerata, Fitch.

Lancaster, Aug. Also taken in April hibernating under the
bark of hickoiy trees.

378. T. trifasciata, Say.

Lancaster &c. June and July, rather rare.

■102

570- T. querci, Fitch.

A sin.cfle specimen taken at Lancaster, July 24, 1889.

5S0. T. rosae, Harris.

Very abundant and destructive on rose bushes, June to Sept.
In a large number taken on the 8th of Sept. 1887, the females
outnumbered the males as ten to one.

(Notk: Seven other species of the typhlocybina have been
taken within our territory which appear to be still undescribed. )

During the publication of this list one species has been added and two
others determined so it now includes 381 species representing 195 genera.
Of these 123 genera and 198 species belong to the suborder Heteroptera
and 72 genera and 183 species to the Homoptera.

INDEX TO THE GENERA.

Acalypta . . .

i8i

Cicadula , . .

200

Hebrus . . .

. 184

Acanthia . .

1 80

Cixius . . .

. igo

Helicoptera . .

192

Acanthosoma

172

Clastoptera . .

193

Heliria . . .

. 189

Acholla . . .

183

Cnemodus . .

• 174

Helochara . .

196

Achorotile . .

. 192

Coccobaphes

177

Heraeus . . .

• 174

Acocephalus

197

Coenus .

• 171

Hyaliodes . .

178

Acutalis . .

. 187

CoUaria . . .

176

Hygrotrechus .

. 184

Agallia . . .

196

Conomelus

. 191

Agalliastes

. 180

Corimelaena

. 169

Idiocerus . .

• 194

Alebra . . .

201

Corisa ...

. 186

Idolocoris . .

179

Alydus . . . .

172

Coriscus . . .

182

Ilnacora . . .

179

Amalopota . .

192

Corizus , . .

173

Ischnorhynchns

• 173

Amnestus . . .

i6g

Corythuca . .

. 181

Anasa . . .

. 172

Cosmopepla .

. 170

Jalysus . . .

172

Aneurus . . .

182

Crophius . .

• 174

Jassii.s . . .

. 200

Anthocoris . .

. 180

Cymus . . . .

173

Aphrophora . .

193

Cyrtolobus . .

. 188

Kelisia . . ,

191

Aradus . . .

. 181

Kybos . . . .

20 r

Archasia . . .

189

Deltncephalus

. 198

Athysanus .

• 199

Diedrocephala .

19(1

Lamenia . . .

193

Atymna . . .

1S8

Diommatns .

. 176

Leptopterna . .

176

Di plod us . .

. 1S3

Lepyronia . .

193

Banasa . . .

. 172

DolichomeruK .

180

Libiirnia . . .

191

Barce ....

1S3

Ligyrocoris . .

174

Belonochilus .

• 173

Empoasca . .

. 201

Limnoporus . .

1 84

Belostoma , .

185

Enchenopa . .

187

Limnotrechus .

184

Benacus . .

. 185

Entylia . . .

. 187

Limotettix .

200

Blissiis . . .

173

Episcopus . .

179

Lopidea .

r76

Brachytropis . ,

■ 175

li^remocoris

• 175

Lyctocorid .

180

Brochymena

. 170

Eucanthus . .

196

Lygajus .

175

Briichomorpha .

193

Euchistns . . ,

171

Lygus . . .

177

Bythoscopus .

■ 194

Eurygaster . .

. 169

Eurysa . . .

191

Macrocoleus .

• 179

Calocoris . .

• 177

Eutettix . .

• 199

Megalonotus

175

Camptobrochis .

178

Megamelus .

. 190

Campylenchia

. 187

Garganus . . ,

, 179

Melinna

177

Canthophorus .

. 170

Gargaphia . .

. 181

Mesovelia

. 184

Capsus . . . ,

, 178

Geocoris . . .

174

Microcentrus .

189

Carynota . .

188

Gnathodus . .

, 201

Microtoma .

175

Cerascopus . .

184

Gypona . . .

197

Mimoceps .

179

Ceresa . . .

. 187

Miris ....

176

Chlorotettix . .

200

Hadronema

. 176

Monalocoris .

178

Cicada . . .

. 186

Halticus . . .

179

Mormidea .

171

204

Myndus .

. I()0

Peribalus

171

Scolop.s ....

189

Myodocha .

"74

Perillus

170

Sericophanes

178

Peritrechus . .

175

Sinea . . . .

183

Neides

172

Phlepsius . .

, 199

Stenocranus

191

Neottiij^lossa .

170

Phyraata

182

Sthenarops . .

1 78

Neiirocolpus

. 177

Phytocoris . .

176

Stictocephala

187

Nezara . . .

172

Piesma . . .

180

Stiphrosoma . .

179

Notonecta

, 186

Pilophorus . .

179

Strongylocephalus

; 197

Nysius . . .

173

Pissonotus . .

. 190

Strong ylotes

•79

Plagiognathus .

180

Systratiotus . .

178

Platymetopius

. 19S

Oedancala

174

Podisus . . .

170

Telamona . . .

188

Oliarus

190

Podops . . .

. 170

Teratocoris . .

176

Ophiderma .

18S

P<Tecilocapsus

177

Tettigonia . . .

196

Opsicoetus . .

183

Pceciloscytus .

• 177

Thamnotettix .

200

Ormenis .

193

Prionidus . .

. 183

Thelia . . . .

189

Orsillacis . .

• 173

Protenor . .

172

Thionea . . .

193

Orthops . . .

178

Psallus . . .

• 179

Thyanta . . .

171

Otiocerns . .

. 192

Publilia . . .

188

Trapezonotus .
Trigonotylus , .

174
i7()

Pagasa . . .

182

Ranatra . .

. 185

Triphleps . .

180

Pamera . . .

■ 174

Resthenia . .

176

Tropidosteptes .

177

Parabolocratus

. 198

Rhiaocapsus .

• 179

Typhlocyba

201

Paramesus . .

19S

Rhagovelia . .

184

Pediopsis . .

• 195

Ulopa . . . .

194

Peliopelta . .

175

Salacia . . .

• 174

Peltonotus . .

• 193

Salda ....

1S4

Xestocephalus .

197

Pentatoma . .

171

vScaphoideus .

• 199

Penthiniia . .

197

Scolopostethus .

175

Zaitha . . . .

185

Descriptions of some new North American
Homopterous Insects

Bv E. P. VAN DUZEE, Buffalo, N. Y.

I. IDIOCERUS, NERVATUS, n. sp.

Small, Pale green, sometimes paler and tinged with yellow beneath
especially on the face. Pronotum in clearly marked examples showing
three longitudinal pale vitta;. Basal angles of the scutellum with a blackish
spot mostly covered by the pronotum which is there discolored. Elytra
hyaline with the nervures very indistinct; the costal, and sometimes one
of the discal, pale greenish. Wings hyaline, iridescent, with strong brown
nervures which are visible through the elytra as oblique brown lines.
Tergum and at times the femora tinged with yellow. Tibia? and tarsi
green with brown spines. Length 4-4 j^ mm.

The front is broader in this species than in pallidiis, its nearest ally,
with its sides more oblique and the apex of the clypeus less abruptly expan-
ded. Two last ventral segments of the female of nearly equal length, the
ultimate a very little subangularly advanced at the middle, the edge either
side nearly rectilinear to the rounded lateral angles. Its form is thus very
similar to that of afiuvmi/s. In the males the slender plates are much shorter
than in palltdiis, extending for only about two thirds the length of the
pygofers.

N. v., N. J., Mich. Described from one male and four
female examples : One pair taken by me at Lancaster, N. Y.
June 28th, 1889; a female taken in New York City by
Mr. E. B. Southwick, another taken at Anj^lesea, N. J. May
28th, by Prof. J. B. Smith and one from Ag'ricultural College
Mich., received from Mr. G. C. Davis.

This .species may be recognized by its small size, green
color, the dusky basal angles of the scutellum, and the brown
nervures of the wings which are plainly visible through the
hyaline elytra. This may be the Bythoscopus obsolctus of Walker
but it is impossible to decide without an examination of his type.

2. PLATYMETOPIUS LORICATUS n. sp.

Small. Dark brown varied with whitish, face entirely pale yellow.
Last ventral segment of the male angularly excavated, valve broadly
vounded behind. Length, 4 mm.

Vertex well produced, subacute, twice as long on the middle as next
the eye, the edges before the eyes feebly convexly arquated, the hind edge
almost angularly excavated. Front unusually narrow, the clypeus a little

30<;

c\[);iiulcil al :ij)(.'x. IMales of the male about as long as the valve, triangu-
lar, apex' acute, the sides a little eoncavely arcuated and fringed with pale
stiff bristles.

Color dark brown tinged with reddish, irrorated and reticulated with
pale, vertex with a short white median line at tip and a few longitudinal
yellowish dashes forming an angulated broken transverse band before the
eyes. Pronotum with five obscure pale longitudinal vittai. Scutellum
paler, varied with yellow on the middle. Elytra spotted with yellowish
along its sutural nervure, the costa broadly whitish and crossed by numer-
ous oblique brown vemlets, the disc minutely reticulated with pale along
the nervures and marked by about a dozen round white dots in the areoles
a few of which are larger. Wings faintly enfumed, iridescent, with strong-
brown nervures. Face entirely yellow, the front very faintly clouded and
minutely irrorated with paler and showing an obsolete pale angular mark
at base. Breast and venter nearly black, pruinose, the disc of the plates
pale. Femora edged and dotted with pale, the tiba; pale dotted with
brown.

California. Described from four male examples received
Mr. D. W. Coquillett. This is a smaller and darker species than
acutits with the plates and valve much shorter and the face
entirely pale yellow. P. frontalis has a shorter vertex, the outer
margins of the cheeks are brown and the form of the genitalia
is quite different.

3. PLATYMETOPIUS FUSCIFRONS n. sp.

Brown, finely irrorated with pale. Elytra white reticulated with brown,
face entirely fulvous-brown minutely irrorated with pale, basal angles of
the scutellum orange-fulvous. Vertex shorter and more obtuse than in the
preceding species; hind edge but feebly arcuated between the eyes. Pro-
notum with an obscure slender pale median line. Scutellum tinged with
fulvous and marked with an orange-fulvous spot, edged with fuscous, with
the basal angles, the outer edge at base and the apex white. Elytra white
the nervures and a few reticulations within the areoles, sometimes coales-
cing, brown; Costal area crossed by about ten oblique brown veinlets:
commissural nervure yellowish.

Front broader than in the preceding species, the edges a little sinuated.
clypeus contracted on the middle. Face brown, minutely dotted with
paler, marked with a pale line behind the eyes and an angular mark on the
base of the front. Pleural pieces pale brown more or less invaded with
fuscous on their disc. Tergum blackish with a pale margin ; venter brown
irrorated with paler. Valve of the male large, sinuated on the sides, the
apex broadly rounded. Plates broad and short, but slightly exceeding the
valve, rounded at apex. Pygofers considerably surpassing the plates,
obtuse. Last ventral segment of the female short, of nearly equal length ,
across its whole width, feebly sinuated on the middle, with an obsolete
median keel below, pygofers stout, obtuse, a little exceeded by the oviduct.
Length 4J^ mm,

207

Arizona. Described from one male and two female exam-
ples received from the Morrison Collection at Cornell University.
These came labelled P. albopunctatus, Fitch, but that is a very dis-
tinct species inhabiting the United States east of the Rocky
Mountains and now known as P. frontalis^ Van D.

4. ALLYGUS COSTOMACULATUS, n. sp.

Form nearly of Jassus jiicu7idus, Uhl. Cinerous ; elytra irregularly
inscribed and marked with four brown costal spots. Length 6 mm.

Head rather tumid, broadly rounded before. \'ertex nearly flat, but
little longer on the middle than next the eye. Front rather narrow, the
sides but feebly, arcuated. Clypeus but little expanded apically. Cheeks
narrov\', scarcely surpassing the lora;, outer angles rounded. Last ventral
segment of the female feebly produced on the middle of the apical margin,
outer angles rounded ; pygofers slender, scarcely exceeded by the oviduct.

Color cinerous tinged with testaceous and clouded with the same color
on the discal areoles of the elytra. Vertex whitish before, marked with
two brown points at the tip and another above each ocellus; face testa-
ceous ; front with about six brown arcs and a brown basal line, sometimes
obscure ; two points on the disc of the cheeks and the antennal pits brown
or blackish. Legs and beneath soiled white with some brown areas on the
pleural pieces; two bands on the femora, the tips of the tarsal joints and a
row of dots at the base of the tibial spines on the posterior pair, piceous.
Abdomen testaceous, an irregular cloud on the base of the venter and the
middle of the ultimate segment brown; disc of the tergum blackish either
side of the middle. Pronotum irrorate with darker with a row of brown
points on the anterior submargin. Elytra sparcely inscribed with brown
pigment lines as in Phlepsiics omitting most of the costal region; disc of
the clavus with a brown oblique band, costa with four brown spots three
of which are near the apex ; nervures brown, the outer branch of the first
sector bearing an elongated white spot just beyond the first costal brown
point. Wings white iridescent, nervures heavy, brown.

Described from two females received from Prof. Herbert
Osborn and labelled "Texas Aaron."

5. DELTOCEPHALUS, FUSCINERVOSUS, n. sp.

Form of D. flavocostatus. Brown, varied with pale and black, elytral
areoles edged with fuscous. Length 3 mm.

Vertex y^ longer at the middle than next the eye, apex obtuse, disc
convex, pale yellowish, marked with a broad black transverse band before
the eyes, behind which is a dot near the eye, a curved line nearer the middle
and the impressed fine dark brown and behind the polished apex are two
approximate black points. Face black with a few short arcs, a broken median
Ime on the front, the disc of the cheeks and lorse and the sides of the clypeus,
pale tawny yellow. Pronotum with five abbreviated pale longitudinal vittse,
the lateral mere spots, and a few black points on the anterior submargin ;

6

308

basal angles, median and transverse lines of the scutelluni blackish. Elytra
pale, the areoles Viof-dered with fuscous and the transverse veinlets marked
with white. Breast and abdomen deep black, the narrow edges of the
abdominafl segments and pleural pieces pale. Legs pale, anterior and inter-
mediate femora twice banded with blackish, the posterior blackish without;
tibia^ with a row of black points at the Ijase of the spines. Last ventral
segment of the male long, hind edge concave ; valve small, transverse, roun-
ded behind; plates long, triangular covering the pygofers, more than three
times the length of the valve, margins straight, fringed with stout bristles.
Ultimate ventral segment of the female %. longer than the penultimate,
narrowed posteriorly, the hind edge feebly excavated with a minute rounded
median tooth, the obtuse lateral angles marked with a tawny spot; pygofers
stout, equalling the oviduct, the narrow inner edge and the base of the stout
spines pale.

California. Described from a single pair received from
Mr. D. W. Coquillett labelled Cicadula fiiscincrvosa, Uhler, M. S.
This little species agrees very closely both in color and orna-
mentation with D. pulicarius. Fallen. It seems to be subject to
oonsiderable variation in the extent of the black markings espec-
ially on the vertex but the form of the genitalia is distinctive.

6. DELTOCEPHALUS, CONCENTRICUS, n. sp.

Head miich wider than the pronotum, very feebly angled before. Ver-
tex rounded to the base of the front, but i-6 longer on the middle than next
the eye, disc quite strongly impressed. Sides of the clypeus recti'inear
and nearly parallel, Cheeks wide, outer edge deeply excavated below the
eye, Pronotum short. Valve of the male a little longer than the last ven-
tral segment, triangular, the apex with a shallow excavation either side of
an acute median tooth ; plates broad-triangular, apex obtuse ; pygofers long,
armed with a heavy brush of stout spines at the apex. Length, 4 mm.

Color black, Head fulvous ; anterior edge of the vertex with a pale trans-
verse band bordered above and below by a heavy b^ack line; disc with a
transverse black spot not attaining the margin of the eyes. Face black ;
fronts arcs, sides of the clypeus at base with the apex of the front and the
lower half of the lorae, yellow. Cheeks pale with a black cloud below the
eyes. Pleural pieces, abdominal segments and the valve at base slenderly
edged with yellow. Legs pale yellow ; base of the anterior femora and its
inferior edge, three bands on the intermediate and the posterior below, all
the tibiae on their inner eige and tips of the tarsal joints, black; spines of
the tibia? pale, those of the pygofers black. Pronotum whitish, fulvous on
its anterior border, its disc and a few marks before fuscous. Scutellum
fuscous, the margins of the apical field and two spots on the basal either
side of the middle, fulvous. Elytra whitish tinged with fulvous on the costa ;
nervures concolorous; all the areoles bordered with fuscous, the apical
enfumed.

Mountains of N. W. Colorado. Described from a single male
example received from Prof, C. P. Gillette.

309

?. ATHYSANUS GAMMAROIDES, n. sp.

Female; Deep black ; slender hind edge of the vertex, a transverse band
between the ocelli, bisinuated above, and the apex of the ovipositor fulvous.
Rostrum knees and spines of the posterior tibite pale. Length 3^ mm.

Front convex in both diameters, its length and breadth equal ; clypeus
oblong, its sides parallel, base a little elevated, apex and sides depressed.
Cheeks broad, strongly angled without where the surface is longitudinally
striated. Vertex sloping and broadly rounded before, but little longer on
the middle than next the ey^ Pronotum broad and short, ^ longer than
the vertex, its surface strongly transversely rugose, and punctured on the
anterior margin. Scutellun small, shorter than the pronotum, apex slen-
der, acute, sides concavely arquated, surface closely punctured, with two
discal impressions. Elytra short, coriaceous, roughly punctured and
shageened, together nearly square, their apex truncated, reaching onto the
second abdominal segment, Abdomen tapering rapidly posteriorly and
tipped with the long exerted oviduct. Last ventral segment short, feebly
concave behind, the outer angles cut off obliquely.

Described from a single female example captured in Madi-
son Co., Kansas, by my brother M. C. Van Duzee. Another
female from Colorado was in a lot received from Prof. C. P.
Gillette.

8. EUTETTIX SOUTHWICKI, n. sp.

Allied to E. lurida, but much smaller with the vertex more sloping
and the pronotum more strongly concave behind. Length 4 mm.

Color deep fulvous-brown blotched with pale on the base of the vertex
and the anterior margin of the pronotum. Cheeks lorag and clypeus tinged
with yellow and duller in color; sutures and a cloud below the eye black-
ish; clypeus more than usually expanded at apex. Pronotum with an
obscure pale median line and tinged with greenish on the disc as is also
the base of the elytra. Apical margin of the scutellum yellow. Elytra
bright smoky-fulvous, a little more embrowned at apex; nervures slender
and nearly concolorous, those of the clavus marked with brown at apex.
Wings smoky, highly iridescent, imparting a coppery tint to the closed
elytra. Pectoral pieces blackish on their disc. Venter pale with three
longitudinal more or less distinct bands not attaining the sixth segment,
the median broader and carrying a yellow spot at base. Plates with a
longitudinal line and tip dusky. Disc of the tergum more or less invaded
with black. Legs pale with a row of fine black points on the edges of the
femora and some larger dots at the base of the tibial spines. Valve broad
and short, rounded behind ; plates large, as in hiri'da, acute at apex, outer
edge moderately arquated at base and a little concave near the tip.

New York. Described from two male examples taken near
New York City by Dr. E. B. Sotithwick who has added much
to our knowledge of the New York hemipterous fauna and to
whom this species is respectfully dedicated. B}' its deep rich

310

brown color this is quite distinct from any other species yet de-
scribed. Were it not for its small size it might be presumed
to be the male of nianiiorata.

i). EUTETTIX SLOSSONI, n. sp.

Form and size of luj-ida to which it is closely allied Face whitish
tinged with fulvoii"^ on the clypeus and disc of the front ; a dash below the
lower angle of the eye, a point at the base of the antennae and a broad
transverse band on the base of the front, black, the latter bisected by a pale
median longitudinal line. Eyes rufous. Vertex, pronotum and scutelhim
pale yellowish, an obscure interrupted band near the base of the pronotum
and a few clouds on the basal field of the scutelhmi fulvous. Elytra whitish
hyahne, nervures and broad basal and sutural margins fulvous, deepened
in color next the commissural nervure and interrupted by the pale tips of
the two claval nervures and a common large oval greenish-white commis-
sural spot just anterior to the tip of the clavus; apical areoles embrowned.
Wings hyaline, smoky at tip and somewhat iridescent. Below whitish, pec-
toral pieces and base of the venter with a large black spot. Tergum yellow,
ish becoming fulvous posteriorly and banded with black on the third, fourth
and fifth segments. Pygofers fulvous, nearly equalling the oviduct. Last
ventral segment pale, posterior margin excavated either side of an obtuse
median tooth almost exactly as m hirida. Length 5^ mm.

Described from one female specimen captured at Charlotte
Harbor, Florida, by Mrs. Annie Trumbull Slosson to whom I
take pleasure in dedicating' this interesting- form. It is a typical
Eutettix agreeing with lurida in most of its characters. The
elytra are marked somewhat as in inarmorata but it is smaller.
The broad black bisected band on the apex of the head will dis-
tinguish this from all our other described species of Eutettix.

10. SCAPHOIDEUS LUTEOLUS, n. sp.

Form and size of aurom'tens. Dull fulvous-brown, brighter on the
vertex and scutellum ; apex of the head and base of the vertex whitish in
the males, tinged with fulvous in the females; anterior edge of the head
with about three concentric black lines, one above connecting the ocelli,
another on the extreme edge and the other below at the base of the front.
Below pale tawny yellow, tinged with fulvous on the face and marked
with a few pale arcs toward the base of the front, apex of the scutellum
paler, in the female whitish and calloused. Membrane of the el\ tra paler
with a broad fuscous cloud at apex, the postnodal cell subhyaline, nervu-
res fuscous heavily margined beyond the middle. Wings smoky with
strong fuscous nervures. Posterior feet banded with fuscous at the tip of
the tibia and base of the second tarsal jomt. Abdomen in the male black-
ish, the segments narrowly edged with pale, last ventral segment and
genital pieces pale, the former dusky at apex, tip of the pygofers blackish.
The female has the abdomen concolorous with the breast with the seg-

m

inetits iiaffowly edged with white and with a large black spot at the apeii
of the last ventral segment. Length 4 mm.

Valve of the male large, obtuse. Plates large, oval, tapering to a
slender point, much surpassed by the narrow pygofers. Last ventral seg-
ment of the female long at the middle, the outer angles retreating ; pygofers
slender, surpassed by the thick oviduct.

Described from one female taken at Anglesea, N. J., on
July 1 6th by Prof. J. B. Smith, and three males captured near
New York City, by Mr. E. B. Southwick, on July 6th, and
August 12th, 1891. In this species the female is more brightly
colored than the male with a pale transverse band on the pro-
notum, and the males when fresh have a large pruinose patch
on the middle of the costal margin as in Acinoptenis aciimiiiatits^
Xestocephaliis tessellatus and a few other species of Jassidfe.

II. SCAPHOIDEUS LOBATUS, n. sp.

Form of wivn'stus nearly but with a shorter and broader vertex and
longer pronotum, elytra fulvous becoming deep brown on the clavus where
there is a lobate ivory-white commissural mark. Length 6 mm.

Vertex a little over one half the length of the pronotum. Front pro-
portionately broader than in immistus. Color grej'ish testaceous, whitish
above. Vertex faintly washed with brown omitting a white basal area ; an-
terior edge white bordered behind by a wavy brown line ; anterior submar-
gin with a deep brown concentric line. Front pale brown with a few obso.
lete whitish arcs; temples showing a brown dot and a brown cloud covers
the antennal depression and invades the cheek outwardly. Pronotum irro-
rated with brown, with three nearly obsolete longitudinal pale vitta;.
Scutellum whitish with four.brown marginal points, the basal angles fulvous.
Beneath whiish, faintly clouded and marked with brown on the incisures
of the connexivum. Tergum brown, the lateral margins and narrow edges
of the segments pale. Apical one half of the tarsal joints of the hind feet
and a row of dots at the base of the tibial spines, dark brown. Elytra
fulvous with the nervures and numerous irregular veinlets or pigment-lines,
more regular in the costal areole, dark brown ; disc of some of the areoles
and a cloud within the apex dark brown ; clavus mostly ivory-white with a
large irregular tulvous-brown cloud resting on the suture and becoming
deep blackish-brown toward the pale commissural nervure where it is bis-
sinuate ; this, when the elytra are closed, leaves a white, more or less dis-
tinctly trilobate commissural mark which expands over the base of the clavus.
Wings smoky, iridescent, with fuscous nervures. Valve of the male small,
brown, Plates narrow, their slender recurved tips brown and fringed with
long white hairs. Last ventral segment of the female long on the middle,
its apical margin feebly sinuated and rapidly retreating either side, median
line feebly keeled, extreme tip brown; pygofers brown, a little exceeded by
the oviduct and armed with numerous brown bristles.

New York. Described from a fine pair taken at Lancaster,
N. Y. and a number of examples of both sexes taken by Mr, E,

212

B. Southwick near New York city. This pretty species is most
nearly related to 6". iiitricatus Uhler, from which however it is
quite distinct. A pair of the latter, which apparently is a rare
species, 'was captured at Agricultural College, Mich., by Mr. G.

C. Davis in Aug. and vSept.

12. THAMNOTETTIX PERPUNCTATA, n. sp.

Allied to T. Fitchi but smaller and more slender, very similar in color
and ornamentation to Deltocephalus 7iigrifrons Forbes. Length y/^ mm.

Vertex nearly flat, % longer on the middle than next the eye, color
pale yellow, greenish testaceous on the pronotum, vertex obsoletely cloud-
ed with fulvous near the eyes and behind the apex ; four dots placed on
the anterior edge superiorly, two on each temple and another on each
ocellus; antennal pits, sutures of the face, a line on the middle of the
clypeus expanded near the apex, and about six arcs on each side of the
front, black. In typical examples the black frontal suture is continued
around each compartment of the front connecting with more or less of the
lateral arcs, or the front may be black with an interrupted median line and
about five short arcs yellow. Cheeks with a brown discal cloud. Abdomen
and breast black. Connexivum, margin of the tergum and sometimes the
narrow edge of the propleiu'a yellow ; tips of the coxse and the legs pale
testaceous, the femora sometimes clouded with brown. Pronotum with
about five pale vittee sometimes nearly obsolete. Scutellum yellow, at
times marked with a brown longitudinal vitta, impressed line black.
Elytra pale, subhyaline, sometimes clouded toward the apex and on the
tip of the clavus, nervures greenish white. Wings whitish hyaline, highly
iridescent, nervures slender, browa. Ultimate ventral segment of the
female a little concave behind, sometimes with a small median tooth ;
pygofers acute at apex, hardly exceeded by the stout oviduct. Valve of
the male short and rounded, the plates triangular, constricted near their
-?pex, edge but feebly arquated at base and fringed with long white bristles.
In D. 7i7grif7-ons the plates are broader and more obtuse at apex, with the
edges rectilinear or slightly convex and armed with shorter bristles.

This in.>,ect, though quite distinct generically from DeltocepJi-
aliis nig )■ if ions is difficult to distinguish in its specific characters,
the markings are almost identical and the form of the facial and
genital pieces differ but little. D. nigrifrons is much the stouter
insect and has a broader front and vertex, the latter more con-
vex and obtuse before and marked with a transverse brown
cloud before the middle in ?iigrifrons. T/i. Fifc/ii is a larger
insect with but four black spots on the anterior edge of the
vertex.

New York, N. Carolina, Mississippi. Described from num-
erous individuals of both sexes received from Mr. Howard Ewart
Weed, taken in Miss. The N. C. specimens were collected on

213

Mt. Balsam, near Asheville, in July, by Mr. J. W. Palmer, Jr.
of Buffalo, N. Y. Mr. E. B. Southwick has sent me examples
from the vicinity of New York city and I have taken it about
Buffalo in August.

13. THAMNOTETTIX AUREOLA, n. sp.

Allied to Th. Jiavocapitaia but larger with a more pointed v-ertex.
Length 5 mm.

Vertex nearly )^ longer on the middle than next the eye. Clypeus a
little expanded toward it-s broadly rounded apex. Color pale whitish yellow,
deeper on the abdomen; vertex fulvous; eyes rufous, pronotum and scutel-
lum deep fulvous-brown; elytra subhyaline, washed with clear greenish
yellow at base and bearing on the sutural margin a large ill-defined smoky
patch, which may be extended along the suture to the tip and become
broken by the turgid yellow apex of the outer claval nervures, nervures of
the corium slender, yellowish. Tergum blackish on the disc ; beneath and
the feet immaculate. Valve obtuse, triangular, the sides a little concave;
plates rather large, subacute, fringed with long white bristles. Wings famtly
smoky-hyaline, iridescent, with brown nervures.

California. Described from a single male example received
from Mr. D. W. Coquillett labelled Thamnotcttix aureola^ Uhl.
It is a beautiful little species quite char.icteristic of this genus
which seems to be well represented on the Pacific Coast.

TINOBREGMUS, n. g.

Allied \.o Jassus, Head narrow, short conical, obtuse. Vertex narrow,
widened anteriorly, and expanded posteriorly behind the eyes, tumid before.
Ocelli on the vertex near its apex. Front rather strongly elongated ; tem-
ples very narrow. Eyes large, Clypeus large ; Cheeks long and expanded
below ; loraj small and narrow. Pronotum short, wider than the head, the
anterior and posterior margins subparallel scutellum very small, scarcely
apparant. Elytra abbreviated, reaching the middle of the abdomen, first
sector forked before its middle, the inner branch with one transverse nervure
connecting it with the second sector, apical areoles five, the outer much
larger and formed by the forking of the outer branch of the first sector.
Wings rudimentary. Rostrum short, scarcely surpassing the elongated
clypeus. Posterior tibise armed with niunerous stout spines.

This genus is remarkable for its very small scutellum and
its elongated face. The head is narrower than the pronotum
and the eyes are angled behind leaving a triangular area either
side at the base of the vertex. The pronotum is very short and
the base of the front is reflected onto the apex of the vertex
leaving the ocelli distinctly superior. This character and the
elongated face seem to connect this genus with the Tettigonida'
near genus Eucanthus but its true position is probably near
Jassus.

214

14- TINOBREGMUS VITTATUS, n. sp.

Form of Liburm'a 7iittatifrous Uhler nearly; tawny yellow marked
with darker. Length 6'< mm.

Vertex twice as long as its least width, its disc slightly raised above
the level of the eyes, shagreened and obliquely furrowed anteriorly, ocelli
a little more distant from one another than from the eyes. Front feebly
convex, closely punctured, its length three times the width at the extremi-
ties, sides moderately arcuated. Clypeus as broad as the apex of the front,
slightly widened to the point of the cheek then narrowed to the broad apex
which is excavated for two thirds of its width. Lorae narrower then the
clypeus and about one-half its length. Cheeks about the breadth of the
front, widest opposite the base of the clypeus, sides parallel above, surface
distinctly wrinkled without. Pronotum shorter than the vertex, the sides
rounded, ecariiiate, disc obsoletely transversely wrinkled. Pygofers large
considerably exceeded by the stout oviduct. Last ventral segment long,
feebly keeled, the hind edge subangularly produced on the middle. Hind
tarsi elongated, first joint longest, second short.

Color pale tawny yellow. An arcuated spot behind each ocellus and
the basal sutures of the front piceous; front marked with a broad longitu-
dinal vitta on each side in which may be indications of tranverse striae;
pronotum with six longitudinal vittae, the middle pair fulvous, the others
piceous. Elytra dusky-fulvous with heavy pale nervures and about four
fuscous spots next the apex. Tergum mostly black at base, the four apical
segments with an obscure transverse brown band across the middle of each
and a common indistinct median line ; genital segments piceous on the sides.
Pectoral pieces mostly black which color may be extended over the coxae
and base of the venter.

Florida. Described from two female .specimens received
from Mr. C. W. Johnson of Philadelphia.

XESTOCEPHALUS, n. g.

Trans. Am. Ent. Soc. XIX, p. 298, Dec. 1S89.

Form ovate. Head narrower than the pronotum tumid or subeonical
and rounded before, closely punctured, without ruga;, Veitex sloping, con-
vex in both diameters, ocelli on the rounded anterior edge of the head,
placed a little superiorly and distant from the eyes. Front very broad above,
tapering rapidly to the broad and short clypeus. Cheeks wide; temples
very narrow, antennae crowded close against the eyes, basal joint rather
long. Eyes subtriangular, a little excavated against the antennae. Elytra
almost coriaceous, more or less rugose or punctured, appendix wanting;
inner branch of the outer sector united to the second sector by two trans-
verse nervures ; apical areolesfive, the postnodal large, the second still larger ;
anti-apicals three, the outer small and narrow, the middle as large as both
the others. Wings forming a narrow margin exterior to the costal nervure,
the latter forked at the stigma, the outer branch evanescent, the inner
united to the outer branch of the adjoining nervure by a transverse veinlet
long before the apex ; marginal vein extending only to the inner sector as in
Acocephalus; the four apical nervures either attain the edge of the wing
or they end blindly.

215

The three known species of this genus are shiny little creatures of a
brown mottled aspect. The termination of the marginal nervure of the
wing before the apex and the position of the ocelli will at once show their
relationshijD with Acocephalus, from which genus their tumid punctured
head will seperate them. The ocelli are placed more inferiorly than is usual
in the Acocephalina on account of the encroachment of the vertex onto the
base of the front.

15. XESTOCEPHALUS PULICARIUS, n. sp.

Brown varied with pale yellowish, Vertex twice as long on the middle
as next the eye, marked with a double pale median line which is deflected
to either side just before the tip and runs parallel with the anterior edge to
the outer angle of the eye. Sometimes this line forms a loop behind the.
ocellus where it may break and form a dot on the disc: Usually there is
a dot at the basal angle of the eye, a line between the ocellus and eye and
two concentric wavy lines on the base of the front; apex of the head ful-
vous, Pronotum marked with four dots on the anterior submargin, the
outer angles, a dot adjoining and a few obscure marks on the disc. Basa^
field of the scutellum with two median pale vittae, diverging posteriorly,
apical field pale, dusky on the disc. Elytra brown marked with one or two
whitish spots in each areol except the costal which is subhyaUne nearly to
its base. These spots frequently become confluent along the inner margin
of the corium and at its apex. Face tawny yellow, more or less washed
with brown especially on the front and lorte. Beneath and legs tawny,
posterior tibise and base 'of the venter generally embrowned. Last ventral
segment of the female emarginate at the middle leaving a feebly rounded
lobe on either side; pygofers triangular, broad at base, the acute tip
moderately exceeded by the stout oviduct, Ultimate ventral segment of
the male nearly double the length of the penultimate, its posterior edge
broadly excavated, Valve scarcely appearant, slightly arcuated behind;
plates ligulate at base, tapering beyond the middle to the obtuse apex
which is fringed with long, soft white hairs and armed along the inner edge
with a few stout spines. Length 2}^ to 3 mm.

New York, Canada. This pretty little insect is sometimes
abundant in August and Sept. about Buffalo in swampy pas-
tures where Car ex vulpitioidea grows. I have also taken it at
Ridgeway Ont. , and Mr. E. B. South wick has sent me two ex-
amples captured near New York City in August. The mark-
ings of the vertex and pronotum are at times partially obliter-
ated but the geminate inedian line on the vertex and the diver-
gent vittae on the base of the scutellum seem to be constant.

16. XESTOCEPHALUS FULVOCAPITATUS, n. sp.

A li'tle larger than the preceding with the head clay -yellow or tinged
with fulvous, generally immaculate except a brown spot on the lorae and a
black cl^ud beneath the antennae, sometimes the females exhibit an oblique
brown dash on either side on the disc of the vertex, Pronotum and scutel-

7

'^16

kun pale brown or Uuvny yellow. In f ally colored examples the former has
a blotch behind the eyes and the basal angles of the latter are brown, fre-
(.juently these marks are absent and the apex of the seutellum may be fulvous
like the vertex. In this form the elytra are more distinctly marked than in
pultcarijis. On the corium are two seraipellucid spots at base and a'"'out
six at apex, more or less coalescent; an oval spot on the base of the anti-
apical areoles and two more, sometimes forming a band bi-fore the middle,
are whitish. Wings milky with the nervures at apex brown as in the pre-
ceding .species. Abdomen brown with the convexivum, edge of the tergum,
apical half of the last ventral segment and narrow margin of the others,
pale. Genital characters as in pulicarius. Length 3^ mm.

New York. Of this species I have taken one male and four
female examples at Lancaster, N. Y. , in August and September
in company with the preceding of which it may prove but
a variety.

17. XESTOCEPHALUS TESSELLATUS, n. sp.

Pale testaceous. Vertex with dark-brown irrorations which become
aggregated either side of the middle; ocelli placed on large pale dots; face
brown irrorated with pale in the female, or pale and nearly immaculate in
the male. Pronotum testaceous-brown, darker on the disc, irregularly irro-
rated with pale and marked with a blackish spot behind the inner angle of
the eye. Seutellum pale brown, obsolete'y dotted with paler, the basal
angles and sometimes a line between them [)artly covered by the pronotum,
blackish ; the apex pale. Elytra testaceous, the nervures alternated with
dark brown and white ; a mark on the base of the clavus, two quadrate spots
on the costa including two dots between them, blackish; apex of the elytra
paler marked with four large squarish, brown marginal spots. Wings white
with pale brown nervures. Disc of the tergum, base of the venter and some
clouds on the pleural pieces brown. Apical margin of the last ventral seg-
ment of the female feebly concave and minutely notched at the middle;
pygofers proportionately a little shorter than in pulicarius and the plates
of the male are more strongly narrowed from near the base to a slender
point. Valve concealed. Length 4 mm.

Charlotte Harbor, Florida, Mrs. Annie Trumbull Slosson;
Mississippi, Howard Ewarts Weed; Texas, "Aaron." Descri-
bed from one male and four female specimens. This species is
larger than the foregoing and may be distinguished by its irro-
rated vertex and pronotum, the blackish basal angles of the
seutellum, the testaceous elytra marked with large marginal
brown spots, and the varigated elytral nervures. Most of the
specimens show a large oval white pruinose spot on the middle
of the costal margin of the elytra, but this may be characteristic
only of the breeding season.

The Pendulum and its Laws of Oscillati(3n.

Read before the Buffalo Society of Natural Sciences, Feb. 12th,
By Austin M. Edwards.

HISTORICAL.

History furnishes us with the information that Galileo, in
1542, while in the Cathedral at Pisa, observed the oscillations
of a lamp which had been accidentally set in motion. He was
struck with the apparent measured reg-ularit}' of its vibrations
and tested this observation by comparing these oscillations with
his own pulse. Galileo there invented the simple pendulum as
a means of measuring short intervals of time. But for many
years the pendulum was used without the clock movement, and
astronomers counted the oscillations ])erformed in a givan time
to measure the periods of celestial phenomena.

THEORY.

In describing the pendulum, I will first begin with a theo-
retically perfect pendulum, which would consist of a heavj'
molecide suspended at the extremity of a perfectly flexible cord,
and oscillating in a vacuum. This ideal pendulum, of course,
could not exist, but to demonstrate the simple pendulum, we
will use a small metal ball suspended by a silk thread ; if this
freely suspended ball is drawn from the vertical and allowed to
oscillate, these oscillations will gradually diminish in extent, on
account of the earth's attraction, producing what are called long
and short arcs. The function of the clock movement proper,
besides registering the time and number of oscillations on the
dial, is to furnish to the pendulum the small amount of impulse
that is necessary to carry the same in its excursion from the
vertical line upwards, so it will return each time to the original
point of starting, and thus overcome the influence of gravity,
and add enough force in its descent towards the vertical to
maintain a uniform arc of oscillation to the required number of
degrees. The oscillations of the pendulum were thought and

218

affirmed b)- Galileo to be made in the same interval of time,
whether the arcs were long or short.

That there is a difference, although very slight, between
long and short arcs, where the distance passed over is not too
great, is nevertheless true; and it was not until 1658 that
Huyghens discovered and proved that long arcs required more
time than short arcs to perform the oscillations of the same
vibrating length of pendulum. I will add here, as the question
is often asked, what constitutes the loigth of a pendulum. It is
the distance from the point of suspension to the center of oscil-
lation. This point is in theory very near the center of gravity
of the pendulum ; and it described as being just below the gravity
point. In order to describe the center of oscillation more clearly,
I will make this simple illustration. ■

If a blow is struck with a club and the iinpingment takes
place be3"ond the point of concussion, the blow is partially inflic-
ted on the hand ; and the same result is experienced if the
impingment takes place between the hand and the point of con-
cussion, only in a reversed manner. The fidl force of the blow
is obtained only when the exact point of concussion meets the
object. Now, it is true that the center of oscillation in the
pendulum is identical with the point of concussion in the club,
and the time producing qualities of a pendulum depend entirely
on the above mentioned oscillating point.

LAWS.

I will first call your attention to the laws of motions con-
trolling the simple pendulum, and will refer to the cycloidal
pendulum later. First, the pendulum is a falling body, and is
controlled by laws governing such a body, and when at rest
points directly toward the center of the earth. Next, the square
of the time of oscillation is directly at its length, and inversely
as the earth's attraction.

For instance, a pendulum vibrating seconds at the level of
the sea, in the latitude of New York city, would be 39.02 inches,
and a pendulum vibrating two seconds in the same location
would be the square (of the time) or two seconds, which squared
would be four, multiplied by the length of the one second 39.03
pendulum, which is equal to 156.08 inches, something over 13
feet long. This rapid increase in length for a comparatively

319

small change in the tinie of oscillation has resnlted in fixing- two
seconds as the limit for any precision pendulum, as beyond this
point the instrumental errors would be increased in the same
ratio and would be difficult to overcome. The great Westmin-
ster pendulum vibrates in two seconds, and is probably the most
accurately compensated long pendiilum in the world. The cor-
rection for errors of lateral and cubical dilatation, barometrical
error, long and .short arcs of oscillation are all reduced to a
minimum.

As we have said so much about seconds, it might be in order
to say there are two kinds, solar and .sidereal, and they differ
from each other in length.

The interval of time we call a second is reduced from the
solar day, which is the time between two successive returns of
the sun to the same meridian, and this interval divided into
86,400 parts. These solar days are not equal, but are made so
by the daily ec^uation of time added to or subtracted from the
apparent solar day.

The sidereal dav is the interval between two successive
I'eturns of a fixed star to the same meridian and is 3 minutes,
56.5 seconds shorter than the solar day, and this day divided
into hours, minutes and seconds furnishes us with the sidereal
seconds. The sidereal day represents the time of the rotation
of the earth on its axis, and is the most accurate observation of
time that can be made, as it recpiires no equation, and has not
changed as much as one-hundredth part of a second in over two
thousand years. Astronomers use astronomical clocks reading
24 hours on the dial, with pendulums vibrating sidereal seconds,
and b}' this time only do they find and locate celestial bodies.

MUTUAL ATTRACTION.

Another law governing the pendulum is this : The action
of gravity or the mutual attraction between bodies varies with
their masses, and inversely as the square of their distances.
Following from this, a pendulum will vibrate seconds only in a
given place. Our standard of measurement is taken from a
pendulum vibrating seconds in a vacuum at the level of the sea.
It also follows that the further a pendulum is removed from the
center of the earth the less it will be attached in its descent
toward the . vertical. This explains why a pendulum loses on

being- transferred from the sea level to the mountain, or from
one of the earth's poles toward the equator, as the earth is a
spheroid slightly flattened at the poles.

A very iiUeresting experiment can be made to show the
influence of mutual attraction between masses. Take two well-
regulated astronomical clocks with seconds pendulums, place
them side by side, and ca\ise each pendulum to oscillate simul-
taneously on the same side of the vertical, the pendulums will
oscillate to the right together, and to the left for a time together,
then they will change so as to oscillate in opposite directions and
will never depart from this motion. Another reason why a
pendulum loses on being- transferred to the equator, lies in the
fact that the rotation of the earth gives rise to centrifugal force
at its surface. This, being zero at the poles, gradually increases
to a maximi;m at the equator ; and, as it acts in opposition to
the force of gravity, it counteracts a gradually increasing pro-
portion of this force which shows in the time of oscillation.
The rotation of the earth on its axis also has another effect upon
the oscillation of the pendulum as you have just seen by the
demonstration of the pendulum of Foucault by Prof. Kellicott.
The error caused by the tendency of the pendnlinn to oscillate
in one given plane is reduced to a minimum by the use of short
arcs of oscillation, and is of very little importance in comparison
with other errors.

CYCLOIDAL PENDULUM.

The arcs of oscillation of any ordinary simple pendulum are
a part of a circle with the point of suspension as a center.

Now, a pendulum producing isochronal oscillations ; namely,
producing unequal arcs in equal time is called cycloiJal because the
center of oscillation must describe a cycloidal path during each
excursion on either side of the vertical line.

This curve is one of the most interesting of any known,
both in respect to its geometrical properties and connection with
falling bodies, and is described in this manner :

If a circle roll alons; a straight line on its own plane, a point
on its circumference will describe a curve which is called a
cycloid. The peculiar value of this curve in relation to the
pendulum will be better shown by inverting a cycloid curve as
we have here illustrated.

c

221

The time of a body descending from a point of rest A to the
lowest point of the curve at B will be the same from whatever
point it start. In other words a pendulum will fall from A to B
in precisely the same time it would from C to B, which is about
half the distance. Following trom this, a cycloidal pendulum
produces unequal arcs in equal time, or isochronism. The extreme
mechanical difficulty of executing a pendulum that will describe
a cycloidal path during each excursion has lead horologists to
originate many ingenious devices to accomplish this end. This
pendulum which I show you to-night is constructed so as to
cause the center of oscillation to move in a cycloidal path by
coming in contact with cycloid cheeks near its point of suspension,
but the effects of moisture, friction, dilatation and adhesion of
contact against these cheeks would in time give rise to errors as
great as those sought to be overcome.

We therefore must make efforts in another direction.

The best method of to-day for producing isochronism is to
cause the arc of osciUation to be as short as possible, and also
have the suspension spring of a given length and given strength
in proportion to the length and weight of the pendulum. Then
we will only have to deal with the molcular arrangement of the
spring which is constantly changing, but this error is very small
and exceedingly regular.

(See Note "A", page 224.)

THE BAROMETRICAL ERROR.

A pendulum is effected by the density of the atmosphere,
but to a degree that would only be of importance in a precision
time piece ; where all the errors are reduced to a minimum. An
increase of density of the air is equivalent to reducing the action
of gravity, while the inertia of the moving body remains the same.
The rule is, that the velocity of the pendulum varies directly as
the force of gravity, and inversely as the inertia and it follows
then that an increase of density diminishes the velocity and
.shortens the time of oscillation, causing the clock to gain time.
The barometrical error can be reduced to within three to four-
tenths of a second in twenty-four hours for each inch rise or fall
of the barometer. Short arcs of oscillation are also essential in
reducing the barometrical error. An apparatus is sometimes
attached to the pendulum to assist in reducing this error.

222

THE COMPENSATED PENDULUM.

Bodies increase in volume with an elevation of temperature
and diijiinish when it falls. The pendulum then changes its
dimensions with every variation of temperature, and the same
is the case with all other parts of the machine.

The elongation of a body in any one direction by heat, is
known as its linear dilatation, and its increase in volume ; that is,
in all three directions, is the cubical dilatation ; this depends on
its linear dilatation in length, breadth and thickness.

The result to be obtained in a pendulum by compensation
is to so construct the same that the center of oscillation will
always be in the same point. It is evident that heat lowers this
point and cold raises it, and as we said before, that the time-
producing qualities of the pendulum depend on this oscillating
point and only by compensation is the desired effect obtained.

I will show you two of the best methods of producing com-
pensation, and begin first by using two metals. The principle
underlying this method is the unequal expansion of different
metals in the same temperature. This furnishes us with the
first step towards compensation.

Let lis take a steel rod of the length arrived at by calcula-
tion, with a nut and screw on the lower end, resting on this nut
is a brass collar with a groove cut in the top. Here is a rolled
and drawn zinc tube of a calculated length and thickness in pro-
portion to the main rod. This zinc tube is drawn on over the
main rod and rests on the brass collar at the lower end and at
the upper end of the zinc tube, and resting on the same is an
iron collar, into which is firmly screwed an iron tube which is
slipped on over the zinc tube, and at the lower end of this iron
tube is attached the weight or bob. It will be seen that this
main rod lengthens with heat, and as it lowers, the zinc tube
which surrounds it lowers also but the upper end of the zinc
being free and this metal possessing greater linear dilatation,
moves upwards on the main rod and with it draws up the iron
tube that surrounds the zinc and carries with it the weight or
bob. The upward dilatation of the zinc tube is just sufficient
to overcome the downward dilatation of the main rod, thus
keeping the center of oscillation in the same point. In order to
construct a compensated pendulum of this kind it is necessary

223

to have the proper proportions of one metal to the other, and
besides this corrections are made from actual tests in different
degrees of temperature.

The principal objection to this kind of compensation is that
metals expand and contract by infinitesimal waves or jumps,
probably owing to the molecular friction of the metals, and this
is most apparent in zinc, owing to its crystalline formation and
this metal is useless unless carefully drawn and prepared before
using for the purpose in question.

THE MERCURIAL COMPENSATION.

This pendulum is constructed in the following manner. A
steel rod of the calculated length and diameter is selected, and
at its lower end is firmly attached a brass stirrup into which is
placed and secured, from one to four glass jars containing mer-
cury. If one jar is used, the volume must be sufficient to allow
its cubical dilatation to raise the center of oscillation just as much
as the longitudinal dilatation of the rod has lowered this pointy and if
four jars are used, their diameters .shall be reduced to the point,
that the four will contain the volume of the one jar, and be filled
each to the same level as it rose in the single jar. This repre-
sents more exposed surface to the changing temperatures, and
improves the conductibility of the tnercury, causing the compensa-
tion to respond more promptly to sudden changes. The four jar
compensation is the most difficult to construct, but when well
made and carefully adjusted is exceedingly satisfactory, and has
the preference in seconds pendulums when greater accuracy is
required.

THE SELSMIC ERROR.

This uncontrollable error is caused by earth waves, and may
occur at any time. One peculiarity is, that many hours elapse
before this error shows in the time of the instrument. This
error may not be suspected until compared by transit observations.

The time it takes to develop this error is probably due to
the molecular disturbances and re-arranging of particles that is
taking place in the mercury used for compensation. The most
accurately compensated pendulums have been known to vary
several seconds in a day. I remember while in Geneva in 1872
that twice in one summer the standard pendulum of the Cantonal

224

Observatory varied, once seven and one-half seconds, and at
another time, five seconds in twenty-four hours; at that time it
was not well understood what caused these sudden variations in
a pendulum having- a known daily equation. But later experi-
ments have shown this error to be caused by seismic waves.

From the simple observation of the lamp swinginu;' from the
roof of the Cathedral at Pisa, more than three hundred and forty
years ago has grown the thought included in the foregoing laws.
The laws of inverse squares and mutual attraction as shown in
the simple pendulum, the properties of the cycloid and cycloidal
pendulum, the influence of the linear and cubical dilatation, the
influence of atmospheric pressure on the pendulum, and the
centrifugal force from the revolution of the earth on its axis,
and by reducing all these errors to a minimum we are furnished
with an instrument that performs its work with as much accu-
racy as any piece of naechanism ever produced by man.

NOTE A.

The length of the pendulum rod is just double the diameter
of the generating circle. Now, from relations of parts of the
cycloid, it is shown that the time of falling down the semi-cycloid,
is to the time of fall through the diameter of the generating
circle, as a quadrant is to a radius.

BULLETIN

OF THE

BUFFALO SOCIETY OF NATURAL SCIENCES.

V ALU ME V. NO. V

A Preliminary Review

OF THE

North American Delphacidae.

By E. P. Van Duzee.

Subfamily Delphacida embraces a large assemblage of small
active insects, mostly inhabitants of grassy meadows and pas-
tures, where at times they inflict considerable injury by punc-
turing the leaves and tender fruit of plants valuable to man.
Although individually much smaller than the members of our
other sub-families of the Fulgorida; they abundantly compen-
sate in numbers for what they lack in size. In most characters
they approach very closely to the Cixiida but they can at once
be distinguished from these as from all allied groups found in
North America by the presence of a large movable spur at the
apex ot the posterior tibiae, placed exteriorly to the base of
the tarsi. They are strong leapers as their long powerful hind
legs armed with numerous stout spines would indicate.

Most of our Delphacids, especially in genus Liburnia, occur
in two more or less distinct forms : A macropterous or long-
winged, and a brachypterous, or short-winged form. These
terms are somewhat arbitrary as the developement of the ely-
tra and wings may present almost any gradation from a mere

2 26

rudiment to a lent^tli e(|iiallinj^ two or three times that of the
abdomen. Freciuently the lonij;- and short winged forms differ
considerably in col'or and proportions, and the sexes are often
very dissimilar.

Some of the most available characters for distinguishing
the genera are the following: — The form of the antenn;t,
whether flattened or terete, and the proportionate length of the
joints; the form of the front and vertex; the number of carina;
on the front, pronotum and scutellum ; the point of forking of
the median carina of the front, and the direction taken by those
on the sides of the pronotum. In the large genus Libumia ex-
cellent specific characters are found in the form of the genital
segment of the male. When viewed from behind we distin-
guish the form of the aperature of the pygofers — The two pieces
which, united above and below, form the wall of the genital
segment. Dorsally these are notched to receive the anal tube
and on the ^'entral aspect there is generally a sinus to receive
the base of the stiles. These stiles are very variable in form in
the different species but usually they are rather slender, curved
outward more or less and convergent above toward the anal
tube. The inferior wall of this anal tube is frequently produced
in a more or less prominent incurved tooth on each side of the
median suture. In the females the form of the pj^gofers varies
somewhat as well as the proportions of the oviduct.

Thirty-two species and three genera are described as new
in the present paper, making the number of species now record-
ed from North America, excluding known synonyms, fifty
three, representing thirteen genera. Of these fifty three species
eleven have not been positively identified by the writer and
four were previously described from Europe.

No attempt has been made in the preparation of this paper
to obtain all the material in this country that is available for
study. Had this been done the number of species certainly
would have been largely increased. But even in this fragmen-
tary form it is hoped that these studies will be of some service
as placing on a more systematic basis some of our more common
forms. A large field for original work is open here to some
student who has the time, and perseverance to work out the
affinities of these minute insects.

227 •

The following systematic list is appended better to exhibit
the relationship between the species recorded in the ensuing
pages :

Copicerus, Schwarz,

irroratus Schwarz,
Stenocranus, Fieb.

dorsalis (Fitch,)

lautus Van D.

palaetus Van D.

saccharivorus (Westw. )
Kelisia, Fieb.

axialis Van D.

crocea Van D.
Megamelus Fieb.

notulus (Germ.)

marginatus Van D.

piceus Van D.

Davisi Van D.
Pissonotus Van D.

marginatus Van D.

ater Van D.

delicatus Van D.

basalis Van D.

pallipes Van D.

aphidioides Van D.

dorsalis Van D.

brunneus Van D.
Dicranotropis Fieb.

maidis (Ashm.)
Phyllodinus Van D.

nervatus Van U.
Laccocara Van D.

vittipennis Van D.

zonata Van D.

? obesa Van D.
Stobera Stal,

tricarinata (Say,)

concinna Stal,

bifasciata (Pro\^)

Liburnia Sial,

ornata (Stal,)

pcllucida (Fall.)

arvensis (Fitch,)

furcata (Prov. )

consim.ilis Van D.

puella Van D.

Osborni Van D.

laminalis Van D.

lutulenta Van D.

Weedi Van D.

obscurella (Boh. )

lateralis Van L).

Kilmani Van L).

campestris Van D.

lineatipes Van D.

occlusa Van D.

foveata Van D.

incerta Van D.

Gillettii Van D.
Achorotile Fieb.

albosignata (Dahlbg. )
Pentagramma Van D.

vittatifrons (Uhler)
Stiroma Fieb.

inconspicua Uhler,

Uncertain Species.

Delphax vittata Stal,
" producta Walk,
luteivitta Walk.
" unicolor Walk.
" pictifrons Stal.

228

Analytical Key to tJie Genera.

Basal joint of the antenna; much longer than the second, lami-
nate expanded. Asiraca and Delphix (sens strict)
(Note : These genera have not yet been recognized
from North America.)

Basal joint of the antenna^ little longer than the second joint
or shorter. (2)

2. Antennae, first joint and outer edge of the second, in part,

broadly expanded. Copicerus.

Antennae not broadly expanded, sometimes more or less
flattened. (3)

3. Lateral carinae of the pronotum reaching the hind edge or

sometimes becoming obsolete a little within the
margin. (4)

Lateral carinae of the pronotum deflected outwardly be-
hind the eyes, not touching the hind edge. (9)

4. Median carina of the front forked at the apex of the head,

the lateral carinae of the pronotum attaining the pos-
terior edge. (6)

Median carina of the front forked some distance below its
base, or if forked on the apex of the head the lateral
carinas of the pronotum become obsolete before
reaching the hind edge. (5)

5. Median carina of the front forked near or somewhat above

its middle, the two branches abruptly seperated,
then running parallel to near the apex of the head.

Dicranoiropis.

Median carina of the front forked nearer the apex of the
head, the two branches but slightly seperated, some-
times scarcely distinguished. Face in our species
crossed by a transverse piceous band covering most
of the clypeus. Apex of the front usually pale.
Scutellum in typical species small and the elytra in
brachypterous examples polished with the nervures
nearly obsolete. Pissonotus n. gen.

22g

6. Front narrow, nearly linear, gradually a very little widened

below. Vertex narrow, truncated at apex, produced
about one third of its length before the eyes.

Stenocraniis.
Front broader, sides not parallel, (7)

7. Front widest a little above the middle. Apex of the ver-

tex rounded, produced a little before the eyes, the
carinae becoming obsolete on the apex of the head.

Kelisia.
Front broadest below, generally much narrowed above be-
tween the eyes. Vertex square at tip, the frontal
carinse continued strongly distinguished over the
apex of the head. (8)

8. Vertex but little advanced before the eyes. Basal joint of

the antenna; in length subaequal to the second,
flattened, obtriangular and . oblique at apex ; second
joint flattish or nearly terete, papillate. Front nar-
row, sides nearly rectilinear, carina,' very prominent.
Cheeks broad-triangular. Elytral nervures setige-
rous punctate. Stohera.

Vertex long, extended well before the eyes Basal joint
of the antennae shorter and more slender than the
second, terete. Front distinctly widened below

Megamelus.

9. Front with one median carina. (10)
Front with two median carinae. (12)

: o. Anterior and intermediate tibiae foliaceous. Insect short
and stout. Phyllodiniis n.g&n.

Anterior and intermediate tibiae slightly if at all expanded.

(11)

II. Front very broad, six sided, with a distinct median carina
forked at the apex of the head, either side with
one or two rows of pitted granules. Vertex broader
than long. Pronotum short, emarginate behind,
truncated before, lateral carina? following the contour
of the eyes, papillate. Laccocara n. gen.

230

l-'ront considerably longer than broad, sometimes almost

linear, median carina forked at or near the apex of

the head. Vertex nearly square. Pronotum propor-

' tionately longer and less deeply emarginate behind.

Lihuriiia.

12. Frontal carinas not widely seperated, forming a linear
compartment. Scutelhim tricarinate. Front, sides
of the pronotum and abdominal segments pustulate.

Achorotile.

Frontal carinse widely divergent, forming an ovate com-
partment, broadest above and convex on the middle.
Scutellum 5-carinate. Vertex five sided, rounded-
conical before. Basal joint of the antennae about
one fourth the length of the second.

Feningramiiia n. gen.

GENUS COPICERUS, Schwarz.
Kong. Vet. Akad. Nya Handl. XXIII, p. 180, 1S02.
Stal. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr., Series 3, V, p. 337, 1858.

Hemip. Africana, IV, p. 175, 1866.
Jeralia, Walk. List of Homop., Supl., p. 85, 1S58.
Holatus, Guer., Hist, de L'Isle de Cuba, Ins., p. 429, 1857.

COPICERUS IRRORATUS, Schwarz.
Kongl. Vet. Akad., Nya Handl., XXIII, p. 181, pi. 5, fig, 2a, 1802.
Jeralia singula, Walk., List of Homop , Supl p. 85, 1858.

I have recently received an example of this southern form from Mr.
Howard E warts Weed labeled "Agricultural College, Miss., Oct. 22nd
1894." Its conspicuous foliaceous antennae readily distinguish it and its
allies from our other North American Delphacida). The elytra of this speci-
men are whitish hyaline marked with setigerous brown dots. The com-
missural nervure is white, broadly interrupted with piceous on the middle,
and on the corium is a very oblique piceous band from near the apex of
the clavus to the outer angle, exterior to which is a brown cloud intersected
by the white nervures. Wings subhyaline, clouded at apex, with strong
brown nervures. The disc of the thorax is dull testaceous with the sides
brown and the abdomen is deep testaceous or ferruginous broadly marked
with black. The long black antennae are expanded on the superior edge

only.

GENUS STENOCRANUS, Fieb.

Fieb. Verb, der Zool -Bot. Ges. Wien. XVI, p. 519, 1866.

" Cicad. d'Europe, I, p. 83, 1S75; II, pi. 7, 1S76.
Mayr, Tabellen, I, p. 19. 1884.
Ashmead, Ent. Am., V, p. 27, 1SS9.

STENOCRANUS DORSALIS, (Fitch.)
Delphax dorsalis, Fitch Homop. N. Y, State Cab., p. 46, 1S51. Reprint
in Lintner's 9th. Rept., p. 386, 1893.
Walker, List of Homop,, IV, p. 1136, 1S52, (mention.)

Liburnia dorsalis. Van Duzee, Psyche V, p. 28, 18S8.
Stenocranus dorsalis, Van Duzee, Psyche V, p. 390, 1S90.

Osborn, Proc. Iowa Acad. Sci. I, pt. 2, p. 127, 1S91.

Harrington. Ottawa Nat , VI, p 31, 1892.

Van Duzee in Lintner's 9th. Rept. p. 410, 18)3.

Bui. Buf. Soc. Nat. Sci., V, p. 191, 1894.

Gillette & Baker, Hemip. of Colo., p. 69, 1895.
Delphax unipunctata, Prov. , Nat. Can., IV, p. 319, 1872.

Prov., Pet. Faune Ent. du Can., III. p. 224, 1889.
This species seems to be common throughout the Northern and East-
ern States and Canada and extends its range westward into Iowa and Colo-
rado. Here it mhabits damp swampy spots overgrown with carices where
it may be found in greatest abundance during August and September,
and more rarely in May when the grass is fresh and green.

STENOCRANUS LAUTUS, n. sp.

Form and size of dorsalis nearly. Brownish fuscous marked with a
conspicuous pale yellow \ntta from the apex of the head to the tip of the
clavus. Front and clypeus deep black with the carinaj pale. Elytra ful-
vous brown with the costal and about the two outer apical areoles subhya-
line; nervures brown. Inner areoles of the membrane deeper brown or
fuscous, and a fuscous cloud may follow the first and second apical nervures.
Abdomen black; the lateral margins, narrow edges of the ventral segments,
and a medium vitta, pale. Legs slenderly lineated with brown. The de-
flexed edge of the pronotum with a brown line. Length 5 mm.

In most of its characters this species does not differ from dorsalis. It
is, Itowever, a little smaller, darker in color, the elytra are darker, especially
on the inner half of the membrane, and the outer nervures of the membrane
are conspicuously dark. The small apical areole formed by the forking of
the second apical nervure is broader and shorter than in dorsalis, and the
abdomen is darker in color.

S. dorsalis is of an almost uniform fulvous yellow color with a paler
dorsal line, and the elytra are nearly transparent and marked with one
straight longitudinal brown line at apex covering the fourth apical nervure.
The wings in both species have a few brown nervures toward their apex.

From palaetus the present species may be distinguished by the smaller
spur, the shorter basal joint of the antennae, and the markings of the
elytra which are quite different.

New York, Virginia. Described from two male examples ; One received
from Dr. E. B. Southwick, taken near New York City; the other from the
National Museum labeled "Virginia, Oct. 9th, 1881". The latter bears the
name which I have adopted for this species. It was applied by Dr. P. R.
Uhler but the description was never published.

232

STENOCRANUS PALAETUS, n. sp.

Form and size of dorsalis. Color fulvous yellow above, paler beneath ;
median line on the base of the vertex, disk of the pronotum between the
lateral carin^c and apex of the scutelluno, whitish. Frontal iovvc interrup-
tedly black over the apex of the head from the base of the antennae to the
middle of the vertex ; face crossed by a brown band below the antenna;, and
another crosses the base of the clypeus and extends over the anterior coxae
and pleural pieces. Apex of the front and its median carina interruptedly
pale. First joint of the antennas a little shorter than the second, blackish,
the base of the second with a piceous spot. Eyes black. Legs pale, the
femora lineated and the tibitt; twice banded with brown.

Elytra subhyaline, nervures yellowish, the commissural white with a
brown line before the apex of the clavus. Inner sector of the corium and
the apical nervures, except the base of the. two outer, fuscous; and a smoky
cloud covers the amastomosis at the base of the middle apical areole and
spreads feebly over the inner area of the membrane. Tergum brownish.
Spur unusually large, foliaceous.

In this species the vertex is a little more strongly produced than in our
northern dorsalis, the hind edge of the pronotum is not so deeply excavated,
and the front is more widened apically.

Florida, Described from one female received from Mr. C. W. Johnson
of Philadelphia.

? STENOCRANUS SACCHARIVORUS, (Westw.)
Delphax saccharivora, Westw. Mag. uf Nat. Hist., VI, p. 413, 1S33.
Hab. Granada, W. I. (Westw.)
From Prof. Westwood's description and drawings it seems quite likely
that this insect is a Stenocranus. His correspondent reported it very de-
structive to sugar cane in the island of Granada.

GENUS KELISIA, Fieb.
Fieb., Ver. der Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien, XVI, p. 519, 1866.

Cicad. d'Europe, I, p. 83, 1875; II, pi. 7, 1876.
Sahlbg., Cicadaria;, p. 416, 1871, (Subgenus of Stenocranus. )
Mayr, Tabellen, I, p. iS, 1884.
Ashmead, Ent. Am. V, p. 27, 1889.

KELISIA AXIALIS, n. sp.

Van Duzee, Bui. Buf. Soc. Nat. Sci. V, p. 191, 1894.

Form of K. guttula; Above piceous brown, beneath pale dull testaceous.
A wide yellow vitta extends from near the apex of the vertex to the second
dorsal segment of the abdomen. Elytra hyaline with an axial brown vitta.
Length 4 m. m.

Vertex tinged with testaceous on the anterior margin; entire face tes-
taceous, obscurely marked with darker on the front next the lateral carinae ;
antennae yellow, paler toward their tips; eyes rufous; pronotum dark brown
from the dorsal vitta to below the lateral margins ; meta-, and mesonotum.

^33

piceous brown with a broad median vitta extending onto the two basal
segments of the tergum ; lower surface and legs pale dull testateous ; meso-
notum with a large brown spot; tarsal spines tipped with black; abdomen
blackish brown, the sides of the venter varied with testaceous. Elytra
hyaline, with a conspicuous brown vitta from the base to the extreme apex
following the line of the second sector; first sector and the two first apical
nervures white, the others brown or mostly so; apical nervures four, the
interior forked.

This species may be distinguished from its european congenors by its
glassy elytra marked with a conspicuous longitudinal vitta, by the uni-
formly testaceous inferior surface, and the absence of the black spots on the
cheeks. Described from two examples representing both sexes, taken at
Lancaster, N. Y. in August iS86.

KELISIA CROCEA, n. sp.
Stenocranus sp. Osborn, Proc. Iowa Acad. vSci , 1, pt. 2, p. 127, iS^i.

General appearance of Stenocranus dorsalis but smaller witii a wider
front. Length 4^ m. m.

F"emale: Pale yellowish; a dorsal whitish vitta on the vertex pronotum
and scutellum, and a similar one on the face, broadest on the apex of the
front. Legs, pleural pieces and the margins of the abdomen paler. Elytra
whitish hyaline, with distinct white setigerous nervures. Eyes brown.

Male: Color fulvous, at least in fully matured examples, with a paler
dorsal vitta covering the middle of the vertex, pronotum and scutellum, in
which is a white longitudinal line. Median carina on the front and a lon-
gitudinal vitta in each fova, whitish; pronotum paler; tergum usually black
with the margins and an irregular spot on the disc fulvous; venter covered
more or less by a blackish cloud; apex of the elytra with a fuscous cloud
which is intensified toward the inner angle, and extended somewhat along
the sutural margin. Eyes, claws and tip of the rostrum black.

Iowa. Described from 5j and 3 j examples received from Prof. Her-
bert Osborn labeled "Ames, Iowa." In this species the front is broader
than in Stenocranus dorsalis; the elytra want the distinct brown line along
the second inner apical nervure ; the lateral compartments of the front are
whitish instead of black and the insect is somewhat smaller.

GENUS MEGAMELUS, Fieb.
Fieber, Verh. der Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien, XVI, p. 519, 1866.

Cicad. d'Europe, I, p. 82, 1S75; II, pi. 7, 187G.
Sahlberg, Cicadariai, p. 411, 1871.
Mayr Tabellen, I, p. 18, 1884,
Ashmead, Ent, Am., V. p. 26, iSSq.

MEGAMELUS NOTULUS, (Germ.)
Delphax notula, Germar, Thom Archives II, p. 57, 1S30.

Stal, Of. Vet. Akad. Forh., XI, p. 192, ir^54.
Megamelus notulus, Fieb. Verh. der Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien, XVI, p. 519,

pi. S, fig. 2, 1866.

2 34

Fieb., Cicad. d'Europe, III, p. 9, 1878.
Sahlberg, Cicadaria;, p. 412, 1971.
Liburnia notula, Edwd., Trans. Ent. Soc, London., 1886, p. 62.

Several specimens that correspond in ever}' particular with material of
M. notulus received from M. Lethierry were taken by me along Muskoka
River near Bracebridge. Ont. in July 18S8. I have not taken it further south
nor has it been recorded from elsewhere in this country. It is evidently
rare and probably northern in its range.

Note: Since this was written I have taken a pair among the hills at
Colden, N. Y., Aug. 16, 1896. So its southern range must be extended at
least to Western New York.

MEGAMELUS PICEUS, Van D.
Davis, Bui. 102 Mich. Ag. Exp. Station, p. 8, pi. i, fig. 5, 1S94. Re-
print in Exp. Station Record, V, p 792, 1894.
Van Duzee, Bui. Bufif. Soc. Nat. Sci., V, p. 190, 1894.

Piceous-black ; base of the vertex, keels and narrow hind edge of the
pronotura, disk of the mesonotum, or at least its carinse, disk of the tergum,
especially towards its base and apex, and the edge of the dorsal keel, the
genital segments and sometimes the base of the venter, brownish yellow.
Face pale shaded to brown above, clypeus deep black. Antennae, rostrum,
tylus and legs pale soiled yellow, the latter lineated with brown. Elytra
reaching to the second abdominal segment in the brachypterous form with
the apex truncated, piceous-brown or even black, with the apical edge white,
more or less broadly interrupted with black at the middle, nervures strong,
granulated. In the macropterous form the elytra extend considerably
beyond the tip of the abdomen, about as in Liburnia pellucida ; they are
smoky with pale granulated nervures, the exterior and interior of which are
forked at about three fourths their length. Pygofers of the male cylindrical,
on their ventral aspect cut out for about one half their length and carrying
on the base of this incisure a wide and short projection extended into a
short conical divergent tooth at each angle; beyond this are the incurved
spine-like stiles included between the long slender ventral projections of the
platen. Length 2^ to 3 m. m.

New York and Michigan. Described from many examples of both sexes
taken in Western New York on grass in low swampy meadows in August
and September, and one female taken on celery at Kalamazoo, Mich., August
26th, 1893, by Mr. G. C. Davis.

This description was first published in connection with Mr. Davis' paper
on Celery Insects cited above, and reprinted in the Experiment Station
Record.

MEGAMELUS MARGINATUS, n. sp.

Yellowish testaceous above, paler beneath. Frontal fova; with a slender
black line next the white carina; ; outer submargin of the cheeks, some
marks on the pleural pieces, knees and tips of the tarsi dark brown or black.
Venter and pronotum sometimes whitish with the sides of' the scutellum
yellowish. Abdomen black, the segments edged with fulvous, the apical

235

ventral segment brown at least on its disc. Eyes black with a fulvous
border. Antennae brown. Elytra whitish-subhyaline, nervures distinct,
concolorous. Wings white the nervures brown at apex. In the females the
median line of the oviduct and pygofers is testaceous, or pale j-ellow in one
example. Length about 3^ m. m.

In this species the front is rather wide especially in the female, and the
black marginal line about the fovae is quite characteristic.

New York and New Jersey. Described from several examples taken
by Prof. J. B. Smith at Anglesea, N. J., May 2Sth, and near New York City
and at Ravenswood, N. Y., Aug. 23th, iSgo, by Mr. E. B. Southwick.

MEGAMELUS DAVISI, n. sp.

Near to M. Piceous but smaller and more slender.

Macropterous form: Piceous black. Vertex with the lateral carina; at
base and a lozenge-shaped mark on the disc anteriorly, including a black
point, pale. Sides, carin^e, and narrow hind edge of the pronotum, and
hind edge of the mesonotum, marked more or less with pale; the lateral
carimc of the mesonotum and sometimes the median, marked with fulvous.
Face pale; front and clypeus with a black line on either side; a spot below
the antenna; another anterior to, and a smaller one above the eye, brown.
Basal joint of the antennae with a brown spot beneath which may extend on
to the base of the succeeding joint. Abdomen with some fulvous marks
beneath and on the basal segments of the tergum. Breast pale, varied with
piceous on the disc of the pleural pieces. Legs pale, tibite more or less
distinctly twice-banded and the femora feebly lineated with brown; spur
white, very large and foliaceous, oblong, obtuse and brownish at apex, its
length less than twice its width. Elytra whitish, somewhat clouded on the
clavus ; nervures pale, distinct, the costal and commissural darker ; base of
the clavus and a line at its apex black.

Aperture of the pygofers of the male broad, the usual ventral sinus
shallow, nearly filled by two siout teeth which become somewhat incurved
at apex ; the edges of the dorsal pieces touched with yellowish below the
short anal tube.

A brachypterous male differs in being mostly pale beneath with the
black longitudmal line on either side of the front and clypeus distinct; disc
of the pro- and mesonotum between the lateral carina; pale yellow with two
black points behind the vertex. Tergum, excepting segments four and five,
largely pale yellow. Elytra covering the second abdominal segment, trun-
cated behind, black with pale nervures. The very young are whitish marked
more or less with black on either side of the dorsum and with two brown
lines on the front. Length to tip of the elytra 3j^ m. m.

Michigan. Received from Mr. G. C. Davis ro whom this pretty species
is dedicated and who reports it as abundant on water lilies. This is an
interesting insect easily distinguishable from all its allies by its large foli-
aceous spurs at the base of the hind tarsi. It is intermediate in form and
size between M. piceous and M. marginatus but in coloration it is much
nearer piceous although the elytra are white and want the setigerous gran-

236

ules on the nervures. In this as in many of our other Delphacids the extent
of the pale markings is quite variable in different individuals and the females
are proportionately broader than the males.

Is not the large foliaceous spur in this species an adaptation of Nature
to enable these insects to leap more readily from the surface of the water
about which they make their home?

GENUS PISSONOTUS, n gen.

Head narrower than the pronotum ; vertex hardly prominent before the
eyes; front narrow above, much expanded below, the sides arcuated, median
carina forked about one third its length below the apex of the head, the
two branches subparallel closely approximated for most of their length.
Thorax broad across the middle, convex, narrowed anteriorly; pronotum
nearly straight across the hind edge, lateral carinse rather widely divergent
at their apex a little incurved, hardly attaining the posterior edge.

This genus seems to be intermediate between Megamelus and Dicran-
otropis. P. marginatus and its allies are highly polished little insects,
broadest across the base of the elytra which in the brachypterous examples
are small, truncate behind, smooth and polished with the nervures nearly
obsolete, and the scutellum is unusually small. P. basalis has a large
scutellum and has much the appearance of a Kormus, but the lateral carina;
do not follow the posterior curve of the eyes and the front is much wider
below with its median carina distinctly forked some ways below the apex of
the head. P. aphidioides and its allies are dull brown insects widest across
the abdomen, at least in the brachypterous examples which alone are known
to me, giving them a strong resemblance to some of the subterranean plant-
lice near Rhizobius. All the species have the apex of the front pale, and a
broad black band crosses the dypeus and the anterior and intermediate
cox£e. Some of the species, especially brunneus, bear a strong resemblance
to members of the genus Dicranotropis, and it may be necessary to modify
that genus so as to include them when their winged forms are known. For
the present these may be distinguished by having a broader front with the
forks of its median carina closely approximated below the apex of the head.
The brachypterous forms of brunneus, aphidioides and their allies have
strong pale elytral nervures.

The type of this genus is Pissonotus marginatus.

I PISSONOTUS MARGINATUS, n. sp.
Van Duzee, Bui. Buf. Soc. Nat. Sci., V, p. 190, 1S94.
Vertex, pronotum and scutellum nearly equal in length, the former
almost square, hardly prominent before the eyes, the latter unusually small
with the edges nearly rectilinear and the apex but slightly produced. Elytra
short, rarely covering the second abdominal segment, cut squarely off behind,
almost coriaceous, shining, the nervures nearly obsolete. Abdomen of the
female broadly ovate, in the males more slender. Aperature of the pygofers
of the male rather broad, superior wall of the anal tube produced in long
incurved tusk-like horns that are nearly parallel and rest with their tips
against the indented ventral margin of the pygofers; stiles small, incon-

237

spicuoas Color piceous black, head rufous, clypeus black, posterior half
of pronotumand broad hind edge of the elytra white. Scutellum and base
of the elytra tinged with rufous; breast and legs, except the tibiae and apex
of the anterior and intermediate femora, pale; antennae dusky. The male
has the tip of the clypeus and front, antennae, legs and breast soiled whitish
yellow. The pale margin of the pronotum is very narrow. The vertex and
base of the front are piceous and the elytra are paler, almost rufous. Length
about iYj, m. m.

Lancaster, N. Y. July and Sept, Described from a single pair. More
recently, June 1S96, I took a fine female of this species at Hamburgh, N. V.

2 PISSONOTUS ATER, n. sp.

Van Duzee, Bui. Buf. Soc. Nat. Sci., V, p. 190, 1S94.

Form and size of marginatus. Deep pitchy black, highly polished,
Elytra inclined to piceous-brown. Face piceous becoming more or less
flavescent across the apex of the front and cheeks. Antennae, legs, breast
and disc pf the venter soiled honey yellow, anterior and intermediate tibiae
and apex of the posterior coxae embrowned. Length 3 m. m.

Near Buffalo, N. Y. Described from a single female example taken on
Grand Island in Niagara River, Sept. nth, 1S92. This species agrees with
marginatus in most of its characters and may prove to be but a black variety
of that form.

Since the above description was prepared I have taken a pair of this
species at Harnburgh, N. Y. on the nth of July. To the characters given
I can only add that the base of the tergum shows indications of the paler
markings characteristic of the brown forms of this genus and the legs are
more deeply colored approaching piceous on the knees. The male is deep
black becoming a little pitchy on the elytra and head. The genital segment
is long; aperture of the pygofers more strongly constricted a little below
the middle and somewhat narrower than in marginatus, and the impressed
portion of the ventral wall is slightly elevated at either angle and produced
in a minute sharp tooth which is not noticeable in its ally.

In both sexes the elytra are highly polished with the nervures indicated
by raised points, more conspicuous in the male, in which, also, the apex of
the elytra is touched with white at either angle.

This is without doubt quite distinct from marginatus. It may be recog-
nized by the narrower front with the median carina prominent for its whole
length. In marginatus this carina becomes obsolete over the apex of the head.

3 PISSONOTUS DELICATUS, n. sp.

Form of P. marginatus, but smaller with the front a little narrower.
Color pale honey-yellow; face marked with the usual piceous band which
covers the base of the clypeus and crosses the anterior coxae. Apical mar-
gin of the elytra white; apex of the front whitish ; knees, tips of the tarsi, a
streak on the outer surface of the anterior and intermediate tibiae, and the
extreme point of the oviduct dark brown. Length 2^ m. m.

California. Described from a single female specimen received from
Mr. D. W. Coquillett and captured near Los Angeles,

2 38

4 PISSONOTUS BASALIS, n. sp.
Van Duzee, Bui. Buf. Soc. Nat. Sci., V, p. igo, 1894.

Macropterous form. Allied to marginatus but differs in having the
scutellum much larger, about as in Liburnia pellucida which this species
much resembles. It is however a much stouter insect than the latter and
the hind edge of the pronotum is straight. Front narrower than in P. mar-
ginatus, the median carina distinct. Color piceous black, hind edge of the
pronotum broadly white, extreme tip of the scutellum and narrow apex of
the front yellowish ; front, cheeks and vertex rufo-piceous, breast from the
apex of the anterior coxae to the base of the abdomen, and the coxae, femora,
and hind tibiae honey-yellow ; tarsi whitish at base, the base of the tergum
obscurely marked with paler. Elytra and wings whitish-hyaline, smoky at
base and slightly clouded at apex. Marginal nervure brown, the others
nearly concolorous. Antennae soiled honey-yellow. Length 3j^ m. m.

Described from one female taken at Lancaster, N. Y., July 4th, 188S.

A male from Columbus, Texas, in the National Museum collection
apparently belongs to this species. It differs from the female described
above in having the face piceous black with a white band across the apex of
the front and cheeks, three or four transverse marks and two marginal dots
on the basal half of the front, the narrow base of the vertex and a broad
band on its apex including two dots, white. The base of the tergum is also
marked with yellowish. Pygofers much inflexed below, the aperture
broadly ovate, the margins angularly produced inwardl3\on either side
above the middle, forming a blunt tooth.

5 PISSONOTUS PALLIPES, n. sp.

Gillette & Baker, Hemip. of Colo., p. 6g, 1895.

Allied to basalis but smaller and more slender. Head brownish ful-
vous; eyes, basal joint of the antennae and base of the clypeus piceous, the
latter polished. Pronotum piceous, the short median carina with a whitish
mark, the lateral with a slender pale line. Scutellum piceous-black, the
short abrupt tip whitish, the edges narrowly fulvous at base ; carinae paler
in the female. Elytra whitish hyaline the marginal nervure and a cloud on
the shoulder brown, discal nervures faintly yellowish. Abdomen piceous
black, base of the vertex, edges of the genital pieces of the male and the
margin of the plates in the female, paler or yellowish. Legs whitish, line-
ated with brown, tips of the claws brown. Breast whitish marked with a
broad piceous band which crosses the base of the coxae and clypeus. Geni-
tal segment of the male long, the aperture rather narrow, the sides produced
inferiorly in a rounded lobe slightly incurved over the base of the small
stiles. Length about 3 m. m.

California. Colorado. Described from one pair received from Prof. C.
P. Gillette, taken among the mountains of North Western Colorado, and
two females taken near Los Angeles, California, by Mr, D. W. Coquillett.
These latter differ from Prof. Gillette's specimens in having the head darker
or almost piceous with a pale band adjoining the base of the clypeus, the
base of the vertex also wants the whitish marks.

2 39

This species may be distinguished from basalis by the piceous pronotitm
marked with whitish on the carinae, the shorter scutellum with its abrupt
white apex, and distinct carinae, and the more slender form of the insect

6 PISSONOTUS APHIDIOIDES n. sp.
Van Duzee, Bui. Buf. Soc. Nat. Sci., V, p. 190, 1894.

Broad oval, widest across the abdomen. Elytra reaching onto the second
abdominal segment, the nervures prominent. Color wood-brown inclined
to yellowish on the legs and disc of the tergum ; pleural pieces and sides of
the abdomen obscurely marked with piceous ; pronotum and usual transverse
band on the face, whitish ; the latter followed by a broad piceous band across
the base of the clypeus and anterior coxte. Cheeks marked with an oval
black spot below the antennae. Front with about three transverse pale
lines two of which are nearer the base, the other may be reduced to two
points adjoining the whitish apical band. Base of the scutellum irrorated
more or less with whitish, tibiae and tips of the tarsi brown. Elytra brown,
sub-opake, with paler nervures. [n one example the vertex is white with
the fovae and a dot on either side at apex black, and the base of the tergal
segments are brownish yellow. Length 3 to 3J^ m. m.

New York. Described from two female examples, one taken at Sala-
manca, August 2nd, 1S89, the other at Colden a few days earlier. The latter
is a larger and darker specimen bearing a striking resemblance to some of
our brown plant lice.

7 PISSONOTUS DORSALIS, n. sp.
Van Duzee, Bui. Buf. Soc. Nat. Sci., V, p. igo, 1894.

Closely allied to the preceding. Dull yellowish brown, paler beneath ;
broad lateral margin of the tergum, some marks on the connexivum and
the base and apex of the pj^gofers in the female, piceous or blackish. Clypeus
deep black with some obscure spots opp isite the pleural pieces indicating a
transverse band; claws of the anterior and intermediate feet blackish, front
paling toward the base of the clypeus, immaculate above. Disc of the ter-
gum quite obviously tinged with yellow. In the male the front, vertex and
elytra have a reddish cast with the apical margins of the latter whitish, the
nervures concolorous. Aperture of the pygofers in the male broadest below
the middle, the stiles short and curved, their slender acute points approxi-
mated above, their base surrounded by the long curved ventral prolongation
of the outer superior angles of the pygofers. Length about 3 m. m.

New York. Described from one pair captured in July, at Lancaster
and Colden. This species may be distinguished from the preceding by the
paler yellowish dorsum, and the brown, almost immaculate, front.

8 PISSONOTUS BRUNNEUS, n. sp.

Van Duzee, Bui. Buf. Soc. Nat. Sci., V, p. 190, 1S94.
Allied to P. aphidioides but much smaller. Color piceous brown tinged
with rufous on the front; breast soiled yellowish white, marked by the usual
broad piceous band which crosses the clypeus and curving backward on
either side covers the anterior and intermediate coxae and terminates in a
cloud on the post-pleura. Carinae paler than the adjacent surface, narrow

240

apical iiiargiii uL Lhe Irmil and outer edge of the cheeks whitish. Elytra
fuscous with prominent whitish nervures. Disc of the tergal segments
sometimes paler and there may be a longitudinal row of pale spots, more
t)r less continuous, on either side of the middle of the venter, edge of the
plates and^a line on the oviduct pale. Antennae brown, the basal joint
black. Eyes edged with pale. Length 2%, m. m.

New York. Described from six female examples, four taken near
Buffalo in September, and two from New York City taken by Mr. E. B.
Southwick in June. One of the latter is unusually dark with the pale mark-
ings much reduced in extent and the legs black.

Superficially this insect resembles Phyllodinus nervatus but the head
is narrower than the pronotum, the legs are not strongly flattened, the
cheeks are narrower toward their apex and the lateral carina; of the prono-
tum do not reach the hind margin.

GENUS DICRANOTROPIS, Ficb.
Fieber, Ver. der Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien, XVI, p. 521, iSOO.

Cicad. d'Europe, I, p. 91, 1875; II, \)\. 8, 1S76.
Sahlberg, Cicadaria;, p. 469, 1871.
Mayr, Tabellen, I, p. 21, 1884.
Edwi^rds, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., i8S6, p. 92.
Ashmead, Ent. An., V, p. 27, 18S9.

DICRANOTROPIS MAIDIS, (Ashui.)

Delphax maidis Ashmead, Psyche, V, -p. 323, 1890.

It is with some misgivings that I refer this species to Dicranotropis.
The front is not at all narrowed toward the apex but the sides are sharp and
parallel to a point opposite the lower angle of the eyes ; here the median
carina is forked, the two branches being well separated and a little diver-
gent vi^here they pass over the rounded apex of the head. The general color
is fulvous brown becoming darker on the front, pleural pieces and femora.
The abdomen is brown with the segments edged with pale and the carina
above are paler. The elytra are more than twice the length of the body,
whitish hyaline with yellowish nervures, those at the apex margined with
smoky, especially toward the inner angle; and on the commissural ner-
vurc just before the apex of the clavus is a fuscous line.

Several specimens of this species were in the box received from the
National Museum. They are from Florida and Columbus, Texa.s. Mr.
Ashmead's description referred to above is quite accurate and full.

GENUS PHYLLODINUS, n. gen.

Form short and stout, square before. Head wider than the pronotum.
Vertex quadrangular, a little wider than long, passage to the front strongly
rounded. Front broad, base and apex nearly equal, the sides feebly convex ;
median carina forked opposite the middle of the eyes. Clypeus tricarinate.
Cheeks narrow, broad at apex, the edges almost parallel below the inner
angle of the eyes. Ej^es large, transverse, deeply excavated below. Anten-

241

nae stout, the two basal joints about equal in length. Pronotum short,
anterior edge straight between the eyes, posterior very feebly excavated,
lateral carina? following the contour of the eyes. Scutellum short. Elytra
in brachypterous form with strong reticulated nervures. Anterior and
intermediate feet with the posterior coxae strongly flattened, the femora
deeply sulcate within. Posterior tibise bispinose.

PHYLLODINUS NERVATA, n. sp.
Eurysa nervata, Van Duzee, Bui. Buf. Soc. Nat. Sci., V, p. igi, 1894,

Form oblong, broad and short. Head wider than the pronotum, vertex
nearly square, a little transverse, the edges nearly rectilinear, the anterior
fova long-triangular, reaching over the rounded anterior edge of the head.
Front oblong, a little expanded opposite the lower angle of the eyes; middle
keel distinct for its whole length on the front but obsolete on the base of
the clypeus. Pronotum shorter than the vertex, the fore and hind margins
nearly straight and parallel, lateral carinae much curved. Sides of the large
scutellum concave, the lateral carinas straight and oblique; near theb asal
angles. Elytra short and broad, covering the fifth abdominal segment,
rounded behind. Pygofers of the male compressed laterally, the aperture
narrow, forming a rounded pocket below to enclose the short slender curved
stiles, which are approximated but do not quite touch at their tips. Wall
of the anal aperture square and produced on the ventral aspect, the lower
angles acute and nearly touching one another. Femora and tibiae of the
anterior and intermediate feet tl 1 and broadly expanded. Length 2%
to 3 m. m.

Color piceous brown. Vertex pale, a short anterior median line and a
row of dots on either side brown ; disc of the pronotum and its carinae pale ;
scutellum pale with the basal angles and a double median line brown.
Elytra subhyaline, smoky, with numerous heavy ramous white nervures.
Front blackish with the carinae and a double row of dots on either side pale.
CariocC of the clypeus in part, rostrum, excepting its tip, edges of the femora,
and tips of the tibiae, some marks on the pleural pieces, sternum and coxae
below, and the apical joint of the antennae, pale. Disc of the tergum in the
females tinged with reddish with a more or less complete double row of
pale spots on either side. Tip of the genital pieces and the oblong plates
at the ba'^e of the oviduct in the females whitish, Deflexed sides of the
pronotum expanded into a large white plate at the base of the elytra.

New York and Canada. Not uncommon near Buffalo on damp weedy
meadows in June. Also taken in Welland Co. Out. and at Muskoka Lake
in July. This is our largest northern Delphacid. Its square form and
brown color with the strongly ramously veined elytra will distinguish it.

LACCOCERA, new genus.

Allied to Delphacinus and Eurysa. Head large, a little wider than the
pronotum. Vertex nearly square or somewhat five-sided, a little surpass-
ing the eyes before. Front broad, six-sided, distinctly angled between the
eyes; apex but little narrower than the base; passage to the front strongly

242

angled; median carina distinct, forked at the apex of the head, the lateral
compartments with a few large pustules. Pronotum short, deeply excava-
ted behind ; lateral carinse strongly curved behind the eyes, pustulate.
Scutellum large, distinctly constricted before the apex; lateral carinse but
feebly divergent posteriorly. Anterior and intermediate tibiae flattened,
not foliaceous expanded; hind tibia; armed, the tarsi short.

This genus is, perhaps, nearer to Eurysa Fieb. but the carina; are more
distinct, the passage from the front to the vertex is more acute, the prono-
tum is more deeply excavated behind, and the front, vertex and sides of the
pronotum and abdomen are ornamented with large excavated pustules. It
differs from Phyllodinus in the simple anterior and intermediate tibite, the
form of the front, the more deeply excavated hind edge of the pronotum,
the smaller antennae with shorter basal joint, and the pustulated ornamenta-
tion which recalls Achorotile. Laccocera obesa is hardly characteristic of
this genus and may not belong here. Laccocera vittipennis is the type.

LACCOCERA VITTIPENNIS, n. sp.
Delphacinus, Gillette & Baker, Hemip. of Colo., p. 69, 1S95.

Head a little broader than the pronotum, blunt before; vertex nearly
square, very slightly angled before, the hind edge rectilinear between the
eyes ; apical fovae oblong, rounded before and behind. Front parallel above,
tapering rapidly below ; median carina strong and distinct throughout, each
compartment with about seven pustules, two near the apex, two at base,
and three smaller ones along the outer ma'"gin above the middle. Prono-
tum shorter than the vertex ; deeply and angularly excavated behind, lateral
carinae strongly curved, extending over onto the deflected sides and marked
by a row of small pustules. Scutellum large, lateral carinae but slightly
divergent. Length 4 m. m.

Color; Head pale yellowish ; cheeks, clypeus and outer margins of the
front, black, carinse and pustules pale; outer apical angles of the vertex
with a row of shallow pustules which contain each a black dot. Pronotum
whitish, with a dusky cloud below the eye divided by the lateral carina.
Scutellum bright fulvous, outer compartments black, edged behind with
fulvous; the median carina sometimes pale. Elytra much exceeding the
abdomen in length ; whitish vitreus with a broad smoky vitta on either mar-
gin at apex, the inner prolonged as a fainter stripe along the sutural margin
of the corium to the base; nervures slender, brown. Wings white with
brown nervures. Breast yellowish ; coxse and legs black, edges of the
femora and the anterior and intermediate tibise, the basal joint of the hind
tarsi and the posterior tibise yellow. Abdomen black, inner margins of the
plates of the female whitish, edge of the oviduct and disc of the pygofers
fulvous. The front is sometimes blackish to the base, and the pleural
pieces may be more or less invaded with black; antennae black.

The male has the head and pronotum soiled whitish with the clypeus
and apex of the front blackish; antennae pale; cheeks and legs fulvous;
coxae and disc of the pleural pieces black. Elytra smoky at base becoming
vitreous toward the apex with strong brown nervures. Aperture of the

243

pygofers nearly square above and below, suddenly expanded about the
middle at the tips of the long curved dorsal hooks; styles broad, approxi-
mate at base, curved outward and becoming nearly parallel and pointed
above.

New Hampshire, Colorado. Described from three female examples
taken on Mt. Washington by Mrs. Annie Trumbull Slosson, and one pair
from the mountains of North West Colorado, collected by Prof. C. P. Gil-
lette. One of the females from Mt. Washington is more clearly marked
than the others ; the pronotum and scutellum are white on the middle marked
with black on the sides and the breast is black, otherwise it does not differ
from typical specimens.

LACCOCERA ZONATUS, n. sp.

Delphacinus zonatus, Gillette & Baker, Hemip. of Colo., p. 69, 1S95.

Brachypterous Male. Deep shining black. Front, vertex pronotum
and scutellum tawny yellow or whitish ; face fulvous; feet light orange, the
tarsi paler tipped with brown; tergum marked with a transverse band on
t!ie second and third segments which may invade the base of the fourth.
Elytra short, truncated behind, reaching onto the second abdominal seg-
ment, nervures simple, strong. Apex of the ample pygofers broad below
with a transverse oblong excavation bounded by an incurved tooth on either
side. Styles approximate at base, quite widely spreading, reaching about
half way to the anal tube the ventral wall of which is broadly expanded and
produced at the outer angles into a long acute tusk-like fulvous tooth.

Macropterous female: Soiled yellowish white ; an oblong spot on either
side of the base of the scutellum, a cloud on the pleural pieces, the lineations
of the femora and the metanotum, brown. Tergum black, a large spot on
the basal disc, a row of about four pustules on either side of the middle on
each segment and their narrow edges pale. Elytra and wings well devel-
oped, vitreous with strong brown nervures. Length 2}4 to 3^ m. m.

In both sexes the head is very large, wider than the thorax; the eyes
are large overlapping the pronotum for one half their length. Vertex cut
squarely off behind, anteriorly extending for nearly one half its length before
the eyes and but little produced at the middle, the edge almost rounded
before, carinas distinct, forming a large triangle with its apex at the tip of
the head, the contained fovae strongly marked. Front broad, but little
narrowed at apex, the middle carinte distinct. Pronotum angularly exca-
vated behind for one half its length. On the front are three pairs of pus-
tules, one pair placed near the middle of the outer edge and smaller; a row
of pustules follows the curved pronotal carmse and there is another below
the carinated outer edge of the front, and a smaller pair occupy the outer
angle of the vertex.

Colorado. Described from a single pair received from Prof. C. P.
Gillette.

Since the above was written one macropterous and ten brachypterous
males have been received from Prof. Gillette. The former differs from the

244

brachypterous form only in having a blackish oblong spot within the basal
angles of the scutellum. The elytra are long as in the female but of a pale
smoky brown with darker nervures.

LACCOCERA ? OBESA, n. sp.

Delphacinus obesa, Gillette & Baker, Hemip. of Colorado, p. 69, 1895.

Macropterous female: Allied to vittipennis but broader and stouter
with the head narrower than the thorax, the eyes smaller and the elytra
shorter and broader at apex.

Vertex nearly square, broadly rounded before, not obviously five angled ;
basal fovcU shorter than in zonatus, more as in genus Delphax, reaching
only to the middle, before forming two middle keels which run nearly par-
allel over the apex of the head and unite abruptly to form the middle keel
of the front. These carinse form three oblong nearly equal compartments
on the apical half of the vertex. Hind edge of the pronotu'm broadly sinu-
ately excavated across the middle, including a slight median emargination ;
the fore and hind margins nearly parallel.

Color soiled yellowish white, fulvous on the scutellum. Eyes, clypeus,
its carina; excepted, and the disc of the pleural pieces blackish. Tergum
marked as in the female of zonatus. Venter fulvous dotted with brown ;
oviduct brown, shorter than the pygofers, the latter pale with a brown dot
at the inner apical angle. Length 31^ m. m.

Colorado. Described from a single female specimen received from
Prof. C. P. Gillette. This is a stouter species than zonatus with which it
agrees closely in color and markings. It has the same arrangement of pus-
tules on the head and pronotum, but the carina on the vertex are differently
placed.

GENUS STOBERA, Stal.

Berliner Ent. Zeits., Ill, p. 327, 1859.

"Caput thorace nonnihil angustius, truncatum ; vertice transverso;
fronte elongata, subparellela, marginibus carinatis, medio carina percur-
rente. basi ipsa furcata mstructa; genis obliquis, triangularibus, haud para-
lellis; clypeo tricarinato. Antennae compressae, capiti transverso cum ocu-
lis vix aequilongfe, articulo ultimo penultimolongiore. Thorax brevis, pos-
tice late emarginatus, tricarinatus, carinis lateralibus posterius leviter
divergentibus. Tegmina abdomen multo superantia. Tibiae posticae bispi-
nosae. Amblycoti affine genus."

The above is a copy of Stal's description. The characters given below
were prepared by me before I had discovered that this genus had already
been defined.

Allied to Conomelus Fieb. Head considerably narrower than the pro-
notum. Vertex short, the carinas sharp and prominent over the apex of
the head. Front narrow, ligulate, but little or not at all narrowed at base,
sides nearly rectilinear, carinae prominent. Cheeks broad triangular, the
outer edge a little reflexed. Clypeus long, acutely triangular, distinctly
tricarinate. Antennae stout, reaching onto the base of the clypeus; first

245

joint broadly flattened, narrowed to the base, the apex oblique ; second joint
larger, subterete, nearly as wide as the first; its surface, except at base and
the outer edge of the first joint coarsely papillated. Pronotum deeply exca-
vated behind, strongly carinated, the lateral carinae distinctly incurved at
apex. Sides of the scutellum strongly concave, the apex prominent, large.
Elytral nervures setigerous-punctate.

This genus is near Conomelus Fieb. but differs in the form of the front :
the antennje have the same shape but are more flattened, and the carinse
are more prominent. The lateral carinse of the pronotum apparently fork
behind, sending one branch to the posterior edge and another behind the
eye as in Liburnia. Certainly this is the case in our common tricarinata,
Say.

STOBERA TRICARINATA, (Say.)

Delphax tricarinatus, Say. Jl. Acad. Nat. Sciences, Phila. IV, p. 337,
1825. Complete Writings, II, p. 225.

Uhler, Bui. U. S. Geol. & Geog. Surv., II, p. 352, 1S76.

Van Duzee, Psyche, V, p. 389, 1S90.

Osborn, Proc. Iowa Acad. Sci., I, pt. II, p. 127, 1892.

Conomelus tricarinatus, Van Duzee, Bui, Buf. Soc. Nat. Sci., V.,
p. 191, 1894.
Gillette & Baker, Hemip. of Colo., p. 69, 1895.

Color pale yellowish white, vertex and scutellum fulvous, apex of the
head with a brown band between the eyes and invading the base of the
front. A broad black band crosses the apex of the front and cheeks and a
more slender one the base of the clypeus. Apex of the clyjDeUs, femora
below and the coxte dotted and the tibiae twice banded with black. Antennae
and outer edge of the scutellum dusky. Disc of the tergum and ventral
segments black. Elytra whitish hyaline, nervures, the marginal excepted,
with black setigerous dots. Base of the clavus, an oblique band before the
middle, another across the base of the apical areoles which is deflected so
as to cover the inner half of the membrane, and a triangular spot on the
outer apical angle, brown. Where the apical nervures terminate in the
brown cloud they are marked by a white spot one of which is larger.
Length about 4 m. m.

This is a widely distributed species m North America occurring from
Quebec to Mississippi and California. In Western New York it is occa-
sionally taken in damp situations from May to August. I have also taken
it near Ridgeway, Ont and have received specimens from New Jersey,
(Smith), Mississippi (H. E. Weed), Kansas, (Snow), Colorado, (Gillette),
Iowa, (Osborn), California, (Coquillett), and Virginia, Oct. 3d and 23d,
Columbus. Tex., June 6th, (U. S. Natl. Mus.), Mr. Uhler records it from
Illinois, Nebraska and Missouri, and Say's specimens were from Missouri.
In the mountains of Colorado and California a shorter winged form seems
to predominate. The extent of the dark markings is subject to some varia-
tion in this species.

246

STOBERA CONCINNA, Stal.
Delphax concinna, Stal, Of. Vet. Akad. Forh. XI, p. 246, 1854.
Stobera concinna, Stal, Berl. Ent. Zeits., Ill, p. 327, 1859.

"Fusco-testacea {i), vel pallida (?); fascia lata frontis genarumque,
niaculis marginalibus abdominis parvis, pedibusque pallidis, his nigro-an-
nulatis; tegniinibus vitreis, fascia obliqua ante medium, fasciis 2 opposite
obliquis, una mox pone medium, altera prope apicem, ad commisuram con-
junctis, fusis; venis fusco-punctatis. Long, cum tegm. 4}4 millim. Patria:
Mexico."

This probably is not distinct from the preceding but I refrain from
uniting them at present on account of Stal's note appended to his later
description which reads: "Adset in Museo Berolinensis species e Pensylva-
nia S. concinnae maxime affinis et similis." Assuming this note to refer to
tricarinata, which is more than probable, it is evident that Dr. Stal con-
sidered thisadistinct but closely allied species. So that it seems advisable
to retain both names until the question can be settled by the study of a wider
range of material than is now at my disposal.

STOBERA BIFASCIATA, (Prov.)
Delphax bifasciata, Prov., Pet. Faune Ent. du Can., Ill, p. 337, 1890.
This is without doubt but a slightly immature form of tricarinata.
Were it not for Provancher's remark — "son front est blanchatre" [ would
not hesitate for a moment to place it as a synonym of that species. I have
seen unquestionable specimens of tricarinata that agree with his description
in every respect except the pale front.

GENUS LIBURNIA, Stal.

Stal, Hemipt. Africana IV, pp. 176 and 179, 1866.

Sahlberg, Cicadariaj p. 422, 1871.

Fieber, Cicad. d'Europe I, p. 89, 1875; II, pi. 8, 1876.

Edwards, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1886, p 51.

Delphax, Fieber Ver. der Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien, XVI, p. 520, 1866.

Amyot & Serv., Hemipt. p. 512, 1843. (in part)

Berg, Hemipt. Argent, p. 223, 1879.

Mayr, Tabellen I, p. 20, 1884.

Ashmead, Ent. Am. V, p. 26, 1889.

Prov., Pet. Faune Ent. du Can. Ill, p. 223, 1S89.

Stal in 1866 first restricted the genus Delphax to clavicornis and its
allies, on the ground, apparently, that clavicornis was the first species de-
scribed by Fabricius under this generic name and therefore should be con-
sidered the type; thus making Delphax synonymous with Asiraca and dis-
placing the latter generic name. Many European Hemipterists still retain
the name Delphax for the present genus. But Delphax has long been em-

247

ployed so loosely for most any species of this family that a desire for greater
precision would seem to call for the use of Dr. Stal's name even if it were
not fully justified by the rules of nomenclature as now most generally
understood and adopted. Certainly no exception should be made in this
case for the sake of perpetuating Fabricius' name by its application to the
larger genus.

LIBURNIA ORNATA, (Stal.)

Delphax ornata, Stal, Berliner Ent. Zeits. VI, p. srs, 1862.

Liburnia ornata, Osborn, Proc. Iowa, Acad Sci., I, pt. 2, p. 127, 1S91.

Van Duzee, Bui. Buf. Soc. Nat. Sci., V, p. 191, 1894.

Fulvous-brown, brighter above; vertex, pronotum and scutellum with
a white median line which is bordered by a slender black line forming a
continuation of the black frontal fovse over the apex of the head. Frontal
carinae heavy, white. A longitudinal line behind the eye, the pleural pieces
and the abdomen black, the latter with some fulvous spots on the margins,
and the hind edges of the ventral segments may be pale. Elytra whitish
hyaline; a large spot near the base of the corium and a broad V shaped
band beyond the middle having its apex on the inner edge near the tip of
the clavus, brown. Nervures on the apical half brown and brown-margined,
on the base dotted, concolorous on the brown basal spot. Front and clypeus
narrow, ligulate. Vertex rectangular, scarcely prominent before the eyes.
Length 4 m. m.

This is a widely distributed and pretty species recalling by its orna
mentation Stobera tricarinata. Stal records it from South Carolina and
New York. Prof. Herbert Osborn has taken it in Iowa in September.
Mr. H. E. Weed has sent me specimens from Mississippi and Mr. W. J.
Palmer, Jr. of Buffalo has taken it in the mountains of North Carolina in
July. About Buffalo it is rare. I have taken one specimen here on grass
in June.

LIBURNIA PELLUCIDA, (Fab )

Fulgora pellucida, Fab. Ent. Syst , IV^, p. 7, 1792.

Delphax pellucida, Fab. Syst. Rhyng. , p. 84, 1803.

Germar, Mag. der Ent., Ill, p. 212, 181S.

Burm., Handb. der Ent. II, i, p. 150, 1835.

Stal, Of. Vet. Akad. Forb., XI, p. 193, 1854.

Fieb. Verb, der Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien, XVI, tafl. 8, fig. 20, 1S66.
Liburnia pellucida, Fieb. Cat. der Cicad. p. 5, 1871.
Fieb. Cicad. d'Europe IV, p. 4, 1876.
Sahlberg, Cicadarise p 436, 1871.
Harrington, Ottawa Nat., VI, p. 31, 1892.
Van Duzee, Bui. Buf. Soc. Nat. Sci., V, p. 191, 1894.
Macropterous males: Color black; carinae of the head broadly white;
pronotum white clouded anteriorly between the carinae, or the surface may
be more or less obscured with blackish ; scutellum shining black edged with

24S

fulvous; auleniKu pale; connexivum and narrow margin of the ventral seg-
ments and pleural pieces whitish. Elytra fuliginous; forks of the first and
second sectors nearly equal; nervures sparingly punctate; pale at base.
Legs pale, femora and outer face of the tibia; more or less embrowned,
Pygofers broad, aperture transverse, narrowed dorsally, ventral notch
broad, moderately deep ; stiles rather slender, acute, very widely divergent,
almost horizontal ; the pygofers edged with white.

In the brachypterous males the disc of the scutellum is sometimes pale
and the pale markings on the abdomen are more extended.

The brachypterous females are pale brownish yellow, deeper colored
on the scutellum and venter; pronotum whitish; tergum and venter some-
times marked with black.

This insect is apparently indigenous to all the northern countries of the
globe. It is found throughout Europe, extending its range in the north
from Scandinavia through Russia and Siberia to Kamshatcha, and on this
continent has been reported from Alaska, British America, Canada and the
Eastern United States generally. About Buffalo it is our most abundant
Delphacid, occurring through the entire season, frequently in large numbers

Delphax arvensis Fitch is probably only the female of this species
Delphax furcata Prov. seems to differ in being larger and having a black
oviduct. It may be distinct. A few references for these names follow:

LIBURNIA AVENSIS, (Fitch.)
Delphax arvensis, Fitch, Homop. N. Y. State Cab., p. 46, 1S51.
Reprint in Lintner's gth Rept, p. 386, 1893.
It seems impossible to positively identify this form. Several examples
of what I formerly placed under arvensis have been taken about Buffalo
from May to Oct. These I now believe to be the macropterous females of
pellucida. They are of a pale soiled yellow color, the elytra are tinged with
fulvous with strong fulvous nervures. In some examples there are a few
black marks beneath and the front may be more or less obscured.

LIBURNIA FURCATA, (Prov.)
Delphax furcata, Prov. Nat. Canadien, IV, p. 320, 1872.
Prov. Pet. Faune Ent du Can., Ill, p. 225, 1889.
Van Duxee, Bui. Buf. Soc. Nat. Sci., V, p. 191, 1894.
A larger form closely allied to the preceding I placed under this name
in my list f^f the Hemiptera of Buffalo. It agrees with Provancher's
description in the size but wants the brown oviduct. This name should,
perhaps, be placed as a synonym of the foregoing.

LIBURNIA DETECTA, n. sp.

Macropterous form: Broad and stout Color soiled whitish; basal
angles of the scutellum and beneath, especially in the female, quite strongly
tinged with yellow. Face black; a longitudinal line in the middle of each

249

compartment of the front and a shorter one on the cheeks fulvous, carinse
white ; basal fovai of the vertex pale, base of the scutellum, disc of the pleu-
ral pieces, some marks on the base of the vertex in the male, and the claws,
blackish. The black on the base of the scutellum is mostly covered bj^ the
pronotum but on either side it is extended backward as a black line next to
the patagia. Tergum black, the broad margins and a transverse band near
the apex whitish m the male, fulvous in the female. Elytra whitish, ner-
vures concolorous, the marginal heavy and brown around the apex ; the
inner apical areoles with a faint longitudinal fuscous cloud. Tips of the
last segment of the connexivum black in the female. Length, male 3>^,
female 4 m. m.

The genital characters of the male are similar to those of pellucida;
stiles quite broad, widely divergent, their apex rounded and a little twisted.
All the pieces black except the edge of the anal tube.

New York. Described from one pair received from Mr. E. B. South-
wick, taken in New York City.

LIBURNIA CONSIMILIS, n. sp.
Gillette & Baker, Hemip. of Colo., p. 69, 1S95.

Form and aspect of L. pellucida. Black ; all the carina-, the broad pos-
terior margin of the pronotum, feet, mostly, and the narrow margins of the
abdominal and pleural pieces, white; elytra faintly fuliginous, nervures
brown. Length 4 m. m.

Macropterous male : Compared with the male of pellucida the vertex
is a little longer, the basal fovcc distmctly longer, the apical smaller and the
posterior margin of the vertex more distinctly emarginate. The front is
proportionately a little broader than in that species, the lateral carinic are
more distinctly arcuated, the apical joint of the antenna- is smaller, the
pronotum is shorter, the hind edge a little more deeply excavated and the
apex of the scutellum is broader and shorter.

Color black; carina of the head and pronotum narrowly white, tegula
and broad margin of the pronotum white; edge of the scutellum touched
with fulvous on its middle ; connexivum and narrow margin of the ventral
segments and pleural pieces whitish ; legs brown, base and apex of the
femora tip of the tibia and the tarsi soiled white, the latter tipped with
black. Elytra extending one half their length beyond the abdomen, very
faintly smoky, nervures brown; wings white, nervures brown.

Genital segment of the male long ; aperture similar in form to that of
pellucida but smaller with the styles narrower and less widely spreading,
ventral notch of the pygofers small.

1 have given a comparative description of this species as best suited to
distinguish it from the closely allied pellucida with which it might very
readily be confounded, the form of the male genitalia is however very
different, the insect is broader and has a wider front and vertex, and the
male and female scarcely differ in color. The latter has the femora pale
lineated with brown and the elytra are darker with stronger nervures.

250

California ami Colorado. Described from three males frtim near Los
Angeles, Calif, received from Mr. D. W. Coquillett under the name of
Delphax consimilis, Uhler, M. S. and one pair taken in the mountains of
north west Colorado by Prof. C. P. Gillette.

LIBURNIA, PUELLA, n. sp.
Van Duzee, Bui. Buf. Soc. Nat. Sci. , V, p. 191, 1894.

Aspect of the male of L. pellucida but smaller with a double piceous
mark at the tip of the clavus.

Macropterous form. Male: Black ; carina; of the head and the poste-
rior half of the pronotum white; tip of the scutellum. broad margins of the
propleuriE, antennte, legs, connexivum and narrow margins of the ventral
segments, yellowish testaceous, the latter sometimes white. Elytra pellucid
white, tip of the clavus and the marginal nervure of the membrane blackish ;
discal nervures pale brown, finely granulated.

Vertex longer and narrower than in pellucida; front narrower, the
sides parallel below the eyes where the width is hardly greater than at the
center of the eye. Aperture of the pygofers almost circular, a little arcu-
ated below; stiles widened and converging above, the outer angles extended
upward and backward toward the anal aperture. Length 2>^ m. m.

In the female the yellowish markings are more extended, the front is
slightly widened toward the clypeus with its cannae yellowish instead of
white; the pronotum is black with the carinas and narrow posterior margin
pale yellow, otherwise like the male. Pygofers long and narrow, parallel ;
plates narrow, arcuated within, covering the pygofers to the base of the
broad oviduct. Length 3 m. m.

New York. New Jersey, Mississippi, Iowa. Described from numerous
individuals of both sexes. About Buffalo this species is rare but it becomes
more abundant southwardly where it seems to replace pellucida.

LIBURNIA OSEORNI, n. sp.

Van Duzee, Bui. Buf. Soc Nat. Sci., V, p. 191, 1894,

Macropterous form. Resembles L. ornata, Stal in form and size.
Color soiled whitish tinged with yellow beneath; scutellum bright fulvous.
Elytra white, subhyaline, nervures pale at base, becoming fuscous at apex.
Wings white with slender brown nervures. Eyes, ocelli and tips of the
tarsi and rostrum black. Length 3 to 4 m. m.

The male has a conspicuous oblong longitudinal black spot within the
basal angles of the scutellum and a whitish median carina. The disc of the
pleural pieces and the abdomen, its margins and a part of the basal and
genital segments excepted, are also black, and the front has a darker bor-
der within the lateral carinas. In the female the color of the abdomen and
breast is bright fulvous like the scutellum and sometimes the metanotum
and disc of the tergum is blackish.

251

Apex of the pygofers in the male nearly circular; their surface below
exposed by the strongly angled last ventral segment; stiles hook-shaped,
approximate at base then curved outward and upward, their apices twisted
and parallel and attaining the anal aperture either side of a ventral arena,
tion. Pygofers of the female oblong, oviduct stout, brownish, considerably
exceeded by the anal tube.

This is a very clearly marked and pretty species of which seventeen
specimens are now before me, all macropterous. Ocean Co. New Jersey
in May, Prof. J. B. Smith; Agricultural College, Mich. G. C. Davis,; Fair-
fax and Ames. Iowa, Prof. Herbert 'Jsborn, to whom this species is respect-
fully dedicated. Also taken by me at Lancaster, N. Y. in August 1880.

LIBURNIA LAMINALIS, n. sp.

Macropterous female: Color bright fulvous yellow ; above marked with
a broad brown band behind the eyes which covers the sides of the prono-
tum and the basal angles of the scutellum to the lateral carinaj. On the
pronotum this brown color may be deepened to black anteriorly within the
curve of the lateral carina?. Face brown, varied with paler and clouded
with blackish next to the outer margin of the checks, on the base of the
clypeus and the base and apex of the front. Color paler beneath becoming
soiled whitish on the legs and venter ; mesopleura with a round black spot ;
edges of the ventral segments and their stomata brown ; tergum black, the
lateral edges and more or less of the apical segment yellowish. Elytra
whitish hyaline, the nervures brown, conspicuous, the costal beyond the
stigmata heavy and blackish. Anal tube black. Outer edges of the tibia;
with a brown line. Oviduct short, not attaining the apex of the pygofers.

Macropterous male; Colors paler becoming soiled whitish on the pro-
notum. The face is more strongly colored or almost blackish and the base
of the tergum bears a pale band. Pygofers white with a large black spot
on each side ; stiles and anal tube deep black, the former large, projecting
and very conspicuous, with the rounded apex rather broad and obtusely
angled within. Length about 3^ n^- ™-

In most of its characters this species agrees very closely with Osborni
but the stiles of the male are much larger and more conspicuous and their
apex is more extended and oblique, and viewed from below they are less
divergent. The female of Osborni has the pronotum immaculate. The
basal angles of the scutellum are marked with black in the male only. The
front in laminalis is narrower, but very little wider toward the base and
distinctly arcuated at the apex of the head between the eyes. In Osborni
the front is one half wider than in the present species with the sides quite
distinctly arcuated and but slightly contracted at the tip of the head and
the mesopleural spot is larger and more diffuse.

Mississippi. Described from one male and two female examples received
from Mr. Howard Ewarts Weed. The females were labeled "Sept. 1892,"

LIBURNIA LUTULENTA, n sp.
Van Duzee, Bui. Buf, Soc. Nat. Sci., V, p. 191, 1894.

Brachypterons form ; Dull testaceous brown, more or less obscured on
the pro- and mesonotum, elytra, and edges of the pectoral pieces, especially
in the male; postpectus with a large fuscous spot; facial carinas brown-
margined; abdomen darker, in the male tinged with rufous, the segments
edged with fuscous; femora obscurely lineated with brown; tip of the tarsi
and rostrum blackish ; antennal seta,' black.

Vertex quadrate, feebly rounded before, carinae obtuse, evanescent on
the forehead, fovae each with a round impressed dot. Front rather broad,
narrowed between the eyes and more feebly toward the truncated apex.
Pronotum shorter than in lineatipes and rounded anteriorly, not apparently
squared as in that species. Fork of the outer sector of the elytra about
twice the length of that of the inner. Pygofers of the male short, aperture
subtnangular, the sides rounded, hardly notched above, ventral notch fee-
ble; stiles narrow, claw-like, approximate at base, slightly divergent above
and acute at apex. In the female the genital pieces differ from those of
lineatipes only in being proportionately a little narrower throughout.
Length 2 m. m.

New York. Described from six male and eight female examples, taken
at Buffalo, May 4th to July loth and Portage Falls, May 30th.

This insect approaches L.obscurella, Boh. but it is only about one half
the size of that species and the form of the front and the characters of the
male genitalia are quite different. It is also allied to L. lineatipes. It is
not uncommon in spring on grass in damp situations.

LIBURNIA WEEDI, n. sp.

Macropterous male; Form rather broad and stout. Color soiled
brownish testaceous, a little darker on the front and scutellum. Eyes,
ocelli and abdomen black, the hind angle of each segment of the latter
yellow. Elytra twice the length of the abdomen, whitish hyaline with
heavy brown nervures. Genital segment long, aperture nearly round but
forming a small notch below ; stiles concentric with the outer rim of the
aperture, widened and slightly bifurcated above. The genital characters
are very obscure in this specimen and are not satisfactorily made out here.
Length about 2,]^ m. m.

Mississippi. Described from a single male example received from Mr.
Howard Ewarts Weed. This is an obscurely marked species but quite
distinct frorii any other known to me. It has much the color and general
aspect of the smaller northern lutulenta.

LIBURNIA OBSCURELLA, (Boh.)
Delphax obscurella, Bohem., Vet. Akad. Handl., 1847, p. 53.
Stal. Of. Vet. Akad. Forh., XI, p. 195, 1S54.

Fieb., Verb, der Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien, XVI, tab. VIII, fig. 2g,

1866.
Mayr, Tabellen, I, p. 21, 18S4. (mention)

253

Liburnia obscurella, Fieb. Cicad. d' Europe, IV, p. 20, iS-6.

Sahlberg, Cicadarise, p. 443, 1871.

Edwards, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 1886, p. 80.

Van Duzee, Bui. Buf. Soc. Nat. Sci., V, p. 191, 1894.
Several examples of this plainly colored little insect from Western New-
York have fallen into my sweep-net as the following dates will show: —
Golden, July; Concord and Portage Falls, May. It much resembles our
common lutulenta but may be distinguished by its larger size, (full 2^ m.m.
to the tip of the abdomen), its narrow front with black fovre, and the elon-
gated apical fova of the vertex which brings the fork of the median carina
well on to the base of the front.

LIBURNIA LATERALIS, n. sp.
Van Duzee, Bui. Buf. Soc. Nat. Sci., V, p. 191, 1894.

Brachypterous form: Vertex, length and breadth subaequal, carina?
prominent and acute on the forehead, basal fovse short and shallow, hardly
distinct ; apical fova elongated, extending over the apex of the head. Front
rather narrow, sides straight and parallel below the eyes, contracted above.
Clypeus slightly tumid and blackish at base with pale carinae. Elytra
attaining the penultimate segment of the abdomen, narrowed to the rounded
apex, forks of the first and second sectors about equal, middle apical areole
much the largest. Length 2 to 2^ m. m.

Male. Dull pale yellow, obscured on the sides of the pro- and meso-
notum, front and abdomen ochreous; plates and a rather broad vittaon the
tergum either side of the middle black ; feet whitish with a slender brown
line exteriorly. Pygofers, viewed from the side, with a prominent tooth
above, below which the edge is cut out almost to the corner of the last
abdominal segment ; viewed from behind the aperture of the pygofers is
oval, slightly wider above, with a broad black transverse band below the
anal tube; stiles broad, rounded at the apex, slightly concave on the inner
margin, reaching the rim of the anal tube just below the prominent lateral
teeth.

Female. Dull yellowish brown ; front dusky with a row of pale dots
between the carinte ; a large spot at the base of the hind legs and the mar-
gins of the abdominal segments, especially towards the sides, black. Ely-
tra fulvous brown, the extreme edge paler, within which is a dusky line,
Pygofers long, a little narrowed at the apex, ventral margin of the anal
tube feebly concave ; plates white.

New York. Described from one male and three female examples taken
at Lancaster on August 24th and September loth, 1889. Another female
was captured at Colden, N. Y., August 16, 1896.

LIBURNIA KILMANI, n. sp.
Van Duzee, Bui. Buf. Soc. Nat. Sci., V, p. 191, 1894.
Brachypterous form. Vertex quadrangular, carinae obtuse, distinct on
the forehead, basal fovae short, dividing carina nearly obsolete; apical fova

254

lonjj, extending well on to the base of the front. Front wide at the apex,
contracted between the eyes, sides almost parallel in the male, in the female
widened to below the middle. Antennte short, reaching the base of the
clypeus. Pronotum rather deeply concave behind. Elytra reaching the
middle of the abdomen in the female, equalling the abdomen in the male,
fork of the first sector longer than that of the second. Length, male 2 m.m.,
female 3 m. m.

Male: Dull brownish yellow, obscured behind the eyes and on the face,
with a clearer dorsal vitta from the vertex to the tip of the abdomen. Ab-
domen black, connexivum, two apical segments mostly, and the dorsal vitta
yellow. Elytra shining black with a narrow pale margin ; thighs lineated
with brown, the pectoral pieces obscurely spotted with the same color.
Pygofers short, truncated, viewed from behind broad, subtriangular, dorsal
notch deep, rounded, reaching the ultimate dorsal segment, ventral notch
shallow; stiles narrow, pointed, widely divergent, adjoining the ventral
margin lying almost horizontal.

The female differs from the male in being of a duller color with the
black markings paler and less extended The venter is somtimes entirely
pale or touched with brown on either side. Oviduct black. Apex of the
pygofers truncated, their inner angle slightly exceeded by the stout oviduct ;
plates rather short and broad.

Macropterous form : Elytra reaching for one third of their length beyond
the abdomen ; first sector widely forked somewhat nearer the base than the
second ; apical areoles seven, very irregular ; nervures punctate. Wings
whitish hyaline, nervures fuscous, the second white at base.

New York. Described from one male and six female examples taken
near Buffalo from June iSth to July 31st. In form and ornamentation this
insect recalls genus Dicranotropis to which it is further allied by the elon-
gated apical fova of the vertex which extends well on to the base of the
front, where, however it is very narrow, but it can hardly be placed in that
genus.

In dedicating this neat little Delphacid to my friend Mr. A. H. Kilman
of Ridgeway, Ont. I desire, in a measure at least, to express my appre-
ciation as well of his scientific zeal as of his generosity in placing at my dis-
posal the many valuable Hemiptera captured by him in Southern Ontario.

LIBURNIA CAMPESTRIS, n. sp.

Van Duzee, Bui. Buf. Soc. Nat. Sci., V, p. 191, 1S94.

Brachypterous form. Male: Vertex nearly square, passage to the front
well rounded, carinas feeble, especially on the forehead, fovte sometimes
obscure; front rather broad, oblong, scarcely contracted between the eyes,
sides feebly conve.\, apical margin straight; antennae stout; apex of the
scutellum abruptly subacute. Elytra narrowed and rounded at the apex,
reaching to the ultimate dorsal segment, the sectors equally forked. Pygo-
fers viewed from behind broad, rounded below, truncated above, sides a
little produced on the middle, the depressed margins rather wide below the

255

anal tube ; bursal notch broad, reaching the ultimate tergal segment, ventral
very shallow. Stilei divergent at base, parallel and somewhat expanded
above, apex truncated, hardly attaining the anal tube. Color pale yellow;
eyes, antennal setaj, the basal angles of the scutellum and a large pleural
spot at the base of the posterior and intermediate feet black. Abdomen
fulvous or rufous, tergum with a black basal area on each side of variable
extent, or black with the margins, dorsal line and hind edge of the two
basal segments rufous, venter rarely blackish. Pygofers pale, stiles black.

In the female the abdomen is larger and the elytra are shorter than in
the male. The oviduct scarcely reaches the inner angle of the pygofers.
Color a uniform dull fulvous, paler on the abdomen and legs; antennal setse
and tips of the tarsal spines black ; oviduct obscured.

Macropterous male: Elytra extending one half their length beyond the
abdomen, hyaline, nervures pale at base becoming brown toward their apex ;
apical nervures six, the second and third contiguous at base. Colors rather
clearer than in the brachypterous form. Length, male 2 m. m., female
2^ m. m.

New York, Ontario. Described from numerous examples of both sexes ;
Buffalo and vicinity, May to August, Portage Falls, May 31st; Ridgeway
and Muskoka, Ont. about August ist. Mississippi, H. E. Weed; New
Hampshire, C. E. Weed; Michigan, Davis. Here this pretty little species
abounds in dry pastures especially where the grass is thin and parched
during the heat of summer.

LIBURNIA LINEATIPES, n. sp.
Van Dyzee, Bui. Buf. Soc. Nat. Sci., V, p. 191, 1894.
Brachyterous form. Male: Vertex almost square, carina; sharp, fovte
distinct. Front rather broad, apex feebly concave, sides a little rounded,
the lateral carina; obscurely continued across the base, above which the
median carina- is divided on the vertex, below it is continued to the apex
of the clypeus. Pronotum and scutellum minutely rugose; carina; distinct,
on the former the lateral carinte approach the hind edge where they become
obsolete, median carina of the scutellum abbreviated posteriorly. Elytra
short, opake, subquadrate, reaching but little beyond the middle of the
abdomen, nervures strong, the apical areoles hardly indicated. Basal joint
of the hind tarsi distinctly longer than the two following. Last ventral
segment deeply concave on its hind margin ; pygofers with a deep notch
below ; aperture ovate, rather small. Stiles large, slightly widened before
their conical apex, divergent above toward the anal tube and curved to cor-
respond with the sides of the aperture to which they approximate, strongly
ciliated. Color deep black ; narrow edge of the frontal carinae, last joint of
the antenna;, inferior margin of the eye, pectoral pieces, edge of the con-
nexivum, two basal segments of the tergum excepting a large discal spot,
and the legs, fulvous or dull honey yellow ; femora before with two longi-
tudinal brown lines, behind with a dusky cloud ; tibia; with a brown line
before; anterior and intermediate coxa; and the apical tarsal joint and a
large spot on the post-pectus black.

256

Female: Entirely pale brownish yellow inclining to fulvous on the
abdomen. Frontal carintc margined with brown, tip of the rostrum and
antennal joints dusky. Legs marked as in the male. Pygofers broad and
short, subquadrate, their apical sinus rather deep ; oviduct broad at base,
black and slightly exceeding the inner angle of the pygofers. Length,
male 2 m. m. ; female, 2>^ m. m.

I believe I have correctly placed the sexes of this species although I
have never found them pairing. Though very different in color the form
and markings are the same and they have always been taken in company.

New York, Ontario. Described from eight male and seven female
examples taken near Muskoka Lake, Ont. about the first of August 1S88 and
a single pair captured at Lancaster, N. Y. early in July. This species can
hardly be compared with any european species known to me.

LIBURNIA OCCLUSA, n. sp.

Small; black; front broad, oval. Length, male i^, female 2\i, m. m.
Brachypterous form. Vertex large, nearly square, seperated from the
front by an obtusely carinated edge ; carinse prominent. Front broad, oval,
truncated at the clypeus, width two thirds the length, carinte distinct.
Pronotum atid scutellum thickly punctured, with an impressed point in each
discal compartment, hind margin feebly angularly concave, apex of the
scutellum obtu.se, not abrupt, transversely rugose. Elytra hardly passing
the middle of the abdomen, the tw^o sectors about equally forked, abdomen
with a dorsal carina; hind tibise bispinose.

Male: Black ; carinse of the head, narrow edge of the dorsal abdominal
segments, apical half of the second joint of the antennae, knees and tips of
the tibite and tarsal joints, pale. Pygofers slightly contracted apically,
ventral notch deep, narrow, dorsal broad, reaching to the ultimate dorsal
segment; aperture rather narrow, subtriangular, the incurved margins
broad below, fringed with long pale hairs. Stiles narrow, lanceolate, sub-
acute and slightly fringed at apex, but little divergent above; ventral aspect
of the anal tube produced each side in an obscure tooth.

Female: Piceous black; all the carime, apical half of the second anten-
nal joint, calloused base of the front, disc of the frontal compartments,
knees, tips of the tibiae and the posterior tarsi their apex excepted, soiled
white or fulvous. Pygofers broad and short, oviduct attaining the apex of
their inner margin.

One macropterous female which seems to belong here has the scutellum
large, convex, finely punctured on the sides, with the lateral carinte obsolete
and the apex somewhat abrupt. The elytra are a little longer than the
abdomen, whitish hyaline, with strong piceous nervures, the fork of the
first sector longer than that of the second.

Los Angeles, Calif. Described from one male and two female examples
received from Mr. D. W. Coquillett (Nos. 191 and 192.) This little species
is closel}' allied to L. lineatipes but aside from the male genital characters.

257

which are quite distinct, it differs in having a broader front and proportion-
ately larger vertex, the legs are differently colored, the size is much smaller
and the female resembles the male in color instead of being pallid as in that
species.

LIBURNIA FOVEATA, n. sp.

Van Duzee, Bui. Buf. Soc. Nat. Sci., V, p. 192, 1894.

Pale yellowish, pleural pieces carrying a blackish spot and the femora
lineated with brown, the front narrow, black with white carinas. Length
2>^ m. m.

Front rather narrow, contracted between the eyes, the sides straight
below. Hind margin of the pronotum deeply concave. Scutellum short
with an abrupt tip. Color soiled yellowish ; front black with white carin?e ;
vertex with a black puncture in each fova; antennae with a black point on
the base of the second joint exteriorly; rostrum reaching the apex of the
intermediate coxae, pale with a black tip ; disc of the coxse and a spot on
the pleural pieces blackish. Pro- and mesonotum entirely pale in the female,
in the male the pronotum has a black line on the anterior margin behind
the eyes and a cloud within the posterior angle, and the mesonotum has a
black point exterior to the lateral carina;. Abdomen of the male black,
genital segment, a dorsal line widened behind and the connexivum whitish,
the two basal segments of the tergum yellow with a black median spot.
Abdomen of the female pale, more or less broadly clouded with blackish
on the venter and sides of the tergum, the connexivum and a dorsal band
pale, or at times the abdomen may be entirely pale. Legs pale, lineated
with brown, apical tarsal joint black. Elytra narrowed apically, reaching
nearly to the end of the abdomen, fork of the first sector slightly longer
than that of the second, nervures obscurely granulated.

Genital characters. Male: Pygofers viewed from behind nearly cir-
cular, marked with a blackish transverse cloud; dorsal notch deep, partially
enclosing the anal tube, ventral notch wide and moderately deep; stiles
black, rather broad, nearly straight, suddenly narrowed at the apex, almost
reaching the teeth of the anal tube, not widely divergent ; anal tube pro-
duced in a blunt tooth at each lower corner. Female: Pygofers long, sides
parallel, apex not very oblique, oviduct narrow, not attaining the inner
apical angle of the pygofers.

New York, Ontario. Described from two male and eight female exam
pies taken at Portage Falls, N. Y., May 30th 1SS8 and Muskoka Lake, Ont.
in July of the same year.

In the form of the male genitalia this species approaches the european
L. distincta as illustrated by Fieber, (Grundz. der Delph. tafl. 8, fig. 23)
but the stiles are less divergent and the teeth of the anal tube are shorter
In color these species are very distinct.

A single macropterous female which I have placed here differs from
the female of pellucida in having a longer and narrower vertex, a narrower
front with the sides straight below the eyes, the pronotum also is angularly
excavated behind and the front is deep black ornamented with the white
carinae, and a black spot is always present at the base of the posterior feet.

258

LIBURNIA (?) INCERTA, n. sp.

Van Duzee, Bui. Bv:f. Soc. Nat. Sci., V, p. 192, 1894.

Allied to L. Bohemani of Europe. Form and color of lutulenta nearly.
Short and stout; frontal carina forked opposite the lower angle of the eyes.
Length: Male 2, female 3 m. m-

Male: Dark testaceous brown; front obscurely rufo-piceous, tergum
darker brown, the middle of the segments at base yellowish; pectoral pieces
and legs soiled yellow. Aperture of the pygofers broad below, the stiles
accummate, widely divergent and curved at apex, lower edge of the anal
tube forming a pair of acute incurved teeth which are approximate and
gibbous at base.

Female larger ; tawny or honey yellow, paler beneath ; tip of the rostrum
and oviduct black.

New York. Described from a single pair taken from a meadow near
Buffalo on the 14th of June 1893. The forking of the frontal carina near
the midrlle of the face recalls genus Pissonotus and the male is colored
much as is that of P. brunneus but it is a much stouter little insect and the
carina; of the pronotum are curved behind the eyes.

LIBURNIA GILLETTI, n. sp.

Gillett and Baker, Hemip. of Colo., p. 6g, 1895.
Brachypterous female: Color pale straw yellow marked with black.
Carinse of the pronotum and scutellum whitish, sides of the scutellum
becoming almost a saffron yellow. Face excepting the carinae and margins
deep black; apical fova and a dot near the outer posterior angle of each
basal fova on the vertex, the anterior angles of the pronotum exterior to
the lateral carina; and a small dot near the hind margin of the scutellum
just withm the lateral carina; black. Abdomen black, outer margin and a
dorsal line on the tergum, connexivum and pygofers pale yellowish ; slender
hind edge of the ventral segments and the stiles whitish. Legs and mar-
gins of the coxa; and pleural pieces pale, the femora and exterior edge of
the tibia; lineated with black ; anterior, intermediate and tips of the poste-
rior tibiae brown. Antennae yellowish brown with a black annulus on the
base of each joint. Elytra oblong, rounded at apex and exceeding the
abdomen, obscurely yellowish, subhyaline marginal nervures strong, yel-
lowish, discal distinct, concolorous. Oviduct and anal stile black. In many
examples there is a blackish dot on the disc of the pronotum either side of
the median carina and the pronotum may be minutely dusted with dusky,
or there may be a daricer longitudinal cloud on either side of the median
carina, or the disc of both may be black with the carina; pale and the lateral
margins yellowisli or even fulvous. The macropterous females in the
examples before me have the venter pale with a black discal cloud more or
less extended : the sides minutely dotted with brown and bearing a row of
black points, one on each segment, and the elytra are quite strongly clouded
with smoky toward their tips.

259

The males are of a dead black color with the carinae and sutures slen-
derly pale, at least on the face, the legs are more or less lineated with pale
and the posterior tibise and tarsi are pale faintly tinged with brown, with
the claws blackish. Apical half of the last joint of the antennas pale brown.
Elytra deep .smoky brown becoming more transparent toward their tips,
with brownish nervures.

In this species the front is oval and rather broad but more contracted
between the eyes than in lineatipes. The vertex is truncated at base; the
pronotum is rather deeply and angularly emarginated behind, the scutellum
is short with an unusually large and abrupt apex which is rounded at tip
and ecarinate, the median carinte becoming obsolete opposite the lateral
sinuses. The pygofers of the female are rather small and parallel and in
the male the aperture of the pygofers has much the form it has in pellucid i
but the stiles are smaller and less divergent above, becoming nearly parallel
at their base which is included within the ventral sinus of the pygofers.

Colorado. Described from many examples received from Prof. C. P.
Gillette including both the long and short winged forms of both sexes.
This is a very pretty and interesting species which seems to be quite vari-
able in the extent of the black markings on the female. Like peliucida and
lineatipes the two sexes differ widely in color.

GENUS ACHOROTILE, Fieb.

Fieber, Verh. der Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien, XVI, p. 521, 1866.

Cicad. d'Europe, I, p. 92, 1S75; 83, pi. S, 1876.
Sahlberg, Cicadarife, p. 472, 1871.
Ashmead, Ent. Am., V, p. 27, 1889.

ACHOROTILE ALBOSIGNATA, (Dahlb.)

Delphax albosignata, Dahlb. Vet. Akad. Handl,, 1850, p. 199.

Stal, Of. Vet. Akad. Forh., XI, p. ig6, 1854.
Delphax fuscinervis, Dahlb., Vet. Akad. Handl., 1852, p. 113.
Ditropis albosignata, Sahlbg.. Cicadarise, p. 472, 1871.
Achorotile albosignata, Fieb.. Verh. der Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien, XVI,

p. 521, 1866.

Fieber, Cicad. d'Europe, IV, p. 8g, 1876.

Van Duzee, Bui. Buf. Soc. Nat. Sci.. V, p. 192, 1894.

Numerous immature examples of this species were taken by me about
a bog swamp at Concord, N. Y. in May 18S8, and a few scattering speci-
mens elsewhere. An examination of the mature form may show this to be
distinct from the European species but it seems to me very unlikely that
such would be the result.

2 do

PENTAGRAMMA, new geiius.

t'orm broad, eliptical. Head nearly as wide as the pronotum, promi-
nent and tumid before. Vertex broad, heptagonal, rounded at the apex
which surpasses the eyes. Face convex, front nearly as wide as long, the
two median carina? widely divergent forming an oval compartment, approx-
imate, parallel and indistinct over the tumid apex of the head; sides of the
front broadly rounded, carinate. Cheeks mostly deflexed but with an ob-
lique carina below the antennae, forming there a sloping area. Clypeus
large, convex, triangular, sides feebly carinate. Antennas stout, subterete,
first joint about one fourth the length of the second, oblique at apex. Pro-
notum shorter than the vertex, moderately concave behind, tricarinate, the
lateral carina; curved outward under the eyes. Scutellum normal, with five
carinse. Anterior and intermediate feet flattened, not foliaceous, posterior
tibite a little longer than their tarsi, thickened at tip and armed with three
spines on their outer edge.

This genus may be distinguished from any other yet characterized by
the five scutellar and two frontal carinse and the short basal joint of the an-
tennae. The type and only species now known is Liburnia vittatifrons
Uhler, and of this I have seen only females. A study of the males may
necessitate some change in the characters given above but they cannot
unite it with any genus now established.

PENTAGRAMMA VITTATIFRONS, (Uhler.)

Liburnia vittatifrons, Uhler, Bui. U. S. Geol. & Geog. Surv., II, p.
351, 1876- IV, p. 510, 1878.
vStandard Nat. Hist., II, p. 241, 1S84.

This is our most conspicuous described North American representative
of this group. It is a large green species approaching one third of an inch
n length. The front is brown with a transverse green band, and against
the antenncc is a black sjjot aad a larger one covers the inner disc of the
anterior coxas. The antennic and legs are also lineated with brown.

Mr. Uhler records it from N. Y., N. J., Illinois, Dakota and Montana.
On the Atlantic Coast it is an inhabitant of the salt-marshes.

Prof. Herbert Osborn (Proc. Iowa Acad. Sci., i, pt. 2, p. 127.) mentions
a closely allied insect from Iowa but does not describe it as a distinct species.

GENUS STIROMA, Fieb.
Fieber, Verb, der Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien, XVI, p. 521. 1866.

Cicad. d'Europe, I, p. 8, 1875; II, pi. 8, 1S76.
Edwards, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 18S6, p. 93.

STIROMA INCONSPICUA, Uhler.

Stiroma inconspicua, Uhler, Bui. U.S. Geol. & Geog. Surv., Ill, p.

45S, 1877-

Gillette & Baker, Hemip. of Colo., p. 70, 1895.

26 I

So far this insect has been recorded only from Colorado. It is unknoun
to me.

Last June I took at Hamburgh, N. Y. a very immature little Delphacid
evidently pertaining to this genus. It is pale yellow becoming brownish
on the head and pronotum. Eyes and front black, carinte white. The two
median carinse of the front are distinct and parallel through their whole
length.

UNCERTAIN SPECIES.

The following species of doubtful position have been described from
our territory:

Delphax vittata, Stal, Berliner Ent. Zeits., VI, p. 315, 1862.

Hab. Carolina, Pennsylvania.
Delphax producta, Walk., Homop. British Mu.seum, III, p. 353, 1S50.

Hab. Jamaica.
Delphax luteivitta, Walk. Homup. British Museum, III, p. 354, 1850.

Hab. United States.
Delphax unicolor, Walk. Homop. British Museum, III, p. 354, 1854.

Hab. Hudson's Bay.
Delphax pictilrons, Stal, Stal. Ent. Zeit., XXV, p. 50, 1864. (Hemip.

Alex. No. 360.) Hab. Mexico.

Index to Vol. V.

AchoroliTe, genus 2 5g

albosignata, Uahll) iioiKeU 259

Allygus costomaculatiis, Van D., describt-d 207

Anas boschas, breed ing habits of 35

obscura, breeding habits of ; ..35

Athysanus gammaroides Van D., (lesciihcd 209

Avicula undosa, Ringb. described rS

Birds, Nidification of, on the St. Clair Flats by Rev. /. //. Lajii;///i' 33

" Ventriloquial and Imitative Powers of, by Ji. E. Fish 72

Callocystites Iripectinatus Ringb., described 12

Carterius latitenta Potts, note on 104

tenosperma Potts, note on 104

" lubisperma Mills, note on 104

Ceramopora orbiculata Ringb., described ig

Ceratiocaris acuminatus Hall, described 2S

Chaetetes expansus Ringb., described 20

Chondrites sp. , noticed 31

" graminiformis Pohl., described 32

Conularia bifurca Ringb., described iS

" multipuncta, Ringb., described iS

" transversa Ringb., described 19

Copicerus, genus 230

" irroratus, Schwarz, noticed 230

Crania dentata Ringb., described... 16

gracilis Ringb., described 17

pannosa Ringb., described 17

Day, David F. : Second Supplement lu ihe List of Plants of Buffalo

and Vicinity 85

Delphacida;, North American; A Preliminary Review of, by

K. P. Van Duzee 223

" " List of Species 227

Key to the genera 228

" " Uncertain species of 261

Deltocephalus concentricus Van D., described 208

'' fuscinervosus Van D., described 207

Dicranotropis, genus 240

" maidis Ashm., noticed 240

Earthworms the original hosts of the gapeworms of fowls 47

Edwards, Austin M. : The Pendulum and Its Laws of Oscillation ^.\i

Erismatura rubida, breeding habits of 36

Eugaster concinnus Ringb., described 8

Eurypterus scorpionis Grote and Pitt, redescnbed 30

263

Eu^arcus Grote and Pitt, not distinct from Eurypteru;; 2g

grandis Grote and Pitt, same as scorpionis 31

scorpionis Grote and Pitt, redescribed 30

Eutettix Slossoni Van D., described 210

" Southwicki Van D., describerl 209

Fish Remains from the Corniferous. near BufTalo. By F. K. Mixer

and//. U. Wtlliams S4

Fish, E. E. : Ventriloquial and Imitative Powers of Birds 72

Fossil Fishes of the Genesee and Portajje Black Shales. Notes on.

By H. U. WilUanis 8[

Fossil Fishes from the Corniferous Near Buffalo S4

Fossils from the Niagara Shales, New Genera and vSpecies of: By

E. N. S. Ringiieberi^. ...; 5

Fossils from the Waterlime Group Near Buffalo. By [itliiis Fohl-

inaii, M. I) 23

Fulica americana, breeding habits of 33

Fuligula americana, breeding habits of 34

Gallinula galeata, breeding habits of 34

Gape Worm of Fowls. Paper on. By //. /^. Walker 47

Hemiptera of Buffalo and Vicinity. A List of. ^y E.P. Van Duz.ee ...\t-)

Index to the genera of 203

See Preliminary Review of the North American Delphacidtt'..225

Heteromeyenia repens Potts, note on 104

Ryderi Potts, note on 104

Homoptera, Descriptions of New Species of. By E. P. Fan Duzec 205

Hydreomena Traversata Kellicott, described 45

Hydrochelidon lariformis, breeding habits nf 37

Idiocerus nervatus Van D., described 205

Kelisia, genus 232

axialis Van D., described -.232

crocea Van D., described 232

Kellicott, D. S. : Nonagria subcarnia n. sp. Note on 40

Hydreomena traversata n. sp. Note on 45

The Mills Collection of Fresh-Water Sponges 99

Laccocera new genus, cha^'acterized 241

obesa Van D., described 244

vittipennis Van D., described 242

" zonata Van D., described 243

Langille, Rev. J. H. : Nidification of Birds on the St. C'air Flats 33

Lecanocrinus excavatus, Ringb. , described 11

incisus Ringb., described ,xo

nitidus Ringb., described g

" puteolus Ringb., described ti

solidus Ringb., described 8

Lepidoptera, (Macro-) of Buffalo and Vicinity. List of. By E. P.

VaJi Diizee T05

264

Liburnia, genus 246

arvensis Fitch, note on 248

" campestris Van D., described 254

" consimilis Van D., described 249

detecta Van D., described 248

fovea ta Van D., described 257

furcata Prov., note on 248

Gilletti Van D., described 258

" incerta Van D., described 258

" Kilmani Van D., described 253

laminalis Van D., described 251

lateralis Van D., described 253

lineatipes Van D., described 255

lutulenta Van D., described 252

obscurella Boh., note on 252

" occlusa Van D., described 256

ornata Stal, note on 247

Osborni Van D., described 250

pellucida Fabr., note on 247

pnella Van D., described 250

Weedi Van D., described ,, 252

Lumbncus terrestris the Host of the Gape Worm of Fowls, 47

Mcgamelus, genus 233

Davisi Van D., described 235

" marginatus Van D., described 234

" notulus Germ., note on 233

" piceus Van D., described 234

Meyenia crateriformis Potts, note on 103

" Everetti Mills, note on 103

" fluviatilis Potts, note on 102

•Leidyi Carter, note on 103

Millsii Potts, note on 103

MuUeri Lieb,, note on 103

plumosa var Palmeri Potts, note on 103

Mills, Henry: Collection of Fresh- Water Sponges, Notes on. By

D. S. Kellkott 99

Niagara Shales, New Genera and Species of Fossils from. By

Eugene N. S. Ringueberg 5

Nidification of Birds on the St. Clair Flats. By Rev. y. //. Langille 33

Nonagria subcarnea Kellicott, described 40

obliquata, note on 40

Onandaga Salt Group, Thickness of at Buffalo, N. Y 97

Palaeoniscus antiquus Williams, described 84

reticulatus Williams, described 83

Pendulum and its Laws of Oscillation. By A. M. Edwards 217

Pentagramma new gen us, characterized 260

vitatifrons Uhler, note on 260

265

Pentamerella compressa Ringb., described 15

Phyllodinus new genus, characterized 240

nervatus Van D., described 241

Pissonotus new genus, characterized 236

aphidioides Van D., described 239

ater Van D^ described 237

basalis Van^., described 23S

brunneus Van D., described 239

" deUcatus Van D.. described 237

dorsalis Van D., described 239

marginatus Van D., described 236

•' pallipes Van D., described 238

Plants of ButTalo, Second Supplement to the List of. By David F.

Day S5

Platyceras laciniosum Ringb , described (4

" membranaceum Ringb., described 15

proclive Ringb., described 14

Platycrinus corporiculus Ringb., described 12

Platymetopius fuscifrons Van D., described 206

loricatus Van D., described 205

Podilymbus podiceps, breeding habits of 36

Pohlman, Dr. Julius: Fossils from the Waterlime Group near

Buffalo. N. Y 23

" " Thickness of the Onondaga Salt Group near

Buffalo, N. Y 97

Porzana Carolina, breeding habiis of 38

Protaster stellifer Ringb., described 7

Ptergotus bilobus Huxley and Salter, note on 27

Buffaloeasis Pohlman, described 24

Rallus elegans, breeding habits of 38

Rhinopora curvata Ringb. , described 19

Ringueberg, Eugene N. S. : New Genera and Species of Fossils

from the Niagara Shales, 5

Scaphoideus lobatus Van D., described 211

luteolus Van D., described .210

Spirifer asperata Ringb., described 16

Squmaster, new genus, characterized 5

echinatus Ringb. , described 6

Sponges, Fresh- Water: The Mills Collection of. By D. S. Kellicoit . . .99

Spongilla aspinosa Potts, note on 102

fragilis Leidy, note on 102

lacustris Linn, note on 10 r

Stenocranus genus 230

dorsalis Fitch, note on 230

lautus Van D., described 231

" palaetus Van D., described 231

" saccharivorus Westw. . note on 232

266

Stironia, genus 260

inconspicua Uhler, note on 2O0

Stobera, {Tjenus 244

bifasciata Prov. . note on 246

concinha Stal, note on 246

tricarinata Say, note on 245

Stomatopora parva Ringb. , described 20

recta Ringb., described 20

Syngamus trachealis, paper on. By H. D. Walker 47

Thamnotetiix aureola Van D., described 213

perpunctata Van D., described 212

Tinobtegmus new genus, characterized 213

vittatus Van D., described 214

Tubella Pennsylvanica Potts, note on 104

Tuberculopora new genus, characterized 21

inflata Ringb. , described • 21

Van Duzee, E. P. : List of the Macro-Lepidoptera of Buffalo and

Vicinity

List of the Hemiptera of Buffalo and Vicinity 167

New Homopterous Insects 205

Preliminary Review of the North American

Delphacidse 225

Ventriloquial and Imitative Powers of Birds. By E. E. Fish 72

Walker, H. D. : The Gape Worm of Fowls; the Earthworm its Orig-
inal Host. Also on the Prevention of the Disease in Fowls

called "The Gapes" which is caused by this Parasite 47

Waterhme Group near Buffalo, N. Y. Fossils from. By Dr. Julius

Pohlman 23

Williams, Herbert U. : Notes on the Fossil Fishes of the Genesee

and Portage Black Shales 81

Xestocephalus new genus, characterized 214

fulvocapitatus Van D., describsd 215

pulicarius Van D., described 215

tesselatus Van D., described 216

BUFFALO SOGiETY

plat6pal * Sciences,

= REPORTS =

THIRTY-FOURTH ANNUAL MEETING,

l^Aiay IStiL, 139-4.

To the Buffalo Society of Natural Sciences.

Gentlemen :

Our Annual Meeting gives iis an opportunity to pause a
moment in our work, and note what we have done and what is
most necessary to be done in the near future. The past year
has been an uneventful one. We have suffered no great loss,
and have made no startling gains. Our Museum and Library
have been kept open to the public, and have been freely used.
Our meetings have been fairly well attended, and some inter-
esting discussions have taken place. Our rooms have been used
by the Teachers' Association of the Public vSchools of Buffalo,
for a series of meetings, by the Electrical Society, by the Field
Club, and by the Medical Society. The course of formal lec-
tures given by our own Society during the winter, while the
attendance did not pay the expenses, were interesting and
instructive, and we may hope will bear good fruit in the future.
We have not been able to continue our publication of the
Bulletin, as we hoped to do at the beginning of the year. I
would again call your attention to the importance of this matter,
if we are to retain our position among kindred institutions. We
are still receiving, every month, numbers of publications from
other Societies, who, years ago, placed our name on their list
of exchanges, and we are beginning to receive letters asking for
our late numbers, thinking that as none had been received from
us lately, we had either revised our exchange list or that our
publications forwarded had gone astray. It is not creditable to
our work or our position that we should allow this matter to rest
in this condition.

The report of the Curator gives you in detail memoranda
of the gifts and bequests to the Museum. We need even now
more and better arranged case room for the proper display of
our collections, so that they may be more ea.sily studied. Our
Library especially needs your attention. We have a large mass

of material, in pamphlets and other publications, which are
absolutely inaccessible to the student in their present condition.
They should be bound, catalogued and properly arranged in
cases where they can be found easily by those desirous of con-
sulting them.

Financially, our Treasurer's report shows that we are in
much better condition than we were a year ago. Thanks to the
generosity of Mrs. Robert P. Wilson, and of those who sub-
scribed to the' fund for the payment of the old indebtedness of
the Society, we are practically out of debt. A few items, for
which our treasurer has been unable to get the bills, are still
unpaid, but the balance of the subscriptions now due will enable
us, when paid, to settle them. We have lately received from
our kind friend. Judge James M. Smith, the generous donation
of $5000.00, to be used as, in the discretion of its Board of
Directors, will be for the best interests of the Society. While
it is the earnest wish of your officers to see the Permanent Fund
of the Society, upon the income from which the growth and
welfare of the Society in the future so largely depend, increased
as rapidly as possible, it is a question whether, in the present
condition of the Library and the Museum, a portion of this gift
may not be advantageously used in bringing them more fully up
to the requirements of those for whose aid we hold them. This
matter is now receiving the careful attention of your officers.

In membership the Society has not grown during the past
year. Offering the free use of our Museum and Library, as we
do, to all students, the only inducement that is left to become a
member of the Society is a desire to aid in the work for which
the Society was formed and which it is doing. It is earnestly
to be desired that all those who are interested in scientific work
should feel their responsibility to aid in the maintenance of this
Society.

In closing, allow me to extend my thanks to the officers
who have assisted in the work of the past year.

Sabscriptioi^s to fUi^d to pay ttje
debt of the B. S. N. S.

H. A. Richmond, .... $100.00

C. D. Marshall, . . . . . 100.00

D. P. Rumsey, . . , . . . 100.00

E. G. Spaulding", . . . . . 100.00

J. M. Richmond, .... 100.00

W. H. Glenny, ..... 100.00

Wm. Hamlin, . . ... . 100.00

Mrs. E. A Glenny, . . . . 100.00

J. J. Albright, . . . . 100.00

R. V. Pierce, . . . . . 50.00

F. D. Locke, . . . . . 50- 00
J. H. Dawes, . . . . . 5o-oo
Dr. Howe, . ' ■ . . . 5° 00
W. H. Glenny, . . . . . 50.00
C. H. Williams, . . . . 50.00
j. C. Nagel, . . . . . 50.00
A Friend (per W. H. G. ) . . . ^5- 00
Lee H. Smith, . . . . . 25.00
W. C. Barrett. . . . . 25.00
P. P. Pratt, . . . . . 25.00
Estate C. G. Curtiss, . . . . 25.00
F. Park Lewis, . . . . . 25.00
A. T. Kerr, ..... 25.00
S, M. Clement, . . . . . 25.00
O. Reinecke, . . . . . to. 00
Wm. McMillan, . . . . . 10.00
A. R. Wright, . . . . 10.00
J T. Cook, . . . . 10.00

$1550.00

Gentlemen :

Your Finance Committee would report that the
balance on hand at the beginning of this year, as reported by

The Treasurer of the Permanent Fund was . . ^ 647.11

The Treasurer of the Society 166.10

We estimate the receipts of the year to be

From Interest on the Permanent Fund . . . 1200.00

" Dues of Members 500.00

" Estate of Dr. G. E. Hayes 100.00

$2613.21

From this amount we recommend at present appropriations
To the Library Association, for our share of

expenses in this building $ 500.00

For Salary of Curator 600.00

" " " Janitor 300.00

"' Insurance 85.00

" Gas and Water 110.00

" Stationery and Postage 40.00

" Expense of Collecting Dues 25.00

" Publication of the Bulletin 12;. 00

$1785.00

The Society also has on hand the gift of Judge Smith, of
$5000.00. After a careful consideration of the needs of the
Society, and a consultation with its officers, we recommend the
appropriation from this sum.

To the Librarian, for binding of pamphlets, com-
pletion of defective volumes, and other work
necessary to put the Library in good condi-
tion and render it accessible to students . $ S50.00

To the Committee on Rooms for a reorganiza-
tion of the Museum., general renovation of
the rooms, new cases, etc. etc 650.00

To the Permanent Fund Commission, for in-
vestment 3500.00

H. A. Richmond.
Charles R. Wilson.
Henry R. Howland.

15000.00

Bul^felo Society

T893.

+ * IVIAY
36.28

May 9,

9,
12,
12,

Balance from last report,

R. P. Wilson bequest,

Hayes fund,

C. C. Hill, Treas. Lecture Com.

$1,500.00

100.00

14.85

Dues,

Treasurer Permanent Fund,

522.25
1,400.00

Subscriptions,
Total cash received.

1,550.00

$

5,087.10

15,123.38

Natural Sciences,

. -A.. B-a.ll, Treas-

Jos. Metz, --.-..

- $100.00

F. K. Mixer (Salary)

450.00

Mary McAlpin (Salary)

282.00

Gas in Large room 78.84, in Com. room 22.36 101.20

Water,

8-55

F. Feyl (Kalsomining)

35-00

Freight and Cartage,

5-93

Photos and frammg, - . . -

8.80

Fixing locks, -----

1-75

Labor and materials for fixing casts,

7-73

Georger, Harries & Co. (Glazing) -

7-5°

Collectors commission.

18.34

H. Smith & Voss, -----

7.00

John Lorenz,

1.90

H. G. White &Co., - - . .

21.49

Postage Secy. 6.09, Treas. 2.90,

- 8.99

Peter Paul Book Co. , -

1-75

F. P. Jones & Co., -

1. 00

J. W. Clement (Printing)

3.00

Reinecke & Zesch " - -

20.00

Cological Cabinet, - - . -

30.00

Smith, Davis & Co., - . . .

165.00

L. G. SelLstedt for portrait Dr. Hayes

450.00

Baker, Jones & Co., - - . .

- 504-55

Prof. Arey,

200.00

Advertising Prof. Arey's lectures -

15.80

P. P. Burtis Treas. Buffalo Library,

2,500.00

Total cash paid,

4,957-28

Balance on hand, . . . .

166. 10

5<i23.38

To the Buffalo Society of Natural Sciences : —

The Commissioners of the Permanent Fund of the Society

submit the following Report for the year ending May i8., 1894.

At the date of the last Annual Report the principal of the
fund aggregated $20,677.50 invested as follows: —

PRINCIPAL OF FUND.

Bond and Mortgage of Lord & Inglehardt, 6% . . $3,500.00

" " Francis A. Wade, " . . 3,500.00

'* . *' Emeline T. Husted, '' . . 2,000.00

" Alice Collins, " . . 1,050.00

'' " L. A. Price, " . . 1.500.00

" " George F. Francis, " . . 1,400.00

" " A. J. Roehner, " , . 1,375.00

" " R. C. Sage, " , . 1,100.00

" Edward P. Mills, " . . 2,000.00

" '* Caroline T. Beach, " . . 1,500.00

" " Emily M. Waite, " . . 1,000.00

Balance on deposit, " . . 752.50

$20,677.50

The following sums have been paid in upon the principal of
the Securities:

18©4.

January 4
March 2.

Principal, R. C. vSage, B. & M. . . $1,100.00
" Alice Collins, B. & M. . . 1,050.00

No additions have been made to the principal of the fund
during the year.

Schedule B hereto annexed shows the present condition of the
Permanent Fund and the manner of its investments.

INCOME AND DISBURSEMENTvS.
The balance on hand to the credit of the income account at the
date of the last annual report was 1^ 1.05 0.43. We have received
during the year ending- May 15th, 1894, on account of interest
moneys $1,019.18, making a total of 82,069.61 as shown by
Schedule "A" hereto annexed.

We have paid to the Treasurer of the Society since the date
of our last report the sum of $1,400.00, and have paid $22.50
being for accrued interest on the T. L. Brady bond and
mortgage purchased by the Society, leaving a balance of
S647. 1 1 on hand at the date of this report.

The following changes have occurred in the investments : —
On June ist., 1893, the sum of $600.00 was invested at 6% in
bond and mortgage of Jane A. Martin on unencumbered proper-
ty in the Cit)' of Buffalo.

On August 25th, 1893, the simi of $300.00 was invested at
6% in bond and mortgage of Henry Hitschler on unencum-
bered property in the City of Buffalo.

On March 15th, 1894, the sum of $1,500.00 was invested at
6% in bond and mortgage of T. C. Brady, on unencumbered
property in the City of Buft'alo.

Dated, May 18, 1894. CHAS. D. MARSHALL,

Treasurer.

Schedule ' '

A"

referred to in the foregoing report showing re-

ceipts

of intere

st on

account of the Permanent Fund

[ and dis-

burse ments

1803.

:May

12.

Balance

of interest mone3-s an hand

at the date of last report,

1^1,050.43

••'

12.

By

interest of E. T. Husted,

15.00

'•

26.

.'<

'-

'- G. F. Francis,

42.00

July

I.

ti

"

" E. P. Mills,

60.00

((

14-

<<

<(

" Lord & Inglehardt,

105.00

Sept.

5-

a

<.'

•' E. T. Husted,

45.00

a

8.

a

<.'

'• .F. A. Wade, .

105.00

-■

10.

a

'•

•• L. A. Price,

45.00

Nov.

-*

J-

a

"

•' E. M. Waite,

30.00

a

8.

a

<<

•• Alice Collins,

31-50

•'

9-

a

'-'

- E. T. Husted,

15.00

'3-

i.

••

'• C. T. Beach,

45.00

.(

23-

a

'•■

'' Jane A. Martin,

18.00

a

28.

a

k(

" G. F. Francis,

42.00

July

I.

*'

<.

on deposits,

8.28

Dec.

27.

'•

of E. T. Mills,

60. 00

1804.

Jan.

T.

a

. <

on deposits.

3-44

4-

a

"•

on R. C. Sage,

33-71

'•

19.

•••

of Lord & Inglehardt,

105.00

Feb.

2.

a

a

" L. A. Price,

45.00

a

23-

Cl

a

" H. Hitchler,

9.00

March 2.

a

'••

" A. Collins,

21.25

March 19.

By

interest of F. A. Wade,

105.00

May

1 .

By

interest of E. M. Waite,

Total

30.00

.$2,069.61

DISBURSEMENTS.

18©3.

August 2.

To

paid

Treasurer, L. A. Bull,

If 1. 000. 00

18Q4.

March 8.

To

paid

Treasurer, ....

200.00

i(

15-

To

paid

accrued interest, Brady B. & M.

22.50

May

IT-

To

paid

Treasurer, ....

200.00

a

IT-

To

balance on hand subject to call of
Treasurer,

647.11

$2,069.61

vSchednle "B" referred to in the foregoing report showing the
condition and manner of investment of the principal of the
Permanent Fund.

md and Mort

gage of Lord & Inglehardt, 6

% . . $3,500.00

' Francis A. Wade, '

' . . 3,500.00

* Emeline T. Husted, '

' . . 2,000.00

' L. A. Price, '

' . . 1,500.00

* George F. Francis, '

' . . 1,400.00

' A. J. Roehner, '

' . . i,375-oo

Edward P. Mills,

' , . 2,000.00

' Caroline T. Beach, '

' . . 1,500.00

' * Emily M. Waite, *

* . . 1,000.00

' Jane A. Martin, '

' . . 600.00

* Henry Hitchler, *

' . . 300.00

T. C. Brady,

' . . 1,500.00

Balance on deposit,

. . . 502-50

^20,677.50

May 1 8, 1894.

Your membership committee would report as follows :

Number of Members at beginning of the year, - - 176

Number resigned - 11

Niimber elected, g

Present Membership, -.--.. 170

Respectfully Submitted

L. A. BULL,

Chairman.

The Lecture Committee beg leave to report that during the
past year an effort has been made by the Society of Natural
Sciences to continue its work as an educator by conducting a
course of University Extension Lectures. There were ten of
these given by Prof. Albert L. Arey of Rochester upon the
"Forces of Nature; Electricity as related to Modern Life". It is
to be regretted that these were not as well attended by mem-
"bers of the society as it was hoped would be the case, and finan-
cially they were therefore not as successful as a similar course
proved a year ago. The society has the satisfaction, however,
of seeing that great interest was manifested on the part of the
young men who availed themselves of the opportunity and have
every reason to consider that in this respect the lectures were
a credit to the Society and to the one who delivered them.

In addition to this systematic course of ten lectures a few
others have been given, but the efforts of the members have been
devoted to continuing other courses affiliated with those of the
society but not strictly belonging to it. It is suggested that a
greater concentration another year would result in larger
audiences and greater interest to both speaker and listeners.

LuciEN Howe,
Henry R. Howland,
Herbert M. Hill,

1

:4

w

in

i?

<D

o

u

a

O

©

ai

•H

b

o

O

CO •

z

:itX3

-PtO

«0H

to C{

o •»

in <i^H >rN

to o

-^ . •

SH

-p o

(D >

^

o •

o c

CO T-i

-p

O 0)

■SpI

M

f*-t JS

H

«H PQ

HJ

PQ

^

PL, O CQ

W

University of Toronto
Library

DO NOT

REMOVE

THE

CARD

FROM

THIS

POCKET

Acme Library Card Pocket
LOWE-MARTIN CO. UMITED